KITABU(FASIRI): The Aquarian Age Gospel of Jesus, the Christ of the Piscean Age

KITABU(FASIRI): The Aquarian Age Gospel of Jesus, the Christ of the Piscean Age

Aquarian Age Gospel of Jesus

Chapters 50 - 56

CHAPTER 50

Jesus passes the third brotherhood test, and receives the third degree, FAITH.

THE Logos waited seven days, and then was taken to the Hall of Fame, a chamber rich in furnishings, and lighted up with gold and silver lamps. 2 The colours of its ceilings, decorations, furnishings and walls were blue and gold. 3 Its shelves were filled with books of master minds; the paintings and the statues were the works of highest art. 4 And Jesus was entranced with all this elegance and these manifests of thought. He read the sacred books, and sought the meanings of the symbols and the hieroglyphs. 5 And when he was absorbed in deepest thought, a priest approached and said, 6 Behold the glory of this place: my brother, you are highly blest. Few men of earth, so young, have reached such heights of fame. 7 Now, if you do not waste your life in search for hidden things that men can never comprehend, you may be founder of a school of thought that will insure you endless fame; 8 For your philosophy is deeper far than that of Plato, and your teachings please the common people more than those of Socrates. 9 Why seek for mystic light within these antiquated dens? Go forth and walk with men, and think with men, and they will honour you. 10 And, after all, these weird initiations may be myths, and your Messiah hopes but base illusions of the hour. 11 I would advise you to renounce uncertain things and choose the course that leads to certain fame. 12 And thus the priest, a demon in disguise, sung syren songs of unbelief; and Jesus meditated long and well on what he said. 13 The conflict was a bitter one, for king Ambition is a sturdy foe to fight. 14 For forty days the higher wrestled with the lower self, and then the fight was won. 15 Faith rose triumphant; unbelief was not. Ambition covered up his face and fled away, and Jesus said, 16 The wealth, the honour, and the fame of earth are but the baubles of an hour. 17 When this short span of earthly life has all been measured out, man's bursting baubles will be buried with his bones, 18 Yea, what a man does for his selfish self will make no markings on the credit side of life. 19 The good that men for other men shall do becomes a ladder strong on which the soul may climb to wealth, and power and fame of God's own kind, that cannot pass away. 20 Give me the poverty of men, the consciousness of duty done in love, the approbation of my God, and I will be content. 21 And then he lifted up his eyes to heaven and said, 22 My Father-God, I thank thee for this hour. I ask not for the glory of thyself; I fain would be a keeper of thy temple gates, and serve my brother man. 23 Again was Jesus called to stand before the hierophant; again no word was said, but in his hands the master placed a scroll on which was written, FAITH. 24 And Jesus bowed his head in humble thanks; then went his way.

INJILI YA ZAMA ZA NDOO YA YESU
Sura 50-56

Sura 50

Yesu afaulu jaribio la tatu la ubruda, na kupokea shahada ya tatu IMANI.

Logosi alingojea kwa siku saba, na halafu alichukuliwa katika jukwaa kwa ndani la Uheshimika, chumba kilichosheneza kwa namna za samani na kumulika mwanga kwa dhahabu na chuma cha fedha. 2 Rangi za dari yake, mapambo, namna za samani, na kuta zilikuwa ni bluu na dhahabu. 3 Kabati za vitabu zilijazwa na vitabu vya uakili mkuu wa wakuu mbali mbali; michoro ya kupakazwa rangi na sanamu vilikuwa ni kazi za sanaa ya hali ya juu. 4 Na Yesu akavutiwa machoni na umaridadi wote na madhahirisho ya fikara. Alivisoma vitabu vitakatifu, na kutafuta maana za alama na hiroglifu mbali mbali. 5 Na alipozama katika mawazo ya kina kabisa, kuhani akakaribia na kusema, 6 Tazama utukufu wa mahala hapa: kaka yangu, u uliyerehemiwa katika hali ya juu sana. Watu wachache wa duniani, vijana kabisa, wamefikia kilele hichi cha umaarufu. 7 Sasa, ikiwa hutayapoteza maisha yako kwa kutafuta vitu vilivyofichika ambavyo watu hawezi kamwe kuvimaizi, unaweza ukawa mwanzilishi wa shule ya fikara ambayo itahakikishia umaarufu usio na mwisho; 8 Kwani filisofia yako ni yenye kina kirefu mbali kuzidi ile ya Plato, na mafundisho yako yawafurahisha watu wa kawaida kuliko yale ya plato. 9 Kwanini kutafuta nuru ya kisikirifu ndani ya matundu haya ya kizamani? Enenda na kutembea na watu, na kufikiri na watu, na wao watakupa heshima wewe. 10 Na, juu ya yote, maanzishilisho imani haya ya ajabu ajabu yanaweza kuwa ni hadithi tu, na matumaini yako ya umesiya ni tu ndoto za mchana. 11 Ningalikushauri wewe kuachana na vitu visivyo na uhakika na kuchagua mwelekeo ambao waongozea kwenye umaarufu fulani wa hakika. 12 Na namna hii kuhani, ibilisi katika kujificha sura, aliimba nyimbo za kunyenga utoimani, na Yesu alitafakari kwa muda mrefu na vema juu ya kile alichosema. 13 Mgongano kimawazo ukawa mkali, kwa kuwa mfalme Hamu kuu ya mafanikio binafsi ni adui aliyejazia kupigana naye. 14 Kwa siku arobaini wa juu alipigana mieleka na wa chini nafsi, na halafu pigano likapata mshindi. 15 Imani iliinuka ni mshindi; utoimani haikuwa hivyo. Hamu ya mafanikio binafsi akafunika uso wake kwa aibu na kukimbia zake, na Yesu akasema, 16 Utajiri, uheshimika, na umaarufu wa duniani vyote ni ila tu mapambo rahisi ya kuvaa mwilini kwa wakati. 17 Pale ambapo kipindi hiki kifupi cha kuishi kimeshapimwa urefu wote kikaisha, malipuko mapambo ya mtu yatazikwa pamoja na mifupa yake,18 Naam, kile ambacho mtu akifanya kwa ajili ya nafsi yake ya kibinafsi havitaweka alama juu ya upande wake wa akiba ya maisha. 19 Wema ambao watu kwa watu wengine watautenda huja kuwa ngazi imara ambayo juu yake nafsi roho yaweza kuikwea kwenye utajiri, na nguvu ya uweza na umaarufu wa aina yake Mungu, ambao kamwe haupiti zake. 20 Nipe umasikini wa wanadamu, ufahamu wa kazi kufanyika katika upendo, utambuliko rasmi wa Mungu wangu, na mimi nitaridhika na moyo. 21 Na halafu tena aliyanyanyua juu mbinguni macho yake na kusema, 22 Baba-Mungu wangu, ninakushukuru kwa wasaa huu. Siombi kwa ajili ya utukufu wa nafsi yako, nataka ningalikuwa mwangalizi wa malango yako ya hekalu, na kutumikia kaka mtu wangu. 23 Na tena Yesu aliitwa kusimama mbele za hirofanti; na tena hakuna neno lililosemwa, lakini mikononi mwake mkuu alimkabidhi kitabu cha mkunjo ambamo kuliandikwa IMANI. 24 Na Yesu akainamisha kwa shukrani ya unyenyekevu; na halafu akaenda njia yake.

CHAPTER 51

Jesus passes the fourth brotherhood test, and receives the fourth degree, PHILANTHROPHY.

WHEN other certain days had passed, the guide led Jesus to the Hall of Mirth, a hall most richly furnished, and replete with everything a carnal heart could wish. 2 The choicest viands and the most delicious wines were on the boards; and maids, in gay attire, served all with grace and cheerfulness. 3 And men and women, richly clad, were there; and they were wild with joy; they sipped from every cup of mirth. 4 And Jesus watched the happy throng in silence for a time, and then a man in garb of sage came up and said, Most happy is the man who, like the bee, can gather sweets from every flower. 5 The wise man is the one who seeks for pleasure, and can find it everywhere. 6 At best man's span of life on earth is short, and then he dies and goes, he knows not where. 7 Then let us eat, and drink, and dance, and sing, and get the joys of life, for death comes on apace. 8 It is but foolishness to spend a life for other men. Behold, all die and lie together in the grave, where none can know and none can show forth gratitude. 9 But Jesus answered not; upon the tinselled guests in all their rounds of mirth he gazed in silent thought. 10 And then among the guests he saw a man whose clothes were coarse; who showed in face and hands the lines of toil and want. 11 The giddy throng found pleasure in abusing him; they jostled him against the wall, and laughed at his discomfiture. 12 And then a poor, frail woman came, who carried in her face and form the marks of sin and shame; and without mercy she was spit upon, and jeered, and driven from the hall. 13 And then a little child, with timid ways and hungry mien, came in and asked for just a morsel of their food. 14 But she was driven out uncared for and unloved; and still the merry dance went on. 15 And when the pleasure seekers urged that Jesus join them in their mirth, he said, 16 How could I seek for pleasure for myself while others are in want? How can you think that while the children cry for bread, while those in haunts of sin call out for sympathy and love that I can fill myself to full with the good things of life? 17 I tell you, nay; we all are kin, each one a part of the great human heart. 18 I cannot see myself apart from that poor man that you so scorned, and crowded to the wall; 19 Nor from the one in female garb who came up from the haunts of vice to ask for sympathy and love, who was by you so ruthlessly pushed back into her den of sin; 20 Nor from that little child that you drove from your midst to suffer in the cold, bleak winds of night. 21 I tell you, men, what you have done to these, my kindred, you have done to me. 22 You have insulted me in your own home; I cannot stay. I will go forth and find that child, that woman and that man, and give them help until my life's blood all has ebbed away. 23 I call it pleasure when I help the helpless, feed the hungry, clothe the naked, heal the sick, and speak good words of cheer to those unloved, discouraged and depressed. 24 And this that you call mirth is but a phantom of the night; but flashes of the fire of passion, painting pictures on the walls of time. 25 And while the Logos spoke the white-robed priest came in and said to him, The council waits for you. 26 Then Jesus stood again before the bar; again no word was said; the hierophant placed in his hands a scroll, on which was writ, PHILANTHROPY. 27 And Jesus was a victor over selfish self.

Sura 51

Yesu afaulu jaribio la nne la ubruda, na kupokea shahada yake ya nne, UTU

SIKU nyingine kadhaa zilipopita, muongozeaji njia alimuongoza Yesu hadi kwenye Jumba la tafrija, jukwaa lililoshehenezwa samani za ndani, kujazwa na kila kitu moyo wa mwili wa nyama uwezavyo kutamani kuja kupata. 2 Milo ya kichaguo lililobora kabisa na mivinyo iliyotamu kabisa katika ladha zilikuwa mezani; na watumishi wa kike, katika mavazi yenye kupendeza, waliwatumikia wote kwa uso wa tabasamu la mvuto na uchangamfu. 3 Wake kwa waume, waliovalia kufanana kitajiri, walikuwa pale; na wote walikuwa wakifurahia hovyo hovyo; walionja toka katika kila kikombe cha tafrija. 4 Na Yesu alitazama umati wa wenye furaha akiwa kimya kwa wakati, na halafu tena mtu katika vazi la mwenyebusara akaja na kusema, Aliye na furaha zaidi ya wote ni mtu ambaye, kama nyuki, aweza kukusanya matamu kutoka katika kila ua. 5 Mtu mwenye busara ni yule mwenye kutafuta kwa starehe, na aweza kuipata popote pale. 6 Kwa namna bora zaidi urefu kwa maisha ya mtu ni mfupi, na halafu afa na kwenda, hajui ni wapi. 7 Basi wacha tule, na kunywa, na kucheza, na kuimba, na kupata furaha za maisha, kwani mauti yaja kwa kasi. 8 Ni ila tu ujinga kutumia maisha kwa ajili ya watu wengine. Tazama, wote hufa na kulala pamoja kaburini, ambako hakuna awezaye kujua na hakuna mtu awezaye kuonesha moyo wa shukrani. 9 Lakini Yesu hakujibu; kwao wageni wenye kuonesha kupendeza katika mizunguruko yao katika tafrija alitupia macho katika fikara la kimya. 10 Na miongoni mwa wageni alimuona mtu mwenye mavazi yake yaliyoduni; alionesha usoni na mikononi mistari ya kuchakaa kazi na ufukara. 11 Umati ule uliojaa mzaa mzaa aliona starehe katika kumnyanyasa yeye; walimsukumizia ukutani, na kumcheka kwa haiba yake ya kujisikia wasiwasi. 12 Na halafu mwanamke maskini akaja, aliyebeba usoni mwake na namna ya sura yake alama za dhambi na aibu; na bila ya huruma alitemewa mate, kuchekwa kwa dharau, na kufukuziwa mbali na jumba. 13 Na halafu mtoto mdogo, mwenye jinsi ya kutojiamini na adabu ya njaa, akaja ndani nakuomba tu kiganja cha chakula. 14 Lakini akafukuziwa mbali bila kujaliwa na bila mapenzi; na bado kucheza kwa furaha kuliendelea. 15 Na watafuta starehe walipomtaka kwa nguvu Yesu kujumuika nao katika tafrija yao, yeye alisema, 16 Ninawezaje miye mwenyewe kushiriki katika starehe kwa ajili yangu mwenyewe na wakati wengine wapo katika kutaka? Mwawezaje kufikiri kwamba wakati ambapo watoto wangalipo wakililia mkate, wakati wale wenye kugubikwa kusumbuliwa na dhambi wakiita huruma ya upole na upendo ambavyo naweza kujijazia mwenyewe na kwa vitu vizuri vya maisha? 17 Nawaambieni, katu, sisi wote ni ndugu, kila mmoja wetu ni sehemu ya moyo mkubwa wa mwanadamu. 18 Siwezi kujiona kujitenga toka kwa mtu maskini ambaye mwamkebehi, na kuzongeshewa ukutani; 19 Na wala toka kwa yule mmoja katika vazi la kike ambaye amekuja hapa kutoka katika kugubikwa na utovu wa kimaadili kuomba kuonewa huruma na upendo, ambaye na nyie mmemsukumia nyuma bila huruma katika tundu lakela dhambi; 20 Na wala toka kwa mtoto mdogo ambaye mmemfukuzia mbali kutoka kati yenu hadi kwenye baridi, pepo za baridi za usiku. 21 Nawaambieni, watu, mlichowafanyia hawa, ndugu zangu, mmenifanyia mimi, 22 Mmenisemea mabaya katika nyumba zenu wenyewe; ziwezi kukaa. Nitakwenda na kumtafuta mtoto yule, yule mwanamke na yule mwanaume, na kuwapa msaada mpaka damu ya maisha yangu imekauka. 23 Ninaita ni starehe niwasaidiapo wasiona msaada, kuwalisha wenye njaa, kuwavisha walio watupu, kuwaponya wagonjwa, kuzungumza maneno mazuri kuwa changamsha furaha wale waliokuwa na mapenzi kwao, waliokatwa tamaa na hali ya kupoozwa kwa ugumu. 24 Na hiki ambacho mwakiita ni tafrija ni ila tu mang'amung'amu ya usiku; ila tu mmuliko muliko wa moto wa hisia nguvu ya kutenda, kuchora rangi juu ya kuta za wakati. 25 Na wakati Logosi akiongea kuhani wa vazi jeupe aliingia na kusema kwake, baraza linakusubiri. 26 Halafu Yesi alisimama tena katika kiambaza; tena hakukuwa na neno lililozungumzwa; hirofanti alimkabidhi mikononi mwake mkunjo, ambao juu yake kuliandikwa, UTU. 27 Na Yesu alikuwa ni mwenye kuwa mshindi juu ya nafsi yake ya ubinafsi.

CHAPTER 52

Jesus spends forty days in the temple groves. Passes the fifth brotherhood test and receives the fifth degree, HEROISM.

THE sacred temple groves were rich in statues, monuments and shrines; here Jesus loved to walk and meditate. 2 And after he had conquered self he talked with nature in these groves for forty days. 3 And then the guide took chains and bound him hand and foot; and then cast him into a den of hungry beasts, of unclean birds, and creeping things. 4 The den was dark as night; the wild beasts howled; the birds in fury screamed; the reptiles hissed. 5 And Jesus said, Who was it that did bind me thus? Why did I meekly sit to be bound down with chains? 6 I tell you, none has power to bind a human soul. Of what are fetters made? 7 And in his might he rose, and what he thought were chains were only worthless cords that parted at his touch. 8 And then he laughed and said, The chains that bind men to the carcasses of earth are forged in fancy's shop; are made of air, and welded in illusion's fires. 9 If man will stand erect, and use the power of will, his chains will fall, like worthless rags; for will and faith are stronger than the stoutest chains that men have ever made. 10 And Jesus stood erect among the hungry beasts, and birds, and said, What is this darkness that envelops me? 11 "Tis but the absence of the light. And what is light? 'Tis but the breath of God vibrating in the rhythm of rapid thought. 12 And then he said, Let there be light; and with a mighty will he stirred the ethers up, and their vibrations reached the plane of light; and there was light. 13 The darkness of that den of night became the brightness of a newborn day. 14 And then he looked to see the beasts, and birds, and creeping things; lo, they were not. 15 And Jesus said, Of what are souls afraid? Fear is the chariot in which man rides to death; 16 And when he finds himself within the chamber of the dead, he learns that he has been deceived; his chariot was a myth, and death a fancy child. 17 But some day all man's lessons will be learned, and from the den of unclean beasts, and birds, and creeping things he will arise to walk in light. 18 And Jesus saw a ladder made of gold, on which he climbed, and at the top the white-robed priest awaited him. 19 Again he stood before the council bar; again no word was said; again the hierophant reached forth his hand to bless. 20 He placed in Jesus' hand another scroll, and on this one was written, HEROISM. 21 The Logos had encountered fear and all his phantom host, and in the conflict he achieved the victory.

Sura 52

Yesu atumia siku arobaini katika bustani za hekalu. Afaulu jaribio la tano la ubruda na kupokea shahada ya tano, USHUJAA.

BUSTANI takatifu za hekalu zilikuwa zimejaa kwa sanamu, minara ya kuinukia juu ya alama za kumbukumbu na madhabahu; hapa Yesu alipenda kutembea na kutafakari. 2 Na baada ya kuishinda mapigano nafsi yake alizungumza na mazingira ya asili katika bustani hizi kwa siku arobaini. 3 Na halafu muongozeaji njia alichukua minyororo na kumfunga yeye mkono na mguu; na halafu kumtupa kumtelekeza katika tundu la wanyama wenye njaa, ndege wasio safi, na vitu vitambaavyo. 4 Tundu lilikuwa ni lenye kiza kama usiku; wanyama mwitu walikuwa wakilia sauti; na ndege katika makelele ya hasira; namna za mijusi zikitoa mlio wao mwembamba. 5 Na Yesu akasema, ni mwenyekuwa ni kitu gani aliyenifunga mimi hivi? Ni kwanini nilikaa tu kukubali tu kufungwa kwa minyororo? 6 Nakwambia, hakuna mtu mwenye nguvu ya kuifunga nafsi roho ya binadamu. Ni kwa kitu gani pingu zimetengenezwa? 7 Na kwa nguvu zake kuu akasimama, na kile alichofikiri ni minyororo zilikuwa ni tu kamba zisizo lolote zilizoachanika kwa mguso wake. 8 Na halafu akacheka na kusema, minyororo yenye kuwafunga watu na na mizoga ya dunia imekandamizwa kuundwa katika karakana ya vitu vya bandia; vilivyofanywa kwa hewa, na kuchomelewa kwa moto usio wa kikweli. 9 Ikiwa mtu atasimama wima, na kutumia nguvu zake za nia, minyororo yake itaanguka, kama kipande cha karatasi; kwani nia na imani ni vilivyoimara kabisa kuliko minyororo iliyomigumu kabisa ambayo mwanadamu amepata kutengeneza. 10 Na Yesu akasimama wima kati ya wanyama wenye njaa, na ndege, na kusema, nini ni hili giza lenye kunifunika kote miye? 11 Ni ila tu utowepo wa nuru, na nuru ni nini? Ni ila tu pulizo la pumzi ya Mungu itetemayo katika mwenendo wa kupanda na kushuka uliokasi wa fikara. 12 Na halafu akasema, kuwe na nuru; na kwa nia kubwa sana aliimsha kuikoroga etha zaidi, na mitetemo yake itafikia wanda ya nuru; na kukawa na nuru. 13 Ukiza wa tundu la giza ukaja kuwa mwangaza wa asubuhi ya siku. 14 Na halafu aliaangalia kuona wanyama, na ndege, na vitu vitambaavyo; lo, havikuwa ndivyo. 15 Na Yesu akasema, nafsi roho huogopa nini? Hofu ni mkokoteni ambao mwanadamu huupanda kuuendesha kuelekea mauti; 16 Na anapojikuta katika chimbo la wafu, hujifunza ya kwamba amelaghaiwa; mkokoteni wake ulikuwa ni hadithi, na mauti mtoto wa bandia. 17 Lakini siku moja masomo yote ya mwanadamu yatakuwa yameshafundishwa, na kutoka katika tundu la wanyama wasio wasafi,na ndege, na vitu vitamaavyo atainuka kutembea katika nuru. 18 Na Yesu aliiona ngazi iliyotengenezwa kwa dhahabu, ambayo aliikwea juu, na juu yake kabisa kuhani aliyevaa vazi jeupe alikuwa anamngojea. 19 Na tena alisimama mbele za kiambaza cha baraza; na tena hakuna neno lililosemwa; tena hirofanti aliifikia kuubariki mkono wake. 20 Aliweka mikononi mwa Yesu kitabu kingine cha mkunjo, na katika huu mmoja kulikuwa kumeandikwa, USHUJAA. 21 Logosi alikabiliana uso kwa uso na hofu na namna za maruwe ruwe yake yote, na katika mgongano alifanikiwa Ushindi.

CHAPTER 53

Jesus passes the sixth brotherhood test and receives the sixth degree, LOVE DIVINE.

IN all the land there is no place more grandly furnished than the Beauty Parlours of the temple of the sun. 2 Few students ever entered these rich rooms; the priests regarded them with awe, and called them Halls of Mysteries. 3 When Jesus had attained the victory over fear, he gained the right to enter here. 4 The guide led on the way, and after passing many richly furnished rooms they reached the Hall of Harmony; and here was Jesus left alone. 5 Among the instruments of music was a harpsichord, and Jesus sat in thoughtful mood inspecting it, when, quietly, a maiden of entrancing beauty came into the hall. 6 She did not seem to notice Jesus as he sat and mused, so busy with his thoughts. 7 She found her place beside the harpsichord; she touched the chords most gently, and she sung the songs of Israel. 8 And Jesus was entranced; such beauty he had never seen; such music he had never heard. 9 The maiden sung her songs; she did not seem to know that any one was near; she went her way. 10 And Jesus, talking with himself, said out, What is the meaning of this incident? I did not know that such entrancing beauty and such queen-like loveliness were ever found among the sons of men. 11 I did not know that voice of angel ever graced a human form, or that seraphic music ever came from human lips. 12 For days he sat entranced; the current of his thoughts was changed; he thought of nothing but the singer and her songs. 13 He longed to see her once again; and after certain days she came; she spoke and laid her hand upon his head. 14 Her touch thrilled all his soul, and for the time, forgotten was the work that he was sent to do. 15 Few were the words the maiden said; she went her way; but then the heart of Jesus had been touched. 16 A love-flame had been kindled in his soul, and he was brought to face the sorest trial of his life. 17 He could not sleep nor eat. Thoughts of the maiden came; they would not go. His carnal nature called aloud for her companionship. 18 And then he said, Lo, I have conquered every foe that I have met, and shall I now be conquered by this carnal love? 19 My Father sent me here to show the power of love divine, that love that reaches every living thing. 20 Shall this pure, universal love be all absorbed by carnal love? Shall I forget all creatures else, and lose my life in this fair maiden, though she is the highest type of beauty, purity and love? 21 Into its very depths his soul was stirred, and long he wrestled with this angel-idol of his heart. 22 But when the day was almost lost, his higher ego rose in might; he found himself again, and then he said, 23 Although my heart shall break I will not fail in this my hardest task; I will be victor over carnal love. 24 And when again the maiden came, and offered him her hand and heart, he said, 25 Fair one, your very presence thrills me with delight; your voice is benediction to my soul; my human self would fly with you, and be contented in your love; 26 But all the world is craving for a love that I have come to manifest. 27 I must, then, bid you go; but we will meet again; our ways on earth will not be cast apart. 28 I see you in the hurrying throngs of earth as minister of love; I hear your voice in song, that wins the hearts of men to better things. 29 And then in sorrow and in tears the maiden went away, and Jesus was again alone. 30 And instantly the great bells of the temple rang; the singers sung a new, new song; the grotto blazed with light. 31 The hierophant himself appeared, and said, All hail! triumphant Logos, hail! The conqueror of carnal love stands on the heights. 32 And then he placed in Jesus' hands a scroll on which was written, LOVE DIVINE. 33 Together they passed through the grotto of the beautiful, and in the banquet hall a feast was served, and Jesus was the honoured guest.

Sura 53

Yesu afaulu jaribio la sita la ubruda na kupokea shahada ya sita, UPENDO AGAPE(Pia kusemwa Pendo Manani).

KATIKA nchi yote hakuna mahala palipopambizwa kuliko vyumba urembo vya makaribisho vya hekalu la jua. 2 Wanafunzi wachache waliingia katika vyumba hivi vya kitajiri; makuhani walivitazama kwa furahiko, na kuviita majukwaa ya siri za maajabu. 3 Yesu alipopata ushindi juu ya hofu, alipata haki ya kuingia hapa. 4 Muongozeaji njia akamuongoza njia, na baada ya kuvipita vyumba vingi vilivyopambwa kwa thamani walilifikia Jukwaa la Utulivu; na hapa Yesu aliachwa peke yake. 5 Miongoni mwa vyombo vya muziki kulikuwa na Kinubi, na Yesu aliketi katika hali ya kufikiri sana akikagua kwa karibu hicho, wakati ambapo, katika hali ya ukimya, mwanamwali wa uzuri wa kupendeza sana aliingia ndani ya Jukwaa. 6 Hakuonekana kumtia machoni Yesu kadri alivyoketi na kuzama ndani, kushikwa sana na mawazo. 7 Alijipatia nafasi yake kando ya kinubi; alizigusa nyuzi zake kwa upole sana, na kuimba nyimbo za Israeli. 8 Na Yesu akapendezwa; uzuri kama huo hajapata kuuona; muziki kama huo hajapata kusikia. 9 Mwanamwali aliimba nyimbo zake; hakuonekana kana kwamba kujua kulikuwa na mtu karibu; alikwenda njia yake. 10 Na Yesu, akijisemea mwenyewe, akasema, nini ni maana ya tukio hili? Sikujua ya kwamba uzuri wa kupendeza sana kama huo na ukama-malkia wenyekuvutia machoni ulikuwa ukipatika hata mara moja katika wana za wanadamu. 11 Sikujua ya kwamba sauti ile ya malaika yenye sura hasa ya kibinadamu ya kuvutia mno, au ule muziki wa kiserafi kata siku moja kuja kutokea kwenye mdomo wa mwanadamu. 12 Kwa siku kadhaa aliketi katika hali ya kuvutiwa; mkondo wa mawazo yake ulibadilishwa; hakufikiria kitu ila mwimbaji na nyimbo zake. 13 Alitamania kumuona yeye tena; na baada ya siku kadhaa alikuja; alizungumza na kuilaza mikono yake juu ya kichwa chake. 14 Mguso wake ulimsisimua nafsi roho yake, na kwa muda, ilisahaulika kazi aliyoagizwa kuinfanya. 15 Machache yalikuwa ni maneno ambayo aliyoyazungumza mwanamwali; alienda njia yake; lakini moyo wa Yesu alikuwa umeguswa. 16 Mwali-upendo ulikuwa umewashwa katika nafsi roho yake, na aliletwa kukutana uso kwa uso na jaribio lenye kuumiza la maisha yake. 17 Hakuweza kulala na wala kula. Mawazo ya mwanamwali yalikuja; na hayakuenda zake. Asili yake ya kimwili wa nyama iliita kwa sauti ukaribu wake na yeye. 18 Na halafu akasema, lo, nimemshinda kila adui ambaye nimekutana naye, je sasa nijekushindwa na penzi hili la limwili? 19 Baba yangu amenituma hapa kuonesha nguvu ya upendo agape, ule upendo wenye kufikia kila chenye kuishi. 20 Je, huu msafi, upendo katika vyote usharabiwe ndani kwa upendo wa kimwili wa nyama? Je, nitashahau viumbe vyote, na kupoteza maisha yangu katika mwanamwali huyu mzuri, ingawaje yeye ni wa uzuri wa hali ya juu ya urembo, usafi na pendo? 21 Ndani kabisa kuzama kwenye nafsi roho yake alikuwa amekorogwa, na kwa muda mrefu alipigana mweleka na sanamu-malaika ya moyo wake. 22 Lakini siku ilipokuwa karibu kupotea, nafsi mimi yake ya juu iliinukia katika ukubwa; akajipata yeye mwenyewe tena, na halafu tena akasema, 23 Ingawa moyo wangu utavunjika sitaanguka katika azimio la shughuli yangu iliyongumu kabisa; Na nitakuwa ni mshindi juu ya pendo la kimwili. 24 Na mwanamwali alipokuja tena, na kumpa mkono na moyo, yeye akasema, 25 Mpendevu, uwepo wako wanisisimua kwa furaha ya moyo; sauti yako ni mbaraka kwa nafsi-roho yangu; nafsi yangu ya kibinadamu yangaliweza kuruka na wewe, na kuwa imeridhishwa kwa pendo lako; 26 Lakini ulimwengu wote watamania kupata pendo ambalo nimekuja kulidhahirisha. 27 Yanilazimu, basi, kukutaka wewe uende; lakini tutakutana tena; njia zetu juu ya dunia lazima zipishane mwelekeo. 28 Ninakuona katika makundi ya watu wa dunia yenye kwenda haraka kama mtumishi mfundishi wa pendo; Nasikia sauti yako katika wimbo, ambayo yaishinda mioyo ya wanaume kwa vitu vilivyo bora zaidi. 29 Na tena kwa huzuni na machozi mwanamwali akaenda zake, na Yesu alikuwa pekee yake tena. 30 Na mara moja kengele kubwa za hekalu zikalia; na waimbaji wakaimba mpya, wimbo mpya, giroto* ikawashwa mwanga, 31 Na hirofanti mwenyewe akatokea, na kusema, Wote salamu! Logosi aliyeibuka ni mshindi, salamu! Mwenyekulishinda pendo la kimwili asimama katika vima vya juu. 32 Na halafu akaweka mikononi mwa Yesu kitabu cha mkunjo ambacho kilikuwa kimeandikwa, UPENDO AGAPE. 33 Kwa pamoja walikwenda na kupitia katika giroto* ya urembo, na katika jukwaa la maakuli walihudumiwa, na Yesu alikuwa ni mgeni mwenye kuheshimiwa.

CHAPTER 54

Jesus becomes a private pupil of the hierophant and is taught the mysteries of Egypt. In passing the seventh test, he works in the Chamber of the Dead.

THE senior course of study now was opened up and Jesus entered and became a pupil of the hierophant. 2 He learned the secrets of the mystic lore of Egypt land; the mysteries of life and death and of the worlds beyond the circle of the sun. 3 When he had finished all the studies of the senior course, he went into the Chamber of the Dead, that he might learn the ancient methods of perserving from decay the bodies of the dead; and here he wrought. 4 And carriers brought the body of a widow's only son to be embalmed; the weepng mother followed close; her grief was great. 5 And Jesus said, Good woman, dry your tears; you follow but an empty house; your son is in it not. 6 You weep because your son is dead. Death is a cruel word; your son can never die. 7 He had a task assigned to do in garb of flesh; he came; he did his work, and then he laid the flesh aside; he did not it more. 8 Beyond your human sight he has another work to do, and he will do it well, and then pass on to other tasks, and, by and by, he will attain the crown of perfect life. 9 And what your son has done, and what he yet must do, we all must do. 10 Now, if you harbour grief, and give your sorrows vent they will grow greater every day. They will absorb your very life until at last you will be naught but grief, wet down with bitter tears. 11 Instead of helping him you gieve your son by your deep grief. He seeks your solace now as he has ever done; is glad when you are glad; is saddened when you grieve. 12 Go bury deep your woes, and smile at grief, and lose yourself in helping others dry their tears. 13 With duty done comes happiness and joy; and gladness cheers the hearts of those who have passed on. 14 The weeping woman turned, and went her way to find a happiness in helpfulness; to bury deep her sorrows in a ministry of joy. 15 Then other carriers came and brought the body of a mother to the Chamber of the Dead; and just one mourner followed; she a girl of tender years. 16 And as the cortege neared the door, the child observed a wounded bird in sore distress, a cruel hunter's dart had pierced its breast. 17 And she left following the dead, and went to help the living bird. 18 With tenderness and love she folded to her breast the wounded bird, then hurried to her place. 19 And Jesus said to her, Why did you leave your dead to save a wounded bird? 20 The maiden said, This lifeless body needs no help from me; but I can help while yet life is; my mother taught me this. 21 My mother taught that grief and selfish love, and hopes and fears are but reflexes from the lower self; 22 That what we sense are but small waves upon the rolloing billows of a life. 23 These all will pass away; they are unreal. 24 Tears flow from hearts of flesh; the spirit never weeps; and I am longing for the day when I will walk in light, where tears are wiped away. 25 My mother taught that all emotions are the sprays that rise from human loves, and hopes, and fears; that perfect bliss cannot be ours till we have conquered these. 26 And in the presence of that child did Jesus bow his head in reverence. He said, 27 For days and months and years I've sought to learn this highest truth that man can learn on earth, and here a child, fresh brought to earth, has told it all in one short breath. 28 No wonder David said, O Lord, our Lord, how excellent is thy name in all the earth! 29 Out of the mouths of babes and suckings hast thou ordained strength. 30 And then he laid his hand upon the maiden's head, and said, I'm sure the blessings of my Father-God will rest upon you, child, for evermore.

Sura ya 54

Yesu awa mwanafunzi binafsi wa hirofanti na afundishwa siri maajabu za Misri. Katika kufaulu jaribio la saba, afanyakazi katika Chimbo la Wafu.

KOZI ya ngazi za juu ya kisomo sasa ilifunguliwa na Yesu akaingia na kuja kuwa mwanafunzi wa hirofanti. 2 Yeye alijifunza siri za hadithi za kimapokeo za kisikirifu na nchi ya Misri; siri maajabu za Uzima na mauti na ya alimwengu za mbali kabisa kuzidi mduara wa Jua. 3 Alipomaliza masomo yake yote ya kozi ya ngazi ya juu, alikwenda katika chimbo la Wafu, ili apate kujifunza njia za kale za huihifadhi miili ya wafu; na hapa akafanya kazi pamoja. 4 Na wabebaji waliuleta mwili wa mwana wa mjane ili uhifadhiwe; mama wenye kutoa machozi alifuata kwa karibu; simanzi lake lilikuwa ni kubwa. 5 Na Yesu akasema, mwanamke mwema, kausha machozi; unaufuata ni tu nyumba iliyo nyeupe; mwanao hayuko katika huo. 6 Unalia kwa kuwa mwana wako amekufa. Mauti ni neno katili; mwana wako hawezi kufa kamwe. 7 Alikabidhiwa nafasi ya jukumu kuifanya katika vazi la mwili; alikuja; aliifanya kazi yake, na halafu ameuacha pembeni mwili kulala; hakufanya zaidi. 8 Mbali kabisa kuzidi maono yako ya kibinadamu anayokazi ingine kuifanya, naye ataifanya vema, na halafu kupita mbele zaidi kuelekea kwenye nafasi ya jukumu lingine, na, hatua baada ya hatua, atavikwa taji la maisha kamilifu. 9 Na kile ambacho mwana wako amefanya, na kile ambacho bado ni lazima kufanya, sisi sote lazima kuifanya. 10 Sasa, ikiwa unaihifadhi simanzi moyoni, na kuipa huzuni yako dirisha la hewa vitakua vikubwa kila siku. Vitasharabu uzima wako hasa mpaka mwishowe utakuwa si chochote ila simanzi, kulowana kote na machozi machungu. 11 Badala ya kumsaidia yeye unamsononesha mwana wako kwa majonzi yako mazito. Yeye ahitaji utulivu wa faraja sasa kama alivyofanya siku zote; anafuraha unapokuwa na furaha; ahuzunika unapokuwa na sononeko. 12 Nenda kazike chini zana kilio chako, na kutabasamu katika huzuniko, na jipoteze nafsi yako katika kuwasaidia wengine kukaosha majozi yao. 13 Kwa kazi ya jukumu kufanyika huja kufurahi na furaha; na moyo mweupe kuchangamsha mioyo ya wale ambaao wamefariki. 14 Mwanamke mwenye machozi akageuka, na kwenda njia yake kutafuta furaha katika usaidizi; kuzika chini sana huzuni yake katika utumishi fundishaji wa furaha ya moyo. 15 Halafu wabebaji wengine wakaja na kuleta mwili wa mama chimboni mwa Wafu; na muombolezaji mmoja tu alifuata; msichana katika umri ulio ni mdogo. 16 Na kadri msiba ulivyokuwa ukikaribia mlango, mtoto alimuona ndege aliyejeruhiwa katika kutapa tapa kwa uchungu, mshale wa mwindaji katili ulitoboza kifua chake. 17 Na aliacha kumfuata mfu, na kwenda kumsaidia ndege hai. 18 Kwa upole na upendo alimkumbatia kifuani ndege aliyejeruhiwa, na kuharakisha mahala kwake. 19 Na Yesu akamwambia yeye, ni kwa nini umuacha mfu wako kumuokoa ndege aliyejeruhiwa? 20 Mwanamwali akasema, mwili usiokuwa na uhai hauhitaji msaada wangu wowote; na naweza kusaidia wakati bado uhai upo; mama yangu alinifundisha hivi. 21 Mama yangu alifundisha kwamba majonzi na pendo binafsi, na tumaini na hofu ni ila tu maitikio matendo ya haraka ya nafsi ya chini; 22 Ya kwamba kile tunachokitambua kwa fahamu za mwili ni ila tu mawimbi madogo juu ya mawimbi makubwa yaendeleayo kusogea; 23 Haya yote yatapita zake, si ya ukweli halisi. 24 Machozi yatiririka kutoka kwenye mioyo ya mwili wa nyama; roho kamwe haitoi machozi; na mimi naisubiria kwa hamu siku ambapo nitatembea katika nuru, ambako machozi hufutiliwa mbali. 25 Mama yangu alifundisha ya kwamba hisia zote za kimwili ni mpulizio ambao wainukia tokea katika mapendo ya kibinadamu, na matumaini na hofu; hali kamili ya furaha isiyo kipimo haiwezi kuwa ni yetu mpaka tuyashinde haya. 26 Na katika uwepo mbele wa mtoto yulr Yesu aliinamisha kichwa chake kwa heshima ya kumuenzi. Akasema, 27 Kwa siku nyingi na miezi na miaka nimetafuta kujifunza kweli hii ya hali ya juu ambayo mtu aweza kujifunza akiwa duniani, na hapa mtoto, mchanga safi kuletwa duniani, ameisema yote katika moja fupi pumzi. 28 Si ajabu Daudi alisema, Eh Bwana, Bwana wetu, jinsi gani jina lako ni lililobora kabisa katika yote dunia! 29 Kutoka vinywani mwa watoto wachanga na wenye kunyonya umeitia nguvu za uimara. 30 Na halafu akaiweka mikono yake juu ya kichwa cha mwanamwali, na kusema, nina hakika baraka za Baba-Mungu wangu zitalala juu yako, mwana, daima zote.

CHAPTER 55

Jesus passes the seventh brotherhood test, and in the purple room of the temple receives the seventh, the highest degree, THE CHRIST. He leaves the temple a conqueror.

THE work of Jesus in the Chamber of the Dead was done, and in the temple purple room he stood before the hierophant, 2 And he was clothed in purple robes; and all the brothers stood. The hierophant arose and said, 3 This is a royal day for all the hosts of Israel. In honour of their chosen son we celebrate the great Passover Feast. 4 And then he said to Jesus, Brother, man, most excellent of men, in all the temple tests you have won out. 5 Six times before the bar of right you have been judged; six times you have received the highest honours man can give; and now you stand prepared to take the last degree. 6 Upon your brow I place this diadem, and in the Great Lodge of the heavens and earth you are THE CHRIST. 7 This is your Passover rite. You are a neophyte no more; but now a master mind. 8 Now, man can do no more; but God himself will speak, and will confirm your title and degree. 9 Go on your way, for you must preach the gospel of good will to men and peace on earth; must open up the prison doors and set the captives free. 10 And while the hierophant yet spoke the temple bells rang out; a pure white dove descended from above and sat on Jesus' head. 11 And then a voice that shook the very temple said, THIS IS THE CHRIST; and every living creature said, AMEN. 12 The great doors of the temple swung ajar; the Logos journeyed on his way a conqueror.

Sura 55

Yesu afaulu jaribio la saba la ubruda, na katika chumba cha dhambarau cha hekalu apokea shahada ya juu kabisa, ya saba, KRISTU. Aondoka hekaluni mshinda mapigano.

KAZI ya Yesu katika chimbo la Wafu ilikwisha, na katika hekalu la zambarau alisimama mbele za hirofanti, 2 Na alikuwa amevikwa mavazi ya zambarau; na mabruda wote walisimama. Hirofanti akauniuka na kusema, 3 Siku hii ya heshima kuu kwa uma wote mwenyeji wa Israeli. Kwa heshima ya mwana wao mteule tunasheherekea pasaka kuu. 4 Na halafu akasema kwa Yesu, bruda*[Pia kusema kaka], bwana, uliye bora kabisa kati ya wanadamu, katika majaribio yote ya hekalu umefaulu kushinda. 5 Mara sita mbele za kiambaza cha haki umepatiwa hukumu; mara sita umetunukiwa heshima za juu kabisa mwanadamu awezazo kuzitoa; na sasa umesimama kujiandaa kuchukua shahada ya mwisho. 6 Juu ya paji lako la uso naliweka taji hili la ukosi, na katika kutaniko la watu wa mbinguni na duniani wewe ni KRISTU. Na hili ni tendo lako la kiimani la Pasaka. Wewe si Neofaiti*[Mwanafunzi wa mambo ya kiroho, kama vile mmea mpya ulio ni chipukizi] tena; ila sasa u ni uakili mkuu. 8 Sasa, mwanadamu hana cha kufanya zaidi; ila Mungu mwenyewe atazungumza, atathibitisha sifa ya hadhi yako na shahada. 9 Enenda na njia yako, kwani yakupasa kuihubiri injili ya mapenzi mema kwa wanadamu na amani duniani; yakupasa kufungua milango ya wafungwa na kuwaweka mateka huru. 10 Na wakati hirofanti akizungumza kengele za hekaluni zikagonga; na njiwa mweupe akashuka kutoka juu na kuketi juu ya kichwa cha Yesu. 11 Na halafu sauti ambayo iliitetemesha hasa hekalu ikasema, HUYU NI KRISTU; na kila kiumbe hai kikasema, AMENI. 12 Milango mikubwa ya hekalu ikalegea kufunguka; Logosi alisafiri katika njia yake mshindi wa vita.

The Council of the Seven Sages of the World

CHAPTER 56

The seven sages of the world meet in Alexandria. The purposes of the meeting. The opening addresses.

IN every age since time began have seven sages lived. 2 At first of every age these sages meet to note the course of nations, peoples, tribes and tongues; 3 To note how far toward justice, love and righteousness the race has gone; 4 To formulate the code of laws, religious postulates and plans of rule best suited to the coming age. 5 An age had passed, and lo, another age had come; the sages must convene. 6 Now, Alexandria was the centre of the world's best thought, and here in Philo's home the sages met. 7 From China came Meng-ste; from India Viyapati came; from Persia Kaspar came; and from Assyria Ashbina came; from Greece Apollo; Matheno was the Egyptian sage, and Philo was the chief of Hebrew thought. 8 The time was due; the council met and sat in silence seven days. 9 And then Meng-ste arose and said, The wheel of time has turned once more; the race is on a higher plane of thought. 10 The garments that or fathers wove have given out; the cherubim have woven a celestial cloth; have placed it in our hands and we must make for men new garbs. 11 The sons of men are looking up for greater light. No longer do they care for gods hewn out of wood, or made of clay. They seek a Gob not made with hands. 12 They see the beams of coming day, and yet they comprehend them not. 13 The time is ripe, and we must fashion well these garments for the race. 14 And let us make for men new garbs of justice, mercy, righteousness and love, that they may hide their nakedness when shines the light of coming day. 15 And Vidyapati said, Our priests have all gone mad; they saw a demon in the wilds and at him cast their lamps and they are broken up, and not a gleam of light has any priest for men. 16 The night is dark; the heart of India calls for light. 17 The priesthood cannot be reformed; it is already dead; its greatest needs are graves and funeral chants. 18 The new age calls for liberty; the kind that makes each man a priest, enables him to go alone, and lay his offerings on the shrine of God. 19 And Kaspar said, In Persia people walk in fear; they do the good for fear to do the wrong. 20 The devil is the greatest power in our land, and though a myth, he dandles on his knee both youth and age. 21 Our land is dark, and evil prospers in the dark. 22 Fear rides on every passing breeze, and lurks in every form of life. 23 The fear of evil is a myth, is an illusion and a snare; but it will live until some mighty power shall come to raise the ethers to the plane of light. 24 When this shall come to pass the magian land will glory in the light. The soul of Persia calls for light.

Baraza la wenyebusara Saba wa Ulimwengu

Sura 56
Wenyebusara saba wa Ulimwengu wakakutana ndani ya Aleksandria. Dhumuni la mkutano. Salaamu za ufunguzi.

KATIKA kila zama tokea muda kuanza wameishi wenyebusara saba. 2 Mwanzoni pa kila zama wenyebusara hawa hukutana na kutia macho kuona mwelekeo wa mataifa, watu, makabila na ndimi 3 Kutia macho kuona ni mbali kiasi gani kuelekea katika haki ya kisheria, upendo na utendahaki; kundi la watu mahsusi limepita; 4 Kufanya sura za miundo mipya ya kanuni za sheria, misimamisho-fikra ya kidini na mipangilio ya hali za kitabia zenye kuifaa kabisa zama ijayo. 5 Zama imepita, na lo, zama ingine imekuja; wenyebusara hawana budi kukutana pamoja. 6 Sasa, Aleksandria ilikuwa ni kituo cha mafikara yaliyo bora kabisa ya ulimwengu, na hapa nyumbani kwa Filo wenyebusara walikutana. 7 Kutoka China alikuja Meng-tse; kutoka India Viyapati alikuja; kutoka uajemi Kaspar alikuja; na kutoka Asiria Ashbina alikuja; kutoka Ugiriki Apolo; Matheno alikuwa ni mwenyebusara wa Misri, na Filo alikuwa ni chifu wa fikara za Kiebrania. 8 Muda ilikwishatimia; baraza lilikutana na kuketi kwa kimya kwa siku saba. 9 Na halafu Meng-tse akainuka na kusema, gurudumu la wakati limezunguka kwa mara moja tena; namna za makundi yote wa watu yapo katika wanda za juu za fikara. 10 Mavazi ambayo mababa zetu walisokota yameshakuwa ni hafifu; Makerubi wameyasokota mavazi ya mbinguni; wameyakabidhi mikononi mwetu na sisi yatupasa kufanya kwa wanadamu mavazi mapya. 11 Wana za wanadamu waangalia kutazama nuru iliyo kuu zaidi. Hawajali tena kutazama kwa miungu waliochongwa kwa shoka na ukuni, au waliofanywa kwa udongo. Wanatafuta Mungu ambaye hajafanywa kwa mikono. 12 Wanaziona nguzo za siku inayokuja, na wakati wao hawazimaizi hizo. 13 Muda umeshaiva, na sisi yatupasa kuyabuni kuyashona vema mavazi ya namna zote za watu. 14 Na wacha tuwafanyie wanadamu mavazi mapya na haki za sheria, huruma, utendahaki na upendo, ili kwamba wao wataficha utupu wao nuru ya siku inayokuja itapo mulika. 15 Na Vidyapati akasema, makuhani wetu wote wamekuwa wendawazimu; walimuona pepo mchafu katika mapori na kwake wakamtupia taa zao na sasa wao wamesambarika, na hata tu kiasi kidogo cha nuru hakuna kuhani aliyenacho kwa wanadamu, 16 Usiku ni wa kiza; moyo wa India waiita nuru. 17 Ukuhani hauwezi kufanyiwa matengenezo; tayari ni mfu; uhitaji wake mkuu kabisa ni makaburi na maneno neno ya maziko. 18 Zama Mpya yauita Uhuru; wenye namna ambayo yamfanya kila mwanadamu ni kuhani, kumwezesha kwenda peke yake, na kuweka sadaka yake madhabahuni pa Mungu. 19 Na Kaspar akasema, katika Uajemi watu watembea katika hofu; wafanya mema kwa hofu ya kutenda mabaya. 20 Ibilisi ndiye mwenyenguvu mkuu katika nchi yetu, na ingawaje ni mfano wa hadithi tu, awaongoza kuwatembeza miguuni pake vijana na wazaa kama watoto wadogo wafanywavyo. 21 Nchi yetu imejaa kiza, na uovu huneemeka katika kiza. 22 Hofu yaendesha kwa kuupanda mgongoni kila upepo wenye kuvuma, na kujibanza katika kila namna ya sura ya maisha. 23 Hofu ya uovu ni hadithi, sura danganyifu na mtego; lakini itaishi mpaka nguvu kubwa ije kunyanyua etha hata katika wanda za nuru. 24 Hili litapokuja kupita nchi ya mamajusi itatukukia katika nuru. Nafsi roho ya Persia yaita Nuru.

 
Aquarian Age Gospel of Jesus

Chapters 57 - 63

CHAPTER 57

Meeting of the sages, continued. Opening addresses. Seven days' silence.

ASHBINA said, Assyria is the land of doubt; the chariot of my people, that in which they mostly ride, is labelled Doubt. 2 Once Faith walked forth in Babylon; and she was bright and fair; but she clothed in such white robes that men became afraid of her. 3 And every wheel began to turn, and Doubt made war on her, and drove her from the land; and she came back no more. 4 In form men worship God, the One; in heart they are not sure that God exists. 5 Faith worships at the shrine of one not seen; but Doubt must see her God. 6 The greatest need of all Assyria is faith--a faith that seasons every thing that is, with certainty. 7 And then Apollo said, The greatest needs of Greece are true concepts of God. 8 Theogony in Greece is rudderless, for every thought may be a god, and worshipped as a god. 9 The plane of thought is broad, and full of sharp antagonists; and so the circle of the gods is filled with enmity, with wars and base intrigues. 10 Greece needs a master mind to stand above the gods; to raise the thoughts of men away from many gods to God the One. 11 We know that light is coming o'er the hills. God speed the light. 12 Matheno said, Behold this land of mystery! this Egypt of the dead! 13 Our temples long have been the tombs of all the hidden things of time; our temples, crypts and caves are dark. 14 In light there are no secret things. The sun reveals all hidden truth. There are no mysteries in God. 15 Behold the rising sun! His beams are entering every door; yea, every crevice of the mystic crypt of Mizraim. 16 We hail the light! All Egypt craves the light. 17 And Philo said, The need of Hebrew thought and life is liberty. 18 The Hebrew prophets, seers, and givers of the law, were men of power, men of holy thought, and they bequeathed to us a system of philosophy that is ideal; one strong enough and good enough to lead our people to the goal of perfectness. 19 But carnal minds repudiated holiness; a priesthood filled with selfishness arose, and purity in heart became a myth; the people were enslaved. 20 The priesthood is the curse of Israel; but when he comes, who is to come, he will proclaim emancipation for the slaves; my people will be free. 21 Behold, for God has made incarnate wisdom, love and light, which he has called Immanuel. 22 To him is given the keys to open up the dawn; and here, as man, he walks with us. 23 And then the council chamber door was opened and the Logos stood among the sages of the world. 24 Again the sages sat in silence seven days.

INJILI YA ZAMA ZA NDOO YA YESU
Sura 57-63

Sura 57

Mkutano wa wenyebusara, kuendelea. Maongozi ya ufunguzi. Ukimya wa siku saba.

ASHBINA akasema, Asiria ni nchi ya mashaka; mkokoteni wa kupandwa wa watu wangu, ule ambao hasa wauendesha, umebandikwa neno Mashaka. 2 Wakati ambapo Imani ilitembea katika Babilono; na yeye alikuwa ni mwangaza mkali na wa haki; lakini alikuwa amefikwa mavazi meupe kiasi vile kwamba watu wakamuogopa. 3 Na kila gurudumu ilikaanza kugeuka, na Mashaka afanya naye vita, na kumfukuzia mbali toka kwenye nchi; naye hakurudi tena. 4 Katika sura watau wamuabudu Mungu, Moja; katika moyo hawana uhakika kama Mungu yu awepo. 5 Imani huabudu katika madhabahu ya moja asiyeonekana; lakini Mashaka ni lazima kuona Mungu wake. 6 Hitaji lililo kuu kabisa la Asiria ni Imani--Imani ifanyayo kila kitu kilicho katika majira na misimu, kwa hakika. 7 Na halafu Apolo akasema, hitaji lililo ni kuu kabisa katika Ugiriki ni dhana zilizo za kweli za Mungu. 8 Theogoni*[Elimu ya machimbuko na asili za miungu] katika Ugiriki ni isiyo na mwelekeo, kwani kila fikara laweza kuwa mungu, na kuabudiwa kama mungu. 9 Wanda ya fikara ni iliyopana, na iliyojaa na upinganifu mkali; na hivyo mzingo-duara wa miungu umejawa na uadui, na vita na hila za kitawala. 10 Ugiriki yahitaji uakili mkuu kusimama juu ya miungu; kuyanyanyua mawazo ya watu mbali na miungu wengi hadi kwa Mungu Moja. 11 Twajua kwamba nuru yaja tokea kipindi cha kupindi urefu wa mlima, Mungu aongeze kasi ya nuru. 12 Matheno akasema, Tazameni nchi hii ya siri za maajabu! Misri hii ya wafu! 13 Mahekalu yetu kwa muda mrefu yamekuwa ni maziara kwa vitu vilivyofichika ya wakati; mahekalu yetu, machimbo yake ya chini na mapango yote ni kiza. 14 Katika nuru hakuna vitu vya siri. Jua hufunua kweli yote iliyofichika. Hakuna siri maajabu katika Mungu. 15 Tazama jua lichomozalo! Miali yake yaingia katika kila mlango, naam, kila njia nyembamba za kwendea chini katika chimbo la kisikirifu la Mizraim. 16 Twaisalim kwa nguvu Nuru! Misri yote yatamani kujipatia Nuru. 17 Na Filo akasema, hitaji la fikara la kiebrania na maisha ni uhuru. 18 Manabii wa Kiebrania, maona, na watoa sheria, walikuwa ni watu wa utawala, watu wa fikara takatifu, na wao wametuachia kwetu mifumo ya kifalsafa ambayo ni udhanifu wa kamili; moja yenye kuwa imara vya kutosha kwake na njema kutosha kuongoza watu katika lengo la ukamilifu. 19 Lakini akili za mwili wa nyama vyakataa kukubali utukufu wa usafi; ukuhani uliojaa ubinafsi ukainuikia, na usafi moyoni ukawa ni hadithi; watu wakafanywa ni watumwa. 20 Ukuhani ni apizo bovu la Israeli; lakini ajapo, yeye ambaye kuja, yeye atatamka bayana ujikwamuaji kwa watumwa; watu wangu watakuwa huru. 21 Tazama, kwa kuwa Mungu amefanya hekima kutwaa mwili, upendo na nuru, ambao ameuita Imanueli. 22 Kwake funguo imepewa kulifungua pambazuko; na hapa, kama mwanadamu, atembea nasi. 23 Na halafu mlango wa chimbo la baraza ukafunguliwa na Logosi alisimama miongoni mwa wenyebusara wa ulimwengu. 24 Tena wenyebusara wakaketi kimya kwa siku saba.

CHAPTER 58

Meeting of the sages, continued. Presentation of the seven universal postulates.

NOW, when the sages were refreshed they opened up the Book of Life and read. 2 They read the story of the life of man; of all his struggles, losses, gains; and in the light of past events and needs, they saw what would be best for him in coming years. 3 They knew the kind of laws and precepts suited best to his estate; they saw the highest God-ideal that the race could comprehend. 4 Upon the seven postulates these sages were to formulate, the great philosophy of life and worship of the coming age must rest. 5 Now Meng-ste was the oldest sage; he took the chair of chief, and said, 6 Man is not far enough advanced to live by faith; he cannot comprehend the things his eyes see not. 7 He yet is child, and during all the coming age he must be taught by pictures, symbols, rites and forms. 8 His God must be a human God; he cannot see a God by faith. 9 And then he cannot rule himself; the king must rule; the man must serve. 10 The age that follows this will be the age of man, the age of faith. 11 In that blest age the human race will see without the aid of carnal eyes; will hear the soundless sound; will know the Spirit-God. 12 The age we enter is the Preparation age, and all the schools and governments and worship rites must be designed in simple way that men may comprehend. 13 And man cannot originate; he builds by patterns that he sees; so in this council we must carve out pattern for the coming age. 14 And we must formulate the gnosis of the Empire of the soul, which rests on seven postulates. 15 Each sage in turn shall form a postulate; and these shall be the basis of the creeds of men until the perfect age shall come. 16 Then Meng-ste wrote the first: 17 All things are thought; all life is thought activity. The multitude of beings are but phases of the one great thought made manifest. Lo, God is Thought, and Thought is God. 18 Then Vidyapati wrote the second postulate: 19 Eternal Thought is one; in essence it is two--Intelligence and Force; and when they breathe a child is born; this child is Love. 20 And thus the Triune God stands forth,whom men call Father-Mother-Child. 21 This Triune God is one; but like the one of light, in essence he is seven. 22 And when the Triune God breathes forth, lo, seven Spirits stand before his face; these are creative attributes. 23 Men call them lesser gods, and in their image they made man. 24 And Kaspar wrote the third: 25 Man was a thought of God, formed in the image of the Septonate, clothed in the substances of soul. 26 And his desires were strong; he sought to manifest on every plane of life, and for himself he made a body of the ethers of the earthly forms, and so descended to the plane of earth. 27 In this descent he lost his birthright; lost his harmony with God, and made discordant all the notes of life. 28 Inharmony and evil are the same; so evil is the handiwork of man. 29 Ashbina wrote the fourth: 30 Seeds do not germinate in light; they do not grow until they find the soil, and hide themselves away from light. 31 Man was evolved a seed of everlasting life; but in the ethers of the Triune God the light was far too great for seeds to grow; 32 And so man sought the soil of carnal life, and in the darksomeness of earth he found a place where he could germinate and grow. 33 The seed has taken root and grown full well. 34 The tree of human life is rising from the soil of earthy things, and, under natural law, is reaching up to perfect form. 35 There are no supernatural acts of God to lift a man from carnal life to spirit blessedness; he grows as grows the plant, and in due time is perfected. 36 The quality of soul that makes it possible for man to rise to spirit life is purity.

Sura 58

Mkutano wa wenyebusara, kuendelezwa. Kuletwa mbele kwa misimamisho-fikra saba ya hali zote.

SASA, wenyebusara walipokuwa wamepumzika na nguvu kuwarejea vema walifungua kitabu cha Uzima na kusoma. 2 Walilisoma simulizi lote la maisha wa mwanadamu; yote ya jitihada zake, mapotezo yake, mapato; na katika nuru ya matukio ya nyuma na mahitaji, waliona ni yepi yatakuwa ni bora kabisa kwake katika miaka ijayo. 3 Walijua namna za aina za kanuni na mafunzo ya kufunda yenye kufaa kabisa kwa hali yake; waliona dhana ukamilifu-Mungu wa juu kabisa ambayo namna zote za wanadamu waweza kumaizi. 4 Juu yake wenyebusara hawa saba walikuwa wafanyize kanuni, filosofia kuu ya maisha na kuabudu ya zama inayokuja ibidi kuegeme. 5 Sasa Meng-tse alikuwa ni mwenyebusara mkongwe kabisa; alichukua kiti cha uchifu, na kusema, 6 Mwanadamu hajaenda mbali sana kuishi kwa Imani; yeye yu hawezi kumaizi vitu ambavyo macho yake hayaoni. 7 Yeye bado ni mchanga, na katika kipindi cha zama inayokuja itambidi kufundishwa kwa picha, alama za michoro, matendo ya kiimani na namna za sura. 8 Mungu wake inabidi kuwa Mungu mwanadamu; yeye hawezi kumuona Mungu kwa imani. 9 Na halafu hawezi kujitawala yeye mwenyewe; mfalme ni lazima atawale; mwanadamu ni lazima kutumikia. 10 Zama ambayo yaifuatia hii itakuwa ni zama ya mwanadamu, zama ya imani. 11 Katika zama hiyo iliyorehemiwa namna zote za uanadamu zitaona bila msaada wa macho ya mwili wa nyama; atasikia sauti isiyo na sauti; atajua Mungu-Roho. 12 Zama tuingiayo ni zama ya maandalizi, na shule zote na serikali na matendo ya kiimani lazima kuwa yametungwa picha katika namna rahisi ambayo mwanadamu aweza kumaizi. 13 Na mwanadamu hawezi kurudi kujua pahala halisi kabisa; yeye ajenga kwa namna za sura ambazo aona; kwa hivyo katika baraza hili inatubidi kuchonga sura namna ya mfano kwa ajili ya zama inayokuja. 14 Na yatubidi kufanyiza ginosia ya dola ya nafsi-roho, ambayo yasimama juu ya msimanisho-fikra saba. 15 Kila mwenyebusara kwa zamu yake atafanyiza simamisho-fikra; na hizi zitakuwa ndio msingi wa maazimio ya kikanuni ya wanadamu mpaka zama iliyokamili ijapo. 16 Halafu Meng-tse akaandika ya kwanza: 17 Vitu vyote ni Fikara; maisha yote ni Fikara katika vitendo. Makundi yote ya vyenye-kuwa ni ila tu hatua za hali mbali mbali za moja Fikara kufanyika dhahirisho. Lo, Mungu ni Fikara, na Fikara ni Mungu. 18 Halafu Vidyapati akaandika simamisho fikra la pili: 19 Fikara Milele ni moja; katika asiliki lenyewe ni mbili--uakili na kani*[Pia kwa maana ya uweza wa nguvu yoyote ya kuja kufanyika katika dhahirisho la kazi au sura muundo]; na pamoja vinapopuliza pumzi mtoto huzaliwa; mtoto huyo ni Upendo. 20 Na Hivi kuwa Mungu Utatu ni moja; lakini kama moja wa nuru, kwa asiliki yeye yu ni saba. 22 Na Mungu Utatu ulipopuliza pumzi, lo, roho wasaba walisimama mbele za uso wake; hizi sifa za kiuumbaji. 23 Wanadamu huziita hizi miungu wadogo zaidi, na katika mfano wao walimfanya mwanadamu. 24 Na Kaspari akaandika ya tatu: 25 Mwanadamu alikuwa ni fikara la Mungu, lilifanywa kwa taswira ya usaba, kuvikwa mwili kwa dutu za sonafi. 26 Na matamanio yake yalikuwa ni imara; alitafuta kudhahirika katika kila wanda za uzima*[Pia kusema namna zenye maisha] na kwa ajili yake mwenyewe alijifanyia mwili wa etha za namna za sura za kidunia, na hivyo kushuka katika wanda ya dunia. 27 Katika kushuka huku, alipoteza haki yake ya uzaliwa; alipoteza uenda-hali ulio sawa sawa na Mungu wake, na kufanya zote noti za hali zisizokwenda sawa za maisha. 28 Hali ya kutokwenda sawa na uovu ni kitu kile kile; hivyo uovu ni kazi ya mikono za mtu. 29 Ashbina akaiandika ya nne: 30 Mbegu hazimei katika mwanga; hazioti mpaka ziupate udongo udongo, na kujificha mbali na mwanga. 31 Mwanadamu alikuwa ni mbegu iliyokwajia ya maisha yasiyokoma; lakini katika etha za Mungu Utatu nuru ilikuwa kubwa sana kwa mbegu kukua; 32 Na hivyo mwanadamu alionelea kuchagua ardhi ya maisha ya mwili wa nyama, na katika ukiza wa dunia alipata mahala ambapo atamea na kuota. 33 Mbegu imechukua mizizi na kuota kamili vizuri. 34 Mti wa maisha wa mwanadamu unainukia kutoka ardhini wa vitu vya kidunia, na, kwa kanuni za mazingira yake ya asili, inafikia juu katika namna ya sura yake kamili. 35 Hakuna matendo yazidiyo isivyokawaida kanuni za asili za Mungu kumnyanyua mwanadamu kutoka katika maisha ya mwili wa nyama hadi ubarikika wa roho; yeye hukua kama mmea ukuavyo, na kwa muda wake kukamilikika. 36 Sifa ya ubora ambayo hufanya kuwezekana kwa mtu kuinukia kwenye maisha ya kiroho ni usafi.

CHAPTER 59

Meeting of the sages, continued. The remaining postulates. The sages bless Jesus. Seven days' silence.

APOLLO wrote the fifth: 2 The soul is drawn to perfect light by four white steeds, and these are Will, and Faith, and Helpfulness and Love. 3 That which one wills to do, he has the power to do. 4 A knowledge of that power is faith; and when faith moves, the soul begins its flight. 5 A selfish faith leads not to light. There is no lonely pilgrim on the way to light. Men only gain the heights by helping others gain the heights. 6 The steed that leads the way to spirit life is Love; is pure unselfish Love. 7 Matheno wrote the sixth: 8 The universal Love of which Apollo speaks is child of Wisdom and of Will divine, and God has sent if forth to earth in flesh that man may know. 9 The universal Love of which the sages speak, is Christ. 10 The greatest mystery of all times lies in the way that Christ lives in the heart. 11 Christ cannot live in clammy dens of carnal things. The seven battles must be fought, the seven victories won before the carnal things, like fear, and self, emotions and desire, are put away. 12 When this is done the Christ will take possession of the soul; the work is done, and man and God are one. 13 And Philo wrote the seventh: 14 A perfect man! To bring before the Triune God a being such as this was nature made. 15 This consummation is the highest revelation of the mystery of life. 16 When all the essences of carnal things have been transmuted into soul, and all the essences of soul have been returned to Holy Breath, and man is made a perfect God, the drama of Creation will conclude. And this is all. 17 And all the sages said, Amen. 18 Then Meng-ste said, The Holy One has sent to us a man illumined by the efforts of unnumbered years, to lead the thoughts of men. 19 This man, approved by all the master minds of heaven and earth, this man from Galilee, this Jesus, chief of all the sages of the world, we gladly recognise. 20 In recognition of this wisdom that he brings to men, we crown him with the Lotus wreath. 21 We send him forth with all the blessing of the seven sages of the world. 22 Then all the sages laid their hands on Jesus' head, and said with one accord, Praise God! 23 For wisdom, honour, glory, power, riches, blessing, strength, are yours, O Christ, for evermore. 24 And every living creature said, Amen. 25 And then the sages sat in silence seven days.

Sura 59

Mkutano wa wenyebusara, waendelea. Masimamisho fikra yaliyobakia. Wenyebusara wambariki Yesu. Ukimya wa siku saba.

APOLO akaindika ya tano; 2 Nafsi-roho huvutika kwenye nuru kamilifu farasi-roho wanne, hawa ni Nia, na Imani, na Usaidizi na Upendo. 3 Kile ambacho mtu anania kufanya, anayo nguvu ya kufanya. 4 Maarifa ya nguvu hiyo ni imani; na imani ikisogea, nafsi-roho huianza safari yake ya kupaa. 5 Imani ya kiubinafsi haiongozi kwenye nuru. Hakuna uhijaji kwa kipweke katika njia ya nuru. Watu hupata tu vimo vya juu kwa kuwasaidia wengine kupata vimo. 6 Farasi-roho ambaye aongozea njia kwenye maisha roho ni Upendo; ni upendo safi usio na ubinafsi. 7 Matheno akaiandika ya sita: 8 Upendo wa hali zote ulimwenguni ambao Apolo azungumzia ni mtoto wa Hekima na wa Nia Manani, na Mungu amevituma hivi duniani katika mwili wa nyama ili kwamba mwanadamu apate kujua. 9 Upendo wa hali zote za ulimwengu ambao mwenyebusara azungumza, ni Kristu. 10 Siri ya ajabu kuu la Nyakati Zote limelala katika njia ambayo Kristu aishi moyoni. 11 Kristu hawezi kuishi katika matundu ya uvugu vugu ya vitu vya kimwili. Vita saba lazima zipiganwe, ushindi saba ushinde mbele za vitu vya kimwili, kama hofu, na nafsi, hisia za moyo wa mwili na matamanio, kuwekwa mbali. 12 Haya yafanyikapo Kristu ataiingia nafsi-roho kuiathiri kwa sifa; na kazi kwisha, na mwanadamu na Mungu ni moja. 13 Na Filo akaiandika ya Saba: 14 Mtu Kamili ! Kumleta mbele za uso wa Mungu Utatu mwenye-kuwa kama huyu asili ilifanya. 15 Tunda hili la kufanyika ni ufunuo wa juu kabisa wa siri maajabu ya maisha*[Pia kusema Uzima]. 16 Ambapo asiliki zote za vitu vya kimwili huwa vimebadilika sifa za umbo na tabia kuwa sonafi, na asili zote sonafi zimerudi kwa Pumzi Takatifu, na mwanadamu amefanyika Mungu kamili, mtiririko wa maisha yote ya uumbaji utahitimishwa. Na haya ndiyo yote. 17 Na wenyebusara wote wakasema, Amina. 18 Halafu Meng-Tse akasema, Mtakatifu Moja amemtuma kwetu mtu aliyemulikiwa kwa jitihada za miaka isiyohesabika idadi, kuongoza mawazo ya wanadamu, 19 Mtu huyu, aliyekubalika kufaa na uakili mkuu wa wengi wa mbinguni na duniani, mtu huyu kutoka Galilaya, huyu Yesu, chifu wa wenyebusara wote wa ulimwengu, tunamtambua kwa moyo wa furaha. 20 Kwa kuitambua hekima hii ambayo aileta kwa watu, tunamvika shada la maua ya lotasi. 21 Tunamuagiza kwenda mbele na baraka zote wa wenyebusara saba wa ulimwengu. 22 Halafu wenyebusara wote wakaiweka mikono yao juu ya kichwa cha yesu, na kusema kwa mujibu wa kila mmoja, Atukuzwe Mungu! 23 Kwa hekima, heshima, utukufu, nguvu, ujazi, baraka, uimara, na wako, Eh Kristu, daima siku zote. 24 Na kila kiumbe hai kikasema, Amina. 25 Na tena wenyebusara wakaketi katika ukimya kwa siku saba.

CHAPTER 60

Jesus addresses the seven sages. The address. Jesus goes to Galilee.

THE seven days of silence passed and Jesus, sitting with the sages said: 2 The history of life is well condensed in these immortal postulates. These are the seven hills on which the holy city shall be built. 3 These are the seven sure foundation stones on which the Universal Church shall stand. 4 In taking up the work assigned for me to do I am full conscious of the perils of the way; the cup will be a bitter one to drink and human nature well might shrink. 5 But I have lost my will in that of Holy Breath, and so I go my way to speak and act by Holy Breath. 6 The words I speak are not my own; they are the words of him whose will i do. 7 Man is not far enough advanced in sacred thought to comprehend the Universal Church, and so the work that God has given me to do is not the building of that Church. 8 I am a model maker, sent to make a pattern of the Church that is to be-- a pattern that the age may comprehend. 9 My task as model builder lies within my native land, and there, upon the postulate that Love is son of God, that I am come to manifest that Love, the Model Church will stand. 10 And from the men of low estate I will select twelve men, who represent the twelve immortal thoughts; and these will be the Model Church. 11 The house of Judah, my own kindred in the flesh, will comprehend but little of my mission to the world. 12 And they will spurn me, scorn my work, accuse me falsely, bind me, take me to the judgement seat of carnel men who will convict and slay me on the cross. 13 But men can never slay the truth; though banished it will come again in greater power; for truth will subjugate the world. 14 The Model Church will live. Though carnal man will prostitute its sacred laws, symbolic rites and forms, for selfish ends, and make it but an outward show, the few will find through it the kingdom of the soul. 15 And when the better age shall come the Universal Church will stand upon the seven postulates, and will be built according to the pattern given. 16 The time has come; I go my way unto Jerusalem, and by the power of living faith, and by the strength that you have given. 17 And in the name of God, our Father-God, the kingdom of the soul shall be established on the seven hills. 18 And all the peoples, tribes and tongues of earth shall enter in. 19 The Prince of Peace will take his seat upon the throne of power; the Triune God will then be All in All. 20 And all the sages said, Amen. 21 And Jesus went his way, and after many days, he reached Jerusalem; and then he sought his home in Galilee.

Sura 60

Yesu aongea kwa wenyebusara saba. Ongezi.Yesu aenda Galilaya

SIKU saba za ukimya zilipita na Yesu, akiwa ameketi na wenyebusara akasema: 2 Historia ya maisha imejishindilia katikati na hizi simamisho fikra zisizo kufa. Hizi ni vilima saba ambazo mji mtakatifu utajengwa. 3 Hizi ni misingi mawe saba ya hakika ambayo Kanisa la ulimwengu wote mzima litasimama. 4 Katika kuchukua jukumu la kazi nililopewa kwangu kuifanya nipo na fahamu kamili ya macho wazi juu ya hatari za njiani; kikombe kitakuwa ni kichungu kukinywa na kisima cha asili ya kibinadamu chaweza kukauka. 5 Lakini nimeipoteza nia yangu katika ile ya Pumzi Takatifu*[Pia kusema nimeacha mapenzi yangu], na hivyo ninaenda njia yangu kuzungumza na kutenda kwa Pumzi Mtakatifu. 6 Maneno niyazungumzayo si ni ya kwangu mwenyewe; ni ya yeye ambaye aninia kufanya. 7 Mtu hajasonga mbali sana katika mawazo takatifu kumaizi kanisa la ulimwengu wote, na hivyo shughuli ambayo ambayo Mungu amenipa kuifanya si ni kulijenga kanisa. 8 Mimi ni mfanya mfano muundo wa sura, niliyetumwa kuifanya namna ya kisura ambayo zama zinaweza kumaizi. 9 Jukumu langu la kazi kama mjenzi limelala katika nchi mwenyeji yangu, na pale, juu ya simamisho fikra la kuwa Upendo ni mwana wa Mungu, ya kwamba ninakuja kudhahirisha huo upendo, namna ya muundo ambao kanisa litasimama. 10 Na kutoka kwa watu ngazi ya chini nitawachagua watu kumi na wawili, ambao watawakilisha Fikara kumi na mbili zisizo kufa; na hizi zitakuwa ni Kanisa Muundo. 11 Nyumba ya yuda, ndugu zangu katika nyama, watamaizi ni kidogo tu kuhusu dira yangu kwa ulimwengu. 12 Na wao watanikataa, kukebehi kazi yangu, kunishitakia uongo, kunifunga, na kunipeleka mbele za kiti cha hukumu watu tabia za kimwili ambao watanihukumia na kunitundika msalabani. 13 Lakini wanadamu hawawezi kamwe kuchinjilia kweli; ingawaje umekomeshewa mbali wenyewe utarudi kwa nguvu nyingi; kwani kweli itaiweka miguuni pake ulimwengu wote. 14 Kanisa la mfano litaishi. Ingawaje mtu wa mwili wa nyama na tabia zake atazifanyia ukahaba kanuni zake takatifu, matendo yake alama za kiimani na namna, kwa ajili ya mwisho wake wa kiubinafsi, na kulifanya hilo namna ya majionesho ya nje, ni wachache watakao pata kupitia hilo ufalme wa roho. 15 Na pale ambapo zama bora ijapo litakuja kanisa la ulimwengu wote mzima litakalosimama juu shimasho fikra saba, nalo litajengwa kwa mujibu wa namna ya muundo wa sura uliotolewa. 16 Wakati umewadia; ninakwenda njia yangu kuelekea Yerusalemu, na kwa nguvu ya imani hai, kwa uimara ambao mmenipatia. 17 Na katika jina la Mungu, Baba-Mungu wetu, ufalme wa roho utasimamishwa kuanza juu ya vilima saba. 18 Na watu wote, makabila yote na ndimi za duniani wataingia. 19 Mwanamfalme wa amani atakamata kiti chake juu ya mahala pa enzi; Mungu Utatu atakuwa basi Ote katika Yote. 20 Na wenyebusara wote wakasema, Amina. 21 Na Yesu aenda njia yake, na baada ya siku nyingi, alifika Yerusalemu; na halafu akapatafuta nyumbani kwake katika Galilaya.

The Ministry of John the Harbinger

CHAPTER 61

John, the harbinger, returns to Hebron. Lives as a hermit in the wilds. Visits Jerusalem and speaks to the people.

IT came to pass when John, the son of Zacharias and Elizabeth, had finished all his studies in the Egyptian schools that he returned to Hebron, where he abode for certain days. 2 And then he sought the wilderness and made his home in David's cave where many years before, he was instructed by the Egyptian sage. 3 Some people called him Hermit of Engedi; and others said, He is the Wild Man of the Hills. 4 He clothed himself with skins of beasts; his food was carobs, honey, nuts and fruits. 5 When John was thirty years of age he went into Jerusalem, and in the market place he sat in silence seven days. 6 The common people and the priests, the scribes and Pharisees came out in multitudes to see the silent hermit of the hills; but none were bold enough to ask him who he was. 7 But when his silent fast was done he stood forth in the midst of all and said: 8 Behold the king has come; the prophets told of him; the wise men long have looked for him. 9 Prepare, O Israel, prepare to meet your king. 10 And that was all he said, and then he disappeared, and no one knew where he had gone. 11 And there was great unrest through all Jerusalem. The rulers heard the story of the hermit of the hills. 12 And they sent couriers forth to talk with him that they might know about the coming king; but they could find him not. 13 And after certain days he came again into the market place, and all the city came to hear him speak; he said: 14 Be not disturbed, you rulers of the state; the coming king is no antagonist; he seeks no place on any earthly throne. 15 He comes the Prince of Peace, the king of righteousness and love; his kingdom is within the soul. 16 The eyes of men shall see it not and none can enter but the pure in heart. 17 Prepare, O Israel, prepare to meet your king. 18 Again the hermit disappeared; the people strove to follow him, but he had drawn a veil about his form and men could see him not. 19 A Jewish feast day came; Jerusalem was filled with Jews and proselytes from every part of Palestine, and John stood in the temple court and said, 20 Prepare, O Israel, prepare to meet your king. 21 Lo, you have lived in sin; the poor cry in your streets, and you regard them not. 22 Your neighbours, who are they? You have defrauded friend and foe alike. 23 You worship God with voice and lip; your hearts are far away, and set on gold. 24 Your priests have bound upon the people burdens far to great to bear; they live in ease upon the hard earned wages of the poor. 25 Your lawyers, doctors, scribes are useless cumberers of the ground; they are but tumours on the body of the state; 26 They toil not neither do they spin, yet they consume the profits of your marts of trade. 27 Your rulers are adulterers, extortioners and thieves, regarding not the rights of any man; 28 And robbers ply their calling in the sacred halls; the holy temple you have sold to thieves; their dens are in the sacred places set apart for prayer. 29 Hear! hear! you people of Jerusalem! Reform; turn from your evil ways or God will turn from you and heathen from afar will come, and what is left of all your honour and your fame will pass in one short hour. 30 Prepare, Jerusalem, prepare to meet your king. 31 He said no more; he left the court and no one saw him go. 32 The priests, the doctors and the scribes were all in rage. They sought for John intent to do him harm. They found him not. 33 The common people stood in his defence; they said, The hermit speaks the truth. 34 And then the priests, the doctors and the scribes were sore afraid; they said no more; they hid themselves away.

Huduma ya Ufundishaji ya Yohana mtayarisha njia

Sura 61

Yohana, mtayarisha njia, arudi Hebroni. Aishi kama hamiti nyikani. Atembelea Yerusalemu na kuzungumza na watu.

IKAJA kupita ambapo Yohana, mwana wa Zakaria na Elizabeti, amekwisha maliza masomo yake yote katika shule za Kimisri na yeye alirudi Hebron, ambako alikaa kwa siku kadhaa. 2 Na halafu akaenda kuzitafuta nyika akafanya makazi yake katika pango la daudi ambako miaka mingi kabla, alipewa mafundisho ya kimaelekezo na mwenyebusara wa kimisri. 3 Kuna watu walimuita yeye Hamiti wa Engedi; na wengine waksema, yeye ni mtu wa nyikani kwenye vilima. 4 Na yeye alijivika kwa ngozi za wanyama; chakula chake kilikuwa ni mikarobu*[Namna ya njugu za ardhini kama karanga na tena jamii ya kunde-nzige], asali, karanga na matunda. 5 Yohana alipokuwa na umri yapata miaka thelathini alikwenda Yerusalemu, na katika soko aliketi kimya kwa siku saba. 6 Watu wa kawaida na makuhani, waandishi, na mafarisayo wakatoka kuja kwa makundi kumuona hamiti mkimya wa vilimani; lakini hakuna aliyekuwa ni shujaa vyakutosha kumuuliza yeye alikuwa ni nani. 7 Lakini kufunga kwake katika ukimya kulipokwisha alisimama mbele katikati yao wote na kusema: 8 Tazameni mfalme amekuja; manabii walisema juu yake; wenyehekima kwa muda mrefu wamemtazamia yeye. 9 Jiandaeni, Eh Israeli, jiandaeni kukutana naye mfalme wenu. 10 Na hilo ndilo lilikuwa lote alilolisema yeye, na halafu akapotea zake, na hakuna mtu aliyejua wapi amekwenda. 11 Na kulikuwa na kutokulia Yerusalemu yote. Watawala walisikia kisa cha hamiti wa vilimani. 12 Na wao wakawatuma wapeleka ujumbe kwenda kuongea naye ili wao wapate kujua kuhusu mfalme anayekuja; lakini hawakuweza kumpata yeye. 13 Na baada ya siku kadhaa yeye alikuja tena mahala pa soko, na mji wote ukaja kumsikia yeye akizungumza; yeye akasema: 14 Msiwe wenyekutibuliwa utulivu, enyi watawala wa nchi; mfalme ajaye si mpinganaji; hatafuti mahala popote pa enzi pa kidunia. 15 Yeye yuaje ni Mwanamfalme wa Amani, mfalme wa utendahaki na upendo; ufalme wake upo ndani ya roho. 16 Macho ya watu hayawezi kuuona na hakuna mtu awezaye kuingia ila wenye moyo safi. 17 Jiandaeni, eh Israeli, jiandaeni kukutana na mfalme wenu. 18 Tena hamiti akapotea; watu wakajitahidi kumfuata yeye, lakini alifanya namna za kuwaziba macho asionekane mwili wake na watu hawakuweza kumuona. 19 Siku ya Kalamu ya Kiyahudi ikaja; Yerusalemu ikajawa na wayahudi na wapokea dini upya kutoka kila sehemu ya Palestina, na Yohana alisimama katika baraza la hekalu na kusema, 20 Jiandaeni, eh Israeli, jiandaeni kukutana na mfalme wenu.21 Lo, mmeishi katika dhambi; maskini wanalia katika mitaa yenu, na ninyi hamwatupii macho wao. 22 Majirani zenu, ni akina nani? Mmewanyima wote marafiki na maadui. 23 Mwamuabudu Mungu kwa sauti na midomo; na mioyo yenu iko mbali, kuelekeza kwenye dhahabu. 24 Makuhani wenu wamejikusanya pamoja juu ya watu mizigo mizito sana kuvumilia; wanaishi kwa unafuu juu ya ujira ulipatikana kwa tabu wa maskini. 25 Wanasheria wenu, madaktari, waandishi ni vishikizo vya kunasisha kubaki chini visivyo na manufaa yoyote; wao ni mauvimbe tu juu ya mwili wa nchi; 26 Hawavuji jasho na wala kusokota nyuzi, na wakati wao wala faida za mazuria ya biashara. 27 Watawala wenu ni wazinzi, wadai hongo na wevi, hawaheshimu na kujali kuangalia haki ya mtu yeyote; 28 Na majambazi wanatii wito wao katika maholi yenu matakatifu; hekalu takatifu mmeliuza kwa wevi; matundu yao yapo katika mahala pakufanywa takatifu palipotengwa kwa ajili ya sala. 29 Sikieni! Sikieni! Ninyi watu wa Yerusalemu! Fanyeni matengenezo; geukeni toka kwenye njia zenu za uovu ama sivyo Mungu atawageukia mbali na wasiomjua Mungu toka mbali watakuja, na yale yote yaliyobakia kuwa ni heshima yenu na umaarufu vitapita katika kitambo kifupi. 30 Jiandaeni, Yerusalemu, jiandeni kukutana na mfalme wenu. 31 Hakusema zaidi; aliondoka barazani na hakuna mtu aliyemuona akiondoka. 32 Makuhani, madaktari na waandishi wote walikuwa ni wenye hasira. Walitafuta kumpata Yohana kwa dhamira ya kumdhuru. Na wao hawakumpata. 33 Watu wa kawaida walisimama kwa kumlinda; walisema, hamiti azungumza ukweli. 34 Na halafu makuhani, madaktari na waandishi wakashikwa na woga; hawakusema zaidi; wakajifichilia mbali.

CHAPTER 62

John, the harbinger, again visits Jerusalem. Speaks to the people. Promises to meet them at Gilgal in seven days. Goes to Bethany and attends a feast.

NEXT day John went again into the temple courts and said, 2 Prepare, O Israel, prepare to meet your king. 3 The chief priests and the scribes would know the meaning of his words; they said. 4 Bold man, what is the purport of this message that you bring to Israel? If you be seer and prophet tell us plainly who has sent you here? 5 And John replied, I am the voice of one who cries out in the wilderness, Prepare the way, make straight the paths, for, lo, the Prince of Peace will come to rule in love. 6 Your prophet Malachi wrote down the words of God: 7 And I will send Elijah unto you before the retribution day shall come, to turn again the hearts of men to God, and if they will not turn, lo, I will smite them with a curse. 8 You men of Israel; you know your sins. As I passed by I saw a wounded bird prone in your streets, and men of every class were beating it with clubs; and then I saw that Justice was its name. 9 I looked again and saw that its companion had been killed; the pure white wings of Righteousness were trampled in the dust. 10 I tell you men, your awfulness of guilt has made a cesspool of iniquity that sends a fearful stench to heaven. 11 Reform, O Israel, reform; prepare to meet your king. 12 And then John turned away and as he went he said, 13 In seven days, lo, I will stand at Gilgal, by the Jordan ford, where Israel first crossed into the promised land. 14 And then he left the temple court to enter it no more; but many people followed him as far as Bethany, and there he tarried at the home of Lazarus, his kin. 15 The anxious people gathered all about the home and would not go; then John came forth and said, 16 Reform, O Israel, reform; prepare to meet your king. 17 The sins of Israel do not all lie at the door of priest and scribe. O think you not that all the sinners of Judea are found among the rulers and the men of wealth. 18 It is no sign that man is good and pure because he lives in want. 19 The listless, shiftless vagabonds of earth are mostly poor and have to beg for bread. 20 I saw the very men that cheered because I told the priests and scribes of their injustice unto man, throw stones and beat poor Justice in the streets. 21 I saw them trample on the poor dead bird of Righteousness; 22 And you who follow after me,you commoners, are not one whit behind the scribes and priests in crime. 23 Reform, you men of Israel; the king has come; prepare to meet your king. 24 With Lazarus and his sisters, John remained for certain days. 25 In honour of the Nazarite a feast was spread, and all the people stood about the board. 26 And when the chief men of the town poured out the sparkling wine and offered John a cup, he took it, held it high in air, and said, 27 Wine makes glad the carnal heart, and it makes sad the human soul; it plunges deep in bitterness and gall the deathless spirit of the man. 28 I took the vow of Nazar when a child, and not a drop has ever passed my lips. 29 And if you would make glad the coming king, then shun the cup as you would shun a deadly thing. 30 And then he threw the sparking wine out in the street.


Sura 62

Yohana, mtayarisha njia, atembelea tena Yerusalemu. Azungumza na watu. Awaahidi kukutana nao huko Gilgali ndani ya siku saba. Aenda Bethania na kuhudhuria kalamu.

Siku iliyofuatia Yohana alienda tena kwenye ubaraza wa hekalu na kusema, 2 Jiandaeni, eh Israeli, jiandaeni kukutana na mfalme wenu. 3 Makuhani machifu na waandishi wangalitaka kujua maana ya maneno yake; wakasema. 4 Mtu shujaa, ni nini kusudio la ujumbe huu ambao wauleta Israeli? Ikiwa wewe ni maona na nabii tuambie bayana ni nani amekutuma hapa? 5 Na Yohana akajibu, Mimi ni sauti ya mtu apazaie sauti nyikani, andaeni njia, fanyeni hizo kunyooka, kwani, lo, Mwanamfalme wa Amani atakuja kutawala kwa upendo. 6 Nabii wenu Malaki aliandika maneno ya Mungu; 7 Na nitawatumieni Eliya kwenu kabla ya siku ya malipizo kuja, kuigeuza tena mioyo ya watu kwa Mungu, na ikiwa hawageuka, lo, kitawapiga wao kwa laana. 8 Ninyi watu wa Israeli; mwazijua dhambi zenu. Kadri nilivyokuwa nikipita nilimuona ndege aliyekuwa amejeruhiwa akipapatika katika mitaa yenu, na watu wa kila tabaka walikuwa wakimpiga kwa marungu; na halafu niliona ya kwamba haki ya sheria ilikuwa ni jina lake. 9 Nilitazama tena na kuona kuwa washirika wake walikuwa wameuawa; mabawa meupe na safi ya utendahaki yalikanyagiwa katika vumbi. 10 Nawambieni enyi watu, hatia zenu zenye kutokupendeza zimefanya dimbwi la maji taka ya ukosefu wa maadili safi ambao kutuma harufu ya kutisha mbinguni. 11 Fanyeni matengenezo, eh Israeli, fanyeni matengenezo; jiandaeni kukutana na mfalme wenu. 12 Na halafu Yohana akageuka mgongo na kadri alivyokuwa akienda alisema, 13 Katika kipindi cha siku saba, lo, nitasimama Gilgali, kando ya kingo za Yordani, ambako Israeli kwa mara ya kwanza walivuka kwenda kwenye nchi ya ahadi. 14 Na halafu akaondoka ubarazani pa hekalu na kutorudi tena kuingia humo; lakini watu wengi wakamfuata hata mpaka Bethania, na pale alikakaa nyumbani kwa Lazaro, ndugu yake. 15 Watu wenye hamu walikusanyika kuzunguka nyumba na hawakulitoka; basi Yohana akaja mbele na kusema, 16 Fanyeni matengenezo, eh Israeli, fanyeni matengenezo; jiandaeni kukutana na mfalme wenu. 17 Dhambi za Israeli hazillalii mlangoni pa makuhani na waandishi. Eh hamfikiri ya kwamba watenda dhambi wote wa Yudea wanapatikana miongoni mwa watawala, na watu wa mali. 18 Siyo ni dalili ya kwamba mtu ni mwema na safi kwa kuwa yeye yu aishi katika ufukara. 19 Wasio na mchangamko, wasio toka mahala pamoja hadi kungine, wasio na makazi rasmi wa dunia ni maskini walio hasa kabisa na yawabidi kuomba mkate. 20 Niliwaona watu hao hasa wakichangamka kwa furaha kwa sababu niliwaambia makuhani na waandishi juu ya kukosa kwao haki kwa mtu, haki kurusha mawe na kuwapiga maskini mitaani. 21 Niliwaona wao kuwasinya ndege maskini wa utendahaki; 22 Na ninyi ambao mwanifuata mimi, watu wa kawaida, hampo kupungua kidogo chini ya waandishi na makuhani katika uhalifu. 23 Fanyeni matengenezo, ninyi watu wa Israeli; mfalme amekuja; jiandaeni kukutana na mfalme wenu. 24 Pamoja na Lazaro na dada zake, Yohana alibakia kwa siku kadhaa. 25 Kwa heshima ya mnaziri kalamu ilitandazwa, na watu wote akasimama kuzunguka meza. 26 Na pale ambapo watu wa hadhi ya juu wa mjini walimiminia mvinyo wa zabibu unaong'ara na kumpatia kikombe Yohana, alikichukua, kukinyanyua juu hewani, na kusema, 27 Mvinyo wa zabibu hutia furaha moyo wa mwili wa nyama, na hufanya huzuni nafsi-roho ya mwanadamu; huzamisha ndani sana katika uchungu na nyongo roho isiyokufa ya mwanadamu. 28 Nilichukua naziri nilipokuwa mtoto, na hakuna hata tone limepata kupita mdomoni mwangu. 29 Na ikiwa mtamfanya kufurahi mfalme ajaye, basi muepuke kikombe kama vile muepukavyo kitu chenye hatari ya kuua. 30 Na halafu akaumwaga mvinyo unaong'ara ng'ara nje kwenye mtaa.

CHAPTER 63

John, the harbinger, visits Jericho. Meets the people at Gilgal. Announces his mission. Introduces the rite of baptism. Baptises many people. Returns to Bethany and teaches. Returns to the Jordan.

AND John went down to Jericho; there he abode with Alpheus. 2 And when the people heard that he was there they came in throngs to hear him speak. 3 He spoke to none; but when the time was due he went down to the Jordan ford, and to the multitudes he said. 4 Reform and in the fount of purity wash all your sins away; the kingdom is at hand. 5 Come unto me and in the waters of this streambe washed, symbolic of the inner cleansing of the soul. 6 And, lo, the multitudes came down, and in the Jordan they were washed, and every man confessed his sins. 7 For many months, in all the regoins round about, John pled for purity and righteousness, and after many days he went again to Bethany; and there he taught. 8 At first few but the honest seekers came; but, by and by, the selfish and the vicious came with no contrition; came because the many came. 9 And when John saw the repentant Pharisees and Sadducees come unto him, he said, 10 You children of the vipers, stay; are you disturbed by news of coming wrath? 11 Go to, and do the things that prove repentance genuine. 12 Is it enough for you to say that you are heirs of Abraham? I tell you, no. 13 The heirs of Abraham are just as wicked in the sight of God when they do wrong as any heathen man. 14 Behold the axe! and every tree that bears not wholesome fruit is cut down at the roots and cast into the fire. 15 And then the people asked, What must we do? 16 And John replied, Accept the ministry of helpfulness for all mankind; spend not upon your selfish selves all that you have. 17 Let him who has two coats give one to him who has no coat; give part of all the food you have to those in need. 18 And when the publicans came up and asked, What must we do? John answered them, 19 Be honest in your work; do not increase for selfish gain the tribute you collect; take nothing more than what your king demands. 20 And when the soldiers came and asked, What must we do? The harbinger replied, 21 Do violence to none; exact no wrongful thing, and be contented with the wages you receive. 22 Among the Jews were many who had been waiting for the Christ to come, and they regarded John as Christ. 23 But to their questions John replied, In water I do cleanse, symbolic of the cleansing of the soul; but when he comes who is to come, lo, he will cleanse in Holy Breath and purify in fire. 24 His fan is in his hand, and he will separate the wheat and chaff; will throw the chaff away, but garner every grain of wheat. This is the Christ. 25 Behold he comes! and he will walk with you, and you will know him not. 26 He is the king; the latchet of his shoes I am not worthy to unloose. 27 And John left Bethany and went again unto the Jordan ford.

Sura 63

Yohana, mtayarisha njia, atembelea Yeriko. Akutana ka watu Gilgali. Atamka kutangaza dira yake. Atambulisha kwa mara ya kwanza tendo la kiimani la Ubatizo.
Awabatiza watu wengi. Arejea Bethania na kufundisha. Arudi Yordani.

NA Yohana akaenda chini hadi Yeriko; huko akakaa na Alfeusi. 2 Na watu waliposikia kwamba alikuwapo pale wakaja kiumati kumsikia yeye akiongea. 3 Hakuzungumza na mtu yeyote; lakini wakati ulipofika alikwenda chini kwenye kingo za Yordani, na kwa makundi ya watu akasema. 4 Fanyeni matengenezo katika bubujiko la usafi mwoshelee mbali dhambi zenu; ufalme u karibu. 5 Njooni kwangu na kutoka katika maji ya mkondo huu mmeoshwa, kuashiria alama ya utakaso wa nafsi-roho. 6 Na lo, makundi yote ya watu wakaja chini, na katika Yordani walioshwa, na kila mtu alikiri wazi dhambi zake. 7 Kwa miezi mingi, katika maeneo yote ya kuzunguka, Yohana alisihi kwa ajili ya usafi na utendahaki, na baada ya siku nyingi alikwenda tena Bethania; na kule alifundisha. 8 Mwanzoni watafutaji wachache ila wenye moyo wa kweli walikuja; lakini, muda baada ya muda, wale wenye asili ya ubinafsi na watenda maovu wakaja wasio na dhamira ya kujutia dhambi; wakaja kwa kuwa wengi walikuja. 9 Na Yohana alipoona Mafarisayo wenyenamna ya kutubu na Wasadukayo wakija kwake, yeye akasema, 10 Enyi kizazi cha nyoka, mbaki; je, mnasumbuliwa utulivu kwa habari ya hasira ijayo? 11 Nendeni, na kufanya mambo ambayo yanathibitisha kiutubio kuwa ni cha kikweli halisi. 12 je, inatosha tu kusema ninyi walirithi wa Abrahamu? Nawaambieni, hapana. 13 Walirithi wa Abrahamu ni walivyo waovu machoni pa Mungu watendapo makosa kama mtu yeyote asiyeamini mungu. 14 Tazameni shoka! na kila mti usiozaa matunda mema wakatwa chini katika mizizi na kutupwa motoni. 15 Na halafu watu wakauliza, je, nini chatupasa kufanya? 16 Na Yohana akajibu, kubalini huduma ya utumishi kufundisha usaidizi kwa wanadamu wote; msitumie vyenu vyote kwa yenu pekee ya kibinafsi. 17 Acheni yule aliye na makoti mawili ampe moja kwake yule asiye na koti; wapeni sehemu ya chakula chenu mlichokuwanacho wa wale wenye kuhitaji. 18 Na watu wa mataifa*[watumishi wa serikali ya kitawala] wakaja na kuuliza, yatupasa kufanya nini? Yohana akawajibu, 19 Muwe waaminifu katika kweli kwa kazi zenu; msijiongezee kwa mapato ya kiubinafsi makusanyo ya malipo myakusanyayo; msichukue chochote cha zaidi kuliko kile mfalme wenu adai kutaka. 20 Na wanajeshi alipokuja na kuuliza, yatupasa kufanya nini? Mtayarisha njia akawajibu, 21 Msimfanyie maasi mtu yeyote; kwa hasa hasa jambo lolote lisilosahihi, na muwe mmeridhika kwa ujira mnaopokea. 22 Miongoni mwa wayahudi kulikuwa na wengi ambao walikuwa wakimngojea Kristu ajaye, na wao wakatupia macho kumuona Yohana kama Kristu. 23 Lakini swali lao Yohana alilijibu, Katika maji ninafanya kutakasa, kialama ya utakaso wa nafsi-roho; lakini ajapo yule ambaye yu aja, lo, atatakasa kwa Pumzi Takatifu na moto. 24 Fagio lake la upepo lipo mikononi mwake, naye ataitenganisha shayiri na pumba; ataitupa pumba mbali, lakini kuweka ghalani kila punje ya nafaka. Huyu ni Kristu. 25 Tazameni yeye anayekuja! na atatembea nanyi, na hamtamjua yeye. 26 Yeye ni mfalme; kamba za viatu vyake sistahili kuzilegeza. 27 Na Yohana akaondoka Bethania na kwenda tena kingo ya Yordani.
 
Aquarian Age Gospel of Jesus

Chapters 64 - 70

CHAPTER 64

Jesus comes to Galilee, and is baptised by John. The Holy Breath testified on his messiahship.

THE news reached Galilee, and Jesus with the multitude went down to where the harbinger was preaching at the ford. 2 When Jesus saw the harbinger he said. Behold the man of God! Behold the greatest of the seers! Behold, Elijah has returned! 3 Behold the messenger whom God has sent to open up the way! The kingdom is at hand. 4 When John saw Jesus standing with the throng he said, Behold the king who cometh in the name of God! 5 And Jesus said to John, I would be washed in water as a symbol of the cleansing of the soul. 6 And John replied, you do not need to wash, for you are pure in thought, and word, and deed. And if you need to wash I am not worthy to perform the rite. 7 And Jesus said, I come to be a pattern for the sons of men, and what I bid them do, that I must do; and all men must be washed, symbolic of the cleansing of the soul. 8 This washing we establish as a rite--baptism rite we call it now, and so it shall be called. 9 Your work, prophetic harbinger, is to prepare the way, and to reveal the hidden things. 10 The multitudes are ready for the words of life, and I come to be made known by you to all the world, as prophet of the Triune God, and as the chosen one to manifest the Christ to men. 11 Then John led Jesus down into the river at the ford and he baptised him in the sacred name of him who sent him forth to manifest the Christ to men. 12 And as they came out of the stream, the Holy Breath, in form of dove, came down and sat on Jesus' head. 13 A voice from heaven said, This is the well-beloved son of God, the Christ, the love of God made manifest. 14 John heard the voice, and understood the message of the voice. 15 Now Jesus went his way, and John preached to the multitude. 16 As many as confessed their sins, and turned from evil ways to ways of right, the harbinger baptised, symbolic of the blotting of sins by righteousness.

INJILI YA ZAMA ZA NDOO YA YESU
Sura 64-70

Sura 64
Yesu aja Galilaya, na abatizwa na Yohana. Pumzi Mtakatifu ashuhudia umesiya wake.

HABARI zilifika Galilaya, na Yesu na makundi ya watu wakaenda chini ambako mtayarisha njia alikuwa akihubiri ukingoni. 2 Yesu alipomuona mtayarisha njia akasema. Tazameni mtu wa Mungu! Tazameni maona aliyekuwa mkuu zaidi ya wote! Tazameni, Eliya amerudi! 3 Tazameni mjumbe ambaye Mungu amemtuma kufungua njia ya kwenda juu! Ufalme u karibu. 4 Yohana alipomuona Yesu akisimama na umati akasema, Tazameni mfalme akija katika jina la Mungu! 5 Na Yesu akasema kwa Yohana, nitalioshwa katika maji kama alama ya utakaso wa nafsi-roho. 6 Na Yohana akajibu, hauhitaji kuoshwa, kwa kuwa wewe ni msafi katika fikara, maneno, na matendo. Na ikiwa wahitaji kuoshwa mimi stahili kulitendesha tendo hilo la imani. 7 Na Yesu akasema, ninakuja kuwa mfano wa kisura ya kimchoro wa kufuatisha kwa wana za wanadamu, na kuwataka wao kufanya, hilo lanibidi kufanya; na watu wote yawapasa kuoshwa, kiualama wa utakaso wa nafsi-roho. 8 Kuosha huku tulikokuanzisha kama tendo la kiimani-tendo la ubatizo tunaliita sasa, na hivyo ndivyo litakvyoitwa. 9 Kazi yako, mtayarisha njia wa kinabii, ni kuiandaa njia, na kufunua vitu vilivyofichika. 10 Makundi ya watu wako tayari kwa maneno ya uzima, na mimi nakuja kufanyika kujulikana katika ulimwengu wote mzima, kama nabii wa Utatu Mungu, kama vile mteule mmoja kudhahirisha Kristu katika watu. 11 Basi Yohana akamuongozea Yesu chini kwenye kingo za mto Yordani na kumbatiza yeye katika jina tkatifu la yeye aliyemtuma mbele kudhahirisha Kristu kwa Watu. 12 Na walivyokuwa wakitoka kwenye mkondo wa maji, Pumzi Mtakatifu, katika namna ya sura ya njiwa alishuka na kuketi katika kichwa cha Yesu. 13 Sauti kutoka mbinguni ikasema, huyu ni mwana mpenzi wa Mungu, Kristu, Upendo wa Mungu kufanywa kudhahirika. 14 Yohana aliisikia sauti, na kuuelewa ujumbe wa sauti. 15 Sasa Yesu akaenda zake, na Yohana akahubiria kusanyiko la watu. 16 Na watu wengi zaidi wakakiri dhambi zao, na kugeuka tokea kwenye namna ya njia zao za uovu hadi kwenye njia za usahihi, mtayarisha njia alibatiza, uashirivu wa kusafishwa madoa ya dhambi kwa utendahaki.

The Christine Ministry of Jesus--Introductory Epoch

CHAPTER 65

Jesus goes to the wilderness for self-examination, where he remains forty days. Is subjected to three temptations. He overcomes. Returns to the camps of John and begins teaching.

THE harbinger had paved the way; the Logos had been introduced to men as love made manifest, and he must now begin his Christine ministry. 2 And he went forth into the wilderness to be alone with God that he might look into his inner heart, and note its strength and worthiness. 3 And with himself he talked; he said, My lower self is strong; by many ties I am bound down to carnal life. 4 Have I the strength to overcome and give my life a willing sacrifice for men? 5 When I shall stand before the face of men, and they demand a proof of my messiahship, what will I say? 6 And then the tempter came and said, If you be son of God, command these stones to turn to bread. 7 And Jesus said, Who is it that demands a test? It is no sign that one is son of God because he does a miracle; the devils can do mighty things. 8 Did not the black magicians do great things before the Pharaohs? 9 My words and dees in all the walks of life shall be the proof of my messiahship. 10 And then the tempter said, If you will go into Jerusalem, and from the temple pinnacle cast down yourself to earth, the people will believe that you are the Messiah sent from God. 11 This you can surely do; for did not David say, He gives his angels charge concerning you, and with their will they uphold lest you should fall? 12 And Jesus said, I may not tempt the Lord, my God. 13 And then the tempter said, Look forth upon the world; behold its honours and its fame! Behold its pleasures and its wealth! 14 If you will give your life for these they shall be yours. 15 But Jesus said, Away from me all tempting thoughts. My heart is fixed; I spurn this carnal self with all its vain ambition and its pride. 16 For forty days did Jesus wrestle with his carnal self; his higher self Prevailed. He then was hungry, but his friends had found him and they ministered to him. 17 Then Jesus left the wilderness and in the consciousness of Holy breath, he came unto the camps of John and taught.

Huduma ya Uanakristu ya Yesu--Kipindi cha Utangulizi

Sura 65
Yesu aenda nyikani kwa ajili ya jaribio la nafsi, ambako abakia kwa siku arobaini. anakabiriwa na majaribu matatu. Yeye ayashinda. Arudi kambini kwa Yohana na kuanza kufundisha.

Mtayarisha njia aliiweka njia wazi; Logosi alikuwa ametambulishwa kwa awali kwa watu kama upendo ulifanywa kudhahirika, na yeye sasa yampasa kuianza huduma yake ya uanakristu. 2 Na yeye alikwenda mbele nyikani kuwa pekee yake na Mungu ili kwamba aweze kuangalia katika moyo wake wa ndani, kutia fahamuni nguvu yake na thamani ya kustahili kwake. 3 Na kwa yeye mwenyewe kwa mwenyewe akazungumza; akasema, Nafsi yangu ya chini ni imara; kwa kamba nyingi nimefungwa chini kwenye maisha ya kimwili wa nyama. 4 Je, ninao uimara wa uwezo kuyazidi na kuyatoa maisha yangu kafara ya kujipendea kwa ajili ya watu? 5 Ni lini nitasimama mbele za watu, na wao kutaka kupewa uthibitisho wa umasiya wangu, nitazungumza kitu gani? 6 Na halafu mjaribu akaja na kusema, ikiwa wewe ni mwana wa Mungu, yaamuru mawe haya kugeuka kuwa mkate. 7 Na Yesu akasema, je, ni nani yule mwenye kuhitaji jaribio? Si ni dalili yoyote kwamba mtu ni mwana wa Mungu kwa sababu anafanya miujiza; roho mapepo yaweza kufanya vitu vikubwa. 8 Je, mamajia*[Wafanya viini macho ama mazingaombwe] wa giza hawakufanya vitu vikubwa mbele za mafarao? 9 Maneno yangu na matendo yangu mema katika kila ngazi ya maisha yatakuwa ni uthibitisho wa umasiya wangu. 10 Na halafu tena mjaribu akasema, ikiwa utakwenda Yerusalemu, na kutoka kwenye kilele cha juu cha hekalu ukijitupa chini ardhini, watu wataamini wewe ni masiya kutoka kwa Mungu. 11 Hili kwa hakika waweza kulifanya; kwani Daudi hakusema, Yeye huagiza kukutumikia kuhusu wewe, na kwa nguvu-nia zao watakushikilia usije kuanguka? Na Yesu akasema, sitamjaribu Bwana, Mungu wangu. 13 Na halafu tena mjaribu akasema, angalia mbele juu ya ulimwengu wote; Tazama heshima zake na umaarufu wake! Tazama raha ya starehe zake na utajiri wake! 14 Ikiwa utayatoa maisha yako kwa hivi vitakuwa ni vyako. 15 Lakini Yesu akasema, Toka kwangu mafikara yote ya majaribu. Moyo wangu umekazika mahala pamoja; Naikatalia mbali nafsi hii ya mwili wa nyama pamoja na matamanio yake ya juu na fahari yake. 16 Kwa siku arobaini Yesu alipigana mweleka na nafsi yake ya mwili; Nafsi yake ya juu ikashinda. Na yeye akawa basi na njaa, lakini marafiki zake wakamkuta na kumtumikia yeye huduma. 17 Halafu Yesu akaondoka nyikani na katika ufahamu wa Pumzi Takatifu, akaja kwenye kambi ya Yohana na kufundisha.

CHAPTER 66

Six of John's disciples follow Jesus and become his disciples. He teaches them. They sit in the Silence.

AMONG the followers of John were many men from Galilee. The most devout were Andrew, Simon, James, and John, with Philip and his brother of Bethsaida. 2 One day as Andrew, Philip and a son of Zebedee, were talking with the harbinger, the Logos came, and John exclaimed, Behold the Christ! 3 And then the three disciples followed Jesus, and he asked, What do you seek? 4 And the disciples asked, Where do you live? And Jesus answered, Come and see. 5 And Andrew called his brother Simon, saying, Come with me, for I have found the Christ. 6 When Jesus looked in Simon's face he said, Behold a rock! and Peter is your name. 7 And Philip found Nathaniel sitting by a tree, and said, My brother, come with me, for I have found the Christ! In Nazareth he abides. 8 Nathaniel said, Can anything of good come out of Nazareth? And Philip answered, Come and see. 9 When Jesus saw Nathaniel come he said, Behold an Israelite indeed in whom there is no guile! 10 Nathaniel said, How can you speak about me thus? 11 And Jesus said, I saw you as you sat beneath the fig tree over there, before your brother called. 12 Nathaniel lifted up his hands and said, This surely is the Christ, the king, for whom the harbinger has often testified. 13 And John went forth and found his brother James, and brought him to the Christ. 14 The six disciples went with Jesus to the place where he abode. 15 And Peter said, We long have sought for Christ. We came from Galilee to John; we thought that he was Christ, but he confessed to us that he was not; 16 That he was but the harbinger sent forth to clear the way, and make the pathway easy for the coming king; and when you came he said, Behold the Christ! 17 And we would gladly follow where you go. Lord, tell us what to do. 18 And Jesus said, The foxes of the earth have homes, the birds have nests; I have no, place to lay my head. 19 He who would follow me must give up all cravings of the self and lose his life in saving life. 20 I come to save the lost, and man is saved when he is rescued from himself. But men are slow to comprehend this doctrine of the Christ. 21 And Peter said, I cannot speak for any other man, but for myself I speak: I will leave all and follow where you lead. 22 And then the others spoke and said, You have the words of truth; you came from God, and if we follow in your footsteps we cannot miss the way. 23 Then Jesus and the six disciples sat a long, long time in silent thought.

Sura 66
Sita kati ya wafuasi wa Yohana wamfuata Yesu na kuja kuwa wafuasi wake. Yeye awafundisha wao. Waketi katika ukimya.

MIONGONI mwa wafuasi wa Yohana walikuwa watu wengi wa Galilaya. Waliyojitoa moyo kabisa miongoni mwa wote walikuwa ni Andrea, Simoni, James, na Yohana, na Filipo na kaka yake wa Bethsadia. 2 Siku moja Andrea, Filipo na mwana wa Zebedayo, walikuwa wakizungumza na mtayarisha njia, Logosi akaja, ya Yohana akapaza sauti, Tazameni Kristu! 3 Na halafu wafuasi watatu wakamfuata Yesu, na yeye akawauliza mnatafuta kitu gai? 4 Na wafuasi wakauliza, ni wapi unaishi? Na Yesu akajibu, njooni muone. 5 Na Andrea akamuita kaka yake Simoni, akisema, kuja nami, kwa kuwa nimempata Kristu. 6 Yesu alipomtazama usoni Simoni akasema, Tazama mwamba! na Petro ni jina lako. 7 Na Filipo akamkuta Nathaeli akiwa ameketi kando ya mti, na kusema, kaka yangu, kuja nami, kwani nimempata Kristu! Katika Nazareti akakaa. 8 Nathaeli akasema, je, kitu chochote chema chaweza kuja kutokea Nazareti? Na Filipo akajibu, njoo uone. 9 Yesu alipomuona Nathaeli akija, Tazama muisraeli halisi ambaye ndani yake hakuna hata mawaa! 10 Nathaeli akasema, ni kwa jinsi gani wanizungumzia miye hivi? 11 Na Yesu akasema, nalikuona angali umekati chini ya mti wa mzeituni kule, kabla kaka yako hajakuita. 12 Nathaeli akanyanyua mikono yake na kusema, huyu kwa hakika ni Kristu, mfalme, ambaye mtayarisha njia amemshuhudia. 13 Na Yohana akaenda mbele na kumkuta kaka yake James, na kumleta kwa Kristu. 14 Wafuasi sita wakaenda pamoja na Yesu mahala alipokuwa akikaa. 15 Na Petro akasema, kwa kipindi kirefu tumemtazamia Kristu. Tumekuja kutoka Galilaya hadi kwa Yohana; tulifikiri yeye ni Kristu, lakini yeye alikiri kwetu ya kwamba alikuwa siye; 16 Ya kwamba yeye alikuwa ni tu mtayarisha njia aliyetumwa mbele kuisafisha wazi njia, na kuifanya njia ya kupita kuwa rahisi kwa mfalme ajaye; na ulipokuja alisema, Tazama Kristu! 17 Na sisi kwa moyo wa furaha tutakufuata uendapo. Bwana, tuambie ni nini tufanye. 18 Na Yesu akasema, mbweha wa duniani wana majumbani kwao, ndege wana viota vyao; Sina mahala pa kuegesha kulaza kichwa changu. 19 Yeye mwenye kunifuata mimi yambidi kuachana na yote ambayo nafsi yatamania kupata na kuyapoteza maisha yake ili kuyaokoa maisha yake. 20 Nakuja kuwaokoa waliopotea, na mtu aokolewa pale ambapo kutolewa kwenye hatari ya yeye mwenyewe. Ila wanadamu ni waliotaratibu kumaizi fundisho hili la Kristu. 21 Na Petro akasema, siwezi kumzungumzia mtu mwingine yeyote, ila kwa mimi mwenyewe nazungumza : Nitaviacha vyote na kufuata unakoongozea. 22 Na halafu na wengine walizungumza na kusema, wewe ni uliye na maneno ya kweli; wewe waja kutoka kwa Mungu, na ikiwa twakufuata katika hatua zako hatuwezi kukosea njia. 23 Basi Yesu na wafuasi sita wakaketi kwa muda mrefu, muda mrefu katika fikara la kimya.

CHAPTER 67

Jesus visits John at the Jordan. Delivers his first Christine address to the people. The address. He goes with his disciples to Bethany.

NOW, on the morrow Jesus came again and stood with John beside the ford; and John prevailed on him to speak, and standing forth he said. 2 You men of Isael, Hear! The kingdom is at hand. 3 Behold the great key-keeper of the age stands in your midst; and with the spirit of Elijah he has come. 4 Behold, for he has turned the key; the mighty gates fly wide and all who will may greet the king. 5 Behold these multitudes of women, children, men! they throng the avenues, they crowd the outer courts; each seems to be intent to be the first to meet the king. 6 Behold, the censor comes and calls, Whoever will may come; but he who comes must will to prune himself of every evil thought; 7 Must overcome desire to gratify the lower self; must give his life to save the lost. 8 The nearer to the kingdom gate you come, more spacious is the room; the multitudes have gone. 9 If men could come unto the kingdom with their carnal thoughts, their passions and desires, there scarcely would be room for all. 10 But when they cannot take these through the narrow gate they turn away; the few are ready to go in and see the king. 11 Behold, John is a mighty fisher, fishing for the souls of men. He throws his great net out into the sea of human life; he draws it in and it is full. 12 But what a medley catch! a catch of crabs, and lobsters, sharks and creeping things, with now and then a fish of better kind. 13 Behold the thousands come to hear the Wild Man of the hills; they come in crowds that he may wash them in the crystal flood, and with their lips they do confess their sins. 14 But when the morrow comes we find them in their haunts of vice again, reviling John, and cursing God, and heaping insults on the king. 15 But blessed are the pure in heart, for they shall see the king. 16 And blessed are the strong in heart, for they shall not be cast about by every wind that blows; 17 But while the fickle and the thoughtless have gone back to Egypt land for leeks and carnal herbs to satisfy their appetites, the pure in heart have found the king. 18 But even those whose faith is weak, and who are naught but carnal manifests, will some day come again, and enter in with joy to see the king. 19 O men of Israel, take heed to what this prophet has to say! Be strong in mind; be pure in heart; be vigilant in helpfulness; the kingdom is at hand. 20 When Jesus had thus said he went his way, and with his six disciples came to Bethany; and they abode with Lazarus many days.

Sura 67
Yesu amtembelea Yohana Yordani. Atoa hotuba yake ya kwanza ya Uanakristu kwa watu. Hotuba. Anaenda na wafuasi wake Bethiania.

SASA, kesho yake Yesu alikuja tena na kusimama na Yohana kando ya kingo; na Yohana akampisha kumpa nafasi yeye kuzungumza, na kusimama mbele yeye akasema. 2 Ninyi watu wa Israeli, Sikieni! Ufalme u karibu. 3 Tazama mtunza funguo aliye mkuu wa zama asimama miongoni mwenu; na kwa roho ya Eliya amekuja. 4 Tazama, kwa kuwa ameizungusha funguo; malango makuu yamefunguliwa wazi na wote wenye nia waweza kukutana kusalimiana na mfalme. 5 Tazama makutaniko haya wanawake, watoto na wanaume! Wayajaza mabarabara, kayashindilia wingi mabaraza ya nje; kila mmoja kuonekana kudhamiria kuwa ni wa kwanza kukutana kusalimia mfalme. 6 Tazama, Mpaza kauli aja na kuita, yeyote mwenye nia aweza kuja; lakini yeye mwenye kuja yampasa kuwa na nia ya kuyakatilia kwake yeye mwenyewe ya kila namna ya fikara la uovu; 7 Lazima aizidi tamaa ya kushibisha nafsi ya chini; lazima ayatoe maisha yake kuwaokoa waliopotea. 8 Karibia kabisa ya malango ya ufalme ujavyo, ndivyo nafasi ya chumba ilivyo wazi; makutano kuwa yamekwenda. 9 Ikiwa watu wangeweza kuja kwenye ufalme na mafikara yao ya mwili, hisia zao za mwili na matamanio, kungelikuwa na nafasi haba kwa vyote. 10 Lakini pale ambapo hawawezi kuyabeba kuyachukua haya kupita katika lango jembamba wao hugeukia mbali; ni wachache waliotayari kwenda ndani na kumuona mfalme. 11 Tazama, Yohana ni mvuvi mkubwa, akivua nafsi-roho za watu. Yeye aurusha wavu wake mkubwa mbali baharini mwa maisha ya wanadamu; huzivutia ndani nazo zimejaa. 12 Lakini ni vuo la namna ya vitu vya namna nyingi ajabu! vuo la kaa, dagaa kambaa, papa na vitu vitambaavyo, pamoja na samaki wa namna iliyo bora wa hapa na pale. 13 Tazama maelfu waja kumsikia wa-nyika wa vilimani; waja kwa makundi ili kwamba yeye awaoshe wao katika mkondo safi angavu, na kwa midomo yao wakiri dhambi zao. 14 Lakini kesho ijapo twakuta wao katika manyemeleo ya utenda maovu tena, kusambaza habari mbaya kuhusu Yohana, na kumlaani Mungu, na kurundika maneno mabaya juu ya mfalme. 15 Lakini waliobarikiwa ni wale wenye moyo safi, kwa kuwa hawatapepesushwa na kila namna ya pepo zenye kuvuma; 17 Lakini vigeugeu na wasiofikiri wamerudi katika nchi ya Misri kwa vitunguu maji na mizizi ya mwili kuridhisha hamu yao ya kula, waliosafi katika moyo wamempata Mfalme. 18 Lakini hata wao ambao imani yao ni dhaifu, na ambao si chochote ila ni ya mwili kudhahirika, watakuja siku nyingine tena, na kuingia kwa furaha kumuona mfalme. 19 Eh watu wa Israeli, mpate kusikia ni kwa wepi nabii huyu anayo ya kusema! Muwe imara katika uakili; muwe wasafi katika moyo; muwe wenye kukesha katika usaidizi; ufalme u ni karibu. 20 Yesu alivyokwisha sema haya akaenda zake, na pamoja na wafuasi wake sita alikuja Bethania; na wakakaa na Lazaro kwa siku nyingi.

CHAPTER 68

Jesus speaks to the people in Bethany. Tells them how to become pure in heart. Goes to Jerusalem and in the temple reads from a prophetic book. Goes to Nazareth.

THE news soon spread abroad that Jesus, king of Israel, had come to Bethany, and all the people of the town came forth to greet the king. 2 And Jesus, standing in the midst of them, exclaimed, Behold, indeed, the king has come, but Jesus is not king. 3 The kingdom truly is at hand; but men can see it not with carnal eyes; they cannot see the king upon the throne. 4 This is the kingdom of the soul; its throne is not an earthly throne; its king is not a man. 5 When human kings found kingdoms here, they conquer other kings by force of arms; one kingdom rises on the ruins of another one. 6 But when our Father-God sets up the kingdom of the soul, he pours his blessings forth, like rain, upon the thrones of earthly kings who rule in righteousness. 7 It is not rule that God would overthrow; his sword is raised against injustice, wantonness and crime. 8 Now, while the kings of Rome do justice, and love mercy and walk humbly with their God, the benediction of the Triune God will rest upon them all. 9 They need not fear a messenger whom God sends forth to earth. 10 I am not sent to sit upon a throne to rule as Caesar rules; and you may tell the ruler of the Jews that I am not a claimant for his throne. 11 Men call me Christ, and God has recognised the name; but Christ is not a man. The Christ is universal love, and Love is king. 12 This Jesus is but man who has been fitted by temptations overcome, by trials multiform, to be the temple through which Christ can manifest to men. 13 Then hear, you men of Israel, hear! Look not upon the flesh; it is not king. Look to the Christ within, who shall be formed in every one of you, as he is formed in me. 14 When you have purified your hearts by faith, the king will enter in, and you will see his face. 15 And then the people asked, What must we do that we may make our bodies fit abiding places for the king? 16 And Jesus said, Whatever tends to purity in thought, and word, and deed will cleanse the temple of the flesh. 17 There are no rules that can apply to all, for men are specialists in sin; each has his own besetting sin, 18 And each must study for himself how he can best transmute his tendency to evil things to that of righteousness and love. 19 Until men reach the higher plane, and get away from selfishness, this rule will give the best results: 20 Do unto other men what you would have them do to you. 21 And many of the people said, We know that Jesus is the Christ, the king who was to come, and blessed be his name. 22 Now, Jesus and his six disciples turned their faces toward Jerusalem, and many people followed them. 23 But Matthew, son of Alpheus, ran on before, and when he reached Jerusalem, he said, Behold the Christines come! The multitudes came forth to see the king. 24 But Jesus did not speak to any one until he reached the temple court, and then he opened up a book and read: 25 Behold, I send my messenger, and he will pave the way, and Christ, for whom you wait, will come unto his temple unannounced. Behold, for he will come, says God, the Lord of hosts. 26 And then he closed the book; he said no more; he left the temple halls, and with his six disciples, went his way to Nazareth, 27 And they abode with Mary, Jesus' mother, and her sister, Miriam.

Sura 68
Yesu azungumza kwa watu wa Bethania. Awaambia jinsi ya kuwa safi katika moyo. Aenda Yerusalemu na hekaluni asoma kutoka katika kitabu. Aenda Nazareti.

HABARI zilitapakaa haraka kote ng'ambo kwamba Yesu, mfalme wa Israeli, amekuja Bethania, na watu wa mjini wakaja mbele kukutana kumsalim mfalme. 2 Na Yesu akisimama miongoni mwao, akapaza sauti, Tazam, kwa hakika, mfalme amekuja, ila Yesu si mfalme. 3 Ufalme kwa kweli u karibu; lakini watu hawawezi kuuona kwa macho yao; hawawezi kumuona mfalme juu ya mahala pa enzi. 4 Ufalme huu ni wa roho; mahala pake pa enzi si mahala pa kidunia; mfalme wake si mtu. 5 Ambapo wafalme wa kibinadamu huwaanzisha ufalme hapa, kuwashinda wafalme wengine kwa nguvu ya majeshi; ufalme mmoja kuinukia katika kuporomoka kwa mwingine. 6 Lakini Baba-Mungu wetu asimamisha kuufanya ufalme wa roho, amimina baraka zake mbele, kama mvua, juu ya mahala pa enzi pa wafalme wa kidunia wenye kutawala kwa kwenda kwa haki. 7 Si kanuni kwamba Mungu anglipindua; upanga wake umeinuliwa dhidi ya uto-haki, kukosa kujizuia mabaya na uhalifu. 8 Sasa, wakati wafalme wa Rumi watenda haki na upendo na rehema na kutembea kwa upole pamoja na mungu, mbaraka wa Mungu Utatu utalala juu yao wote. 9 Hawahitaji kumuogopa mjumbe ambaye Mungu amtuma mbele duniani. 10 Sijatumwa kuketi juu ya mahala pa enzi kutawala kama Kaisari atawalavyo; na mwaweza kuwaambia watawala wa wayahudi kwamba miye siye kwenye kudai nafasi kwa mahala pake pa enzi. 11 Watu waniita miye Kristu, na Mungu amelitambua jina; lakini Kristu siyo mtu. Kristu ni upendo wa ulimwengu wote mzima, na upendo ndio mfalme. 12 Yesu huyu ni ila mtu ambaye amefaa nafasi kwa kuyashinda majaribu, kwa kusimama mbele za haki za namna mbalimbali, kuwa ni hekalu ambalo kupitia hilo Kristu aweza kudhahirika kwa watu. 13 Hivyo sikia, ninyi watu wa Israeli, sikieni! Angalieni juu ya mwili wa nyama; si ni mfalme. Angalieni Kristu aliye ndani, ambaye atafanyika sura kwa kila mmoja wenu, kama alivyo fanyika sura katika mimi. 14 Mioyo yenu inapokuwa imekwisha safishwa kabisa kwa imani, mfalme ataingia, na mtamuona uso wake. 15 Na halafu watu wakauliza, ni kitu gani yatubidi kukifanya kusudi miili yetu ifae kuwa mahala pa kukaa mfalme? 16 Na yesu akasema, chochote chenye kusafisha fikara, na neno, na tendo kitalisafisha hekalu la nyama. 17 Hakuna kanuni za amri ambazo zinaweza kutumika kwa wote, kwa kuwa watu ni waliobobea toka kwenye namna mbali mbali za dhambi; kila mmoja ana dhambi ya kukabiliwa nafasi yake, 18 Na kila mmoja yambidi kujifunza kwa yeye mwenyewe ni jinsi gani aweza kubadili sura ya sifa na tabia ya nyenendo zake kuelekea katika vitu vya uovu kuelekea kwenye utendahaki na upendo. 19 Mpaka watu wafikie wanda ya juu, na kuinuka mbali na ubinafsi, kanuni hii itatoa matokeo mazuri: 20 Watendee watu wengine kile ungaliwataka wao wakutendee wewe. 21 Na wengi ya watu wakasema, tunajua ya kwamba Yesu ni Kristu, mfalme ambaye alikuwa aje, na limebarikiwa ni jina lake. 22 Sasa, Yesu na wafuasi wake sita wakageukia nyuso zao Yerusalemu, na watu wengi wakawafuata wao. 23 Lakini, Matayo, mwana wa Alfeusi, aliwakimbilia, na alipofika Yerusalemu, yeye akasema, Tazama wa Wakristini*(pia wa uanakristu) waja! Makundi ya watu wakaja mbele kumuona mfalme. 24 Lakini Yesu hakuzungumza na yeyote mpaka alipofika ubarazani mwa hekalu, na halafu akafungua kitabu na kusoma: 25 Tazama, namtuma mjumbe wangu, na yeye ataisafisha njia, na Kristu, ambaye mwamngoja, atakuja katika hekalu lake bila kutajwa wakati. Tazama, kwani Yeye atakuja, asema Mungu, Bwana wa majeshi. 26 Na halafu akakifunga kitabu; hakusema zaidi; akaongoza katika majukwaa ya hekaluni, na pamoja na wafuasi wake sita, akaenda njia yake kuelekea Nazareti, 27 Na wakakaa na Mariamu, Mama wa Yesu, na dada yake, Miriamu.

CHAPTER 69

Jesus and the ruler of the synagogue of Nazareth. Jesus teaches not in public, and the people are amazed.

NEXT day as Peter walked about in Nazareth, he met the ruler of the synagogue who asked, Who is this Jesus lately come to Nazareth? 2 And Peter said, This Jesus is the Christ of whom our prophets wrote; he is the king of Israel. His mother, Mary, lives on Marion Way. 3 The ruler said, Tell him to come up to the synagogue, for I would hear his plea. 4 And Peter ran and told to Jesus what the ruler said; but Jesus answered not; he went not to the synagogue. 5 Then in the evening time the ruler came up Marmion Way, and in the home of Mary found he Jesus and his mother all alone. 6 And when the ruler asked for proof of his messiahship, and why he went not to the synagogue when he was bidden, Jesus said, 7 I am not slave to any man; I am not called unto this ministry by priest. It is not mine to answer when men call. I come the Christ of God; I answer unto God alone. 8 Who gave you right to ask for proof of my messiahship? My proof lies in my words and works, and so if you will follow me you will not lack for proof. 9 And then the ruler went his way; he asked himself, What manner of a man is this to disregard the ruler of the synagogue? 10 The people of the town came out in throngs to see the Christ, and hear him speak; but Jesus said, 11 A prophet has no honour in his native town, among his kin. 12 I will not speak in Nazareth until the words I speak, and works I do in other towns have won the faith of men. 13 Until men know that God has christed me to manifest eternal love. 14 Good will to you, my kin; I bless you with a boundless love, and I bespeak for you abundant joy and happiness. 15 He said no more, and all the people marvelled much because he would not speak in Nazareth.

Sura 69
Yesu na mtawala wa sinagogu la Nazareti. Yesu hafundishi mahala pa wazi, na watu wastaajabu.

SIKU iliyofuata Petro alizunguka kutembea Nazareti, alikutana na mtawala wa sinagogu ambaye aliuliza, ni nani huyu Yesu ambaye aliyekuja hivi karibuni Nazareti? 2 Na Petro akasema, Yesu huyu ni Kristu ambaye manabii waliandika; Yeye ni mfalme wa Israeli. Mama yake, Mariamu, aiishi juu katika njia ya Mamioni. 3 Mtawala akasema, mwabie aje katika sinagogu, kwa kuwa nijepata kusikia ukweli wake 4 Na Petro akakimbia na kumwambia Yesu kile mtawala alichokisema; lakini Yesu hakujibu; hakwenda katika sinagogu. 5 Basi jioni yake mtawala akaja juu katika njia ya Mamioni, na nyumbani kwa Mariamu alimkuta Yesu na mama yake wakiwa peke yao. 6 Na mtawala alipotaka uthibitisho wa umasiya wake, na ni kwa nini hakwenda kwenye sinagogu alipotakiwa kufanya vile, Yesu akasema, 7 Mimi siyo mtumwa kwa mtu yeyote; sijaitwa katika utumishi wa kufundisha na kuhani. Sio la kwangu kujibu watu wakiita. Nakuja Kristu wa Mungu; Ninajibu kwa Mungu pekee. 8 Ni nani aliyekupa haki kuniuliza uthibitisho wa umasiya wangu? Uthibitisho wangu umelala katika maneno yangu na kazi, na hivyo ikiwa utanifuata mimi hutopungukiwa na uthibitisho. 9 Na basi mtawala akaenda zake; alijiuliza mwenyewe, ni namna ya matendo gani ya mtu huyu kutompa heshima mtawala wa sinagogu? 10 Watu wa mji wakaja kwa utitiri kumuona Kristu, na kumsikia akizungumza; lakini Yesu akasema, 11 Nabii haheshimiwi katika mji wa nyumbani, miongoni mwa ndugu zake. 12 Sitazungumza katika Nazareti mpaka maneno nizungumzayo, na kazi nizifanyazo katika miji mingine vimezishinda imani za watu. 13 Mpaka watu kujua kwamba Mungu amenikristu kudhahirisha upendo wa milele. 14 Mapenzi mema kwenu, ndugu zangu; Nawabariki kwa pendo lisilona mipaka, na ninawatakia kwenu furaha tele ya moyoni na ya nje. 15 Hakusema zaidi, na watu wote wakapendezwa sana kwa sababu hatozungumza katika Nazareti.

CHAPTER 70

Jesus and his disciples at a marriage feast in Cana. Jesus speaks on marriage. He turns water into wine. The people are amazed.

IN Cana, Galilee, there was a marriage feast, and Mary and her sister Miriam, and Jesus and his six disciples were among the guests. 2 The ruler of the feast had heard that Jesus was a master sent from God, and he requested him to speak. 3 And Jesus said, There is no tie more sacred than the marriage tie. 4 The chain that binds two souls in love is made in heaven, and man can never sever it in twain. 5 The lower passoins of the twain may cause a union of the twain, a union as when oil and water meet. 6 And then a priest may forge a chain, and bind the twain. This is not marriage genuine; it is a counterfeit. 7 The twain are guilty of adultery; the priest is party to the crime. And that was all that Jesus said. 8 As Jesus stood apart in silent thought his mother came and said to him, The wine has failed; what shall we do? 9 And Jesus said, Pray what is wine? It is but water with the flavouring of grapes. 10 And what are grapes? They are but certain kinds of thought made manifest, and I can manifest that thought, and water will be wine. 11 He called the servants, and he said to them, Bring in six water pots of stone, a pot for each of these, my followers, and fill them up with water to the brims. 12 The servants brought the water pots, and filled them to their brims. 13 And Jesus with a mighty thought stirred up the ethers till they reached the manifest, and, lo, the water blushed, and turned to wine. 14 The servants took the wine and gave it to the ruler of the feast who called the bridegroom in and said to him, 15 This wine is best of all; most people when they give a feast bring in the best wine at first; but, lo, you have reserved the best until last. 16 And when the ruler and the guests were told that Jesus, by the power of thought, had turned the water into wine, they were amazed; 17 They said, This man is more than man; he surely is the christed one who prophets of the olden times declared would come. 18 And many of the guests believed on him, and gladly would have followed him.

Sura 70
Yesu na wafuasi wake kwenye kalamu ya ndoa katika Kana. Yesu azungumzia ndoa. Ayageuza maji kuwa mvinyo. Watu wastaajabu.

Katika Kana, Galilaya, kulikuwa na kalamu ya harusi, na Mariamu na dada yake Miriamu, na Yesu na wafuasi wake sita walikuwa ni miongoni mwa wageni. 2 Mtawala wa kalamu alipata kusikia ya kwamba Yesu alikuwa ni mkuu aliyetumwa toka kwa Mungu, na yeye aliomba yeye kuzungumza. 3 Na Yesu akasema, hakuna pingu iliyotakatifu kuliko pingu ya ndoa. 4 Mnyororo ambao wafunganisha nafsi-roho mbili katika pendo hufanyikia mbinguni, na mwanadamu hawezi kamwe kutenganisha katika uwili. 5 Hisia kali za chini za uwili zaweza kusababisha unganiko la uwili, unganiko kama vile mafuta na maji vikutanavyo. 6 Na halafu tena kuhani aweza kuunda mnyororo, na kufunga uwili. Hii si ndoa ya ukweli halisi; ni iliyoigizo ya kilicho cha ukweli. 7 Uwili u na hatia ya uzinzi; kuhani hawezi kuwa sehemu ya uhalifu. Na hayo ni yote ambayo Yesu alisema. 8 Na Yesu akasimama kando katika fikara la kimya mama yake akaja na kusema kwake, mvinyo umepwaya; tufanyeje? 9 Na Yesu akasema, Omba mvinyo ni nini? NI tu maji yaliyo na ladha ya zabibu. 10 Na zabibu ni nini? Yenye ni namna fulani ya fikara kufanywa kudhahirika, na naweza kudhahirisha fikara hilo, na maji kuwa mvinyo. 11 Aliwaita watumishi, na kuwaambia, leteni vyungu sita vya mawe, chungu kwa hawa, wafuasi wangu, na mvijaze hadi juu. 12 Watumishi wakaleta vyungu vya maji, na kuvijaza hadi juu kabisa. 13 Na Yesu kwa fikara lenye nguvu alizikoroga etha mpaka zilifikia dhahirisho, na, lo, maji yakawa ni mekundu, na kugeuka kuwa mvinyo. 14 Watumishi wakachukua mvinyo na kumpa mtawala wa kalamu ambaye alimwita bwanaharusi ndani na kusema kwake, 15 Mvinyo huu ni uliobora zaidi ya yote; watu wengi wanapofanya kalamu kuleta kwanza mvinyo ulio bora kabisa kwanza; ila, lo, umeutunza ulio bora kabisa hadi mwisho. 16 Na mtawala na wageni walipoambiwa kwamba Yesu, kwa nguvu ya fikara, amegeuza maji kuwa mvinyo, wao wakastaajabu; 17 Wakasema, huyu mtu ni zaidi ya mwanadamu; yeye kwa hakika ni aliyefanyika kristu ambaye manabii wa nyakati za zamani walitamka yu angalikuja. 18 Na wengi wa wageni wakamuamini yeye, na kwa moyo wa furaha wangalimfuata yeye.
 
Aquarian Age Gospel of Jesus

CHAPTERs 71 - 77


CHAPTER 71

Jesus, his six disciples and his mother, go to Capernaum. Jesus teaches the people, revealing the difference between the kings of earth and the kings of heaven.

THE city of Capernaum was by the sea of Galilee, and Peter's home was there. The homes of Andrew, John and James were near, 2 These men were fishermen, and must return to tend their nets, and they prevailed on Jesus and his mother to accompany them, and soon with Philip and Nathaniel they were resting by the sea in Peter's home. 3 The news spread through the city and along the shore that Judah's king had come, and multitudes drew near to press his hand. 4 And Jesus said, I cannot show the king, unless you see with eyes of soul, because the kingdom of the king is in the soul. 5 And every soul a kingdom is. There is a king for every man. 6 This king is love, and when this love becomes the greatest power in life, it is the Christ; so Christ is king. 7 And every one may have this Christ dwell in his soul, as Christ dwells in my soul. 8 The body is the temple of the king, and men may call a holy man a king. 9 He who will cleanse his mortal form and make it pure, so pure that love and righteousness may dwell unsullied side by side within its walls, is king. 10 The kings of earth are clothed in royal robes, and sit in state that men may stand in awe of them. 11 A king of heaven may wear a fisher's garb; may sit in mart of trade; may till the soil, or be a gleaner in the field; may be a slave in mortal chains; 12 May be adjudged a criminal by men; may languish in a prison cell; may die upon a cross. 13 Men seldom see what others truly are. The human senses sense what seems to be, and that which seems to be and that which is, may be diverse in every way. 14 The carnal man beholds the outer man, which is the temple of the king, and worships at his shrine. 15 The man of God is pure in heart; he sees the king; he sees with eyes of soul: 16 And when he rises to the plane of Christine consciousness, he knows that he himself is king, is love, is Christ, and so is son of God. 17 You men of Galilee, prepare to meet your king. 18 And Jesus taught the people many lessons as he walked with them beside the sea.

INJILI YA ZAMA ZA NDOO YA YESU
Sura 71-76

Sura 71
Yesu, wafuasi wake sita na mama yake, waenda Kapernauni.Yesu afundisha watu, afunua utofauti kati ya wafalme wa dunia na wafalme wa mbingu.

MJI mkuu wa Kapernauni ulikuwa kando ya bahari ya Galilaya, nyumbani kwa Petro kulikuwepo pale. Nyumbani kwa Andrea, Yohana na James kulikuwa ni karibu, 2 Watu hawa walikuwa ni wavuvi, yawabidi kurudi kuziangalia nyavu zao, na wao wakawasihi kuwashawishi Yesu na mama yake kuwasindikiza wao, na muda si mrefu pamoja na Filipo na Nathaeli walikuwa wametulia kando ya bahari nyumbani kwa Petro. 3 Habari zikaenea kotekatika mji na kokote kando kando ya ufukwe ambao Mfalme wa Yuda amekuja, makusanyiko ya watu wakavutika karibu kuja kumpa mkono. 4 Na Yesu akasema, siwezi kumuonesha mfalme, mpaka ninyi mumuone kwa macho ya roho-nafsi, kwa kuwa ufalme wa mfalme upo ndani ya roho-nafsi. 5 Na katika kila roho-nafsi ufalme upo. Kuna mfalme kwa kila mtu. 6 Mfalme huyu ni upendo, na upendo huu unapokuwa nguvu iliyokuu zaidi kuliko zote katika uzima, u ni kristu; Na hivyo Kristu ni mfalme. 7 Na kila moja aweza kuwa na Kristu huyu kukaa katika nafsi-roho yake, kama vile Kristu akaavyo katika nafsi-roho yangu. 8 Mwili ni hekalu la mfalme, na watu waweza kumuita mtu mtakatifu Mfalme. 9 Yeye mwenye kuusafisha namna yake ya maumbile yenye kufa na kuyafanya safi, safi sana kiasi kwamba upendo na utendahaki unaweza kukaa na bila ya hata chembe ya madoa katika kuta zake, ni mfalme. 10 Wafalme wa dunia wamevikwa katika mavazi ya kihadhi yake, na kuketi katika hali ambayo wanadamu watasimama katika macho ya kuwashangalia wao. 11 Mfalme wa mbinguni aweza kuvaa mavazi ya mvuvi; aweza kuketi katika banda la biashara; aweza kuwa mpalizi udongo, ama kuwa muokozeaji masalia ya nafaka shambani; aweza kuwa ni mtumwa katika minyororo ya maisha haya ya kufa; 12 Aweza kuwa ni aliyehukumiwa ni mhalifu na wanadamu; aweza kuwa kifungoni penye kubana hali; aweza kufa juu msalabani. 13 Wanadamu ni mara chache sana kuona kiukweli wengine ni nani. Fahamu za mwili wa kibinadamu huona kile kinachoonekana kuwa kama, na kile chenye kuonekana kuwa kama na kile kilicho, vyaweza kuwa ni vya namna za kila njia zenye kwenda tofauti. 14 Mtu wa mwili atazama mtu wa nje, ambalo hi hekalu la mfalme, na aabudu katika madhabahu yake. 15 Mtu wa Mungu ni aliyemsafi katika moyo; yeye amuona mfalme, na kuabudu katika madhabahu yake. 16 Na anapoinuka juu katika wanda ya Ufahamu wa kristuni, yeye ajua ya kwamba yeye mwenyewe ni mfalme, ni upendo, ni Kristu, na hivyo ni mwana wa Mungu. 17 Ninyi watu wa Galilaya, jiandaeni kukutana na mfalme wenu. 18 Na Yesu aliwafundisha watu masomo mengi sana kadri alivyokuwa akitembea nao kando ya bahari.

The First Annual Epoch of the Christine Ministry of Jesus

CHAPTER 72

Jesus in Jerusalem. Drives the merchants out of the temple. The priests resent, and he defends himself from the standpoint of a loyal Jew. He speaks to the people.

THE Jewish paschal feast time came and Jesus left his mother in Capernaum and journeyed to Jerusalem. 2 And he abode with one a Sadducee, whose name was Jude. 3 And when he reached the temple courts the multitudes were there to see the prophet whom the people thought had come to break the yoke of Rome, restore the kingdom of the Jews, and rule on David's throne. 4 And when the people saw him come they said, All hail! behold the king! 5 But Jesus answered not; he saw the money changers in the house of God, and he was grieved. 6 The courts had been converted into marts of trade, and men were selling lambs and doves for offerings in sacrifice. 7 And Jesus called the priests and said, Behold, for paltry gain you have sold out the temple of the Lord. 8 This house ordained for prayer is now a den of thieves. Can good and evil dwell together in the courts of God? I tell you, no. 9 And then he made a scourge of cords and drove the merchants out; he overturned their boards, and threw their money on the floor. 10 He opened up the cages of the captive birds, and cut the cords that bound the lambs, and set them free. 11 The priests and scribes rushed out, and would have done him harm, but they were driven back; the common people stood in his defence. 12 And then the rulers said, Who is this Jesus you call king? 13 The people said, He is the Christ of whom our prophets wrote; he is the king who will deliver Israel. 14 The rulers said to Jesus, Man, if you be king, or Christ, then show us signs. Who gave you right to drive these merchants out? 15 And Jesus said, There is no loyal Jew who would not give his life to save this temple from disgrace; in this I acted simply as a loyal Jew, and you yourselves will bear me witness to this truth. 16 The signs of my messiahship will follow me in words and deeds. 17 And you may tear the temple down (and you will tear it down) and in three days it will be built again more glorious than before. 18 Now Jesus meant that they might take his life; tear down his body, temple of the Holy Breath, and he would rise again. 19 The Jews knew not the meaning of his words; they laughed his claims to scorn. They said, 20 A multitude of men were forty and six years in building up this house, and this young stranger claims that he will build it up in three score hours; his words were idle, and his claims are naught. 21 And then they took the scourge with which he drove the merchants out, and would have driven him away; but Philo, who had come from Egypt to attend the feast, stood forth and said, 22 You men of Israel, hear! This man is more than man; take heed to what you do. I have, myself, heard Jesus speak, and all the winds were still. 23 And I have seen him touch the sick, and they were healed. He stands a sage above the sages of the world; 24 And you will see his star arise, and it will grow until it is full-orbed Sun of Righteousness. 25 Do not be hasty, men; just wait and you will have the proofs of his messiahship. 26 And then the priests laid down the scourge, and Jesus said, 27 Prepare, O Israel, prepare to meet your king! But you can never see the king while you press sin as such a precious idol to your hearts. 28 The king is God; the pure in heart alone can see the face of God and live. 29 And then the priests cried out, This fellow claims to be the God. Is not this sacrilege! away with him! 30 But Jesus said, No man has ever heard me say, I am a king. Our Father-God is king. With every loyal Jew I worship God. 31 I am the candle of the Lord aflame to light the way; and while you have the light walk in the light.

Kipindi cha mwaka mmoja wa mwanzo wa hudumu ya UanaKristu ya Yesu

Sura 72
Yesu katika Yerusalemu. Awafukuzia nje wafanyabiashara toka hekaluni. Makuhani wachukizwa, ajitetea yeye mwenyewe toka katika kigezo cha myahudi mwaminifu. Azungumza kwa watu.

WAKATI wa kalamu ya Pasaka ya wayahudi uliwadia na Yesu akamwacha mama yake Kapernauni na kufunga safari kuelekea Yerusalemu. 2 Na yeye akakaa pamoja na msadukayo mmoja, jina lake ni Yuda. 3 Na alipofika katika mabaraza ya hekalu makutano ya watu walikuwa pale kumuona nabii ambaye watu walifikiri amekuja kuivunja nira ya Rumi, kurudishia ufalme wa wayahudi, na kutawala juu ya kiti cha Daudi. 4 Na watu walipomuona yeye akija wakasema, Salimuni wote! Tazameni mfalme! 5 Lakini Yesu hakujibu; aliwaona wabadilisha fedha katika nyumba ya Mungu, na yeye akajisikia majonzi. 6 Mabaraza yamebadilishwa kuwa magenge ya biashara, na watu walikuwa wakiuza kondoo na njiwa kwa ajili ya sadaka ya kafara. 7 Na Yesu akawaita makuhani na kusema, Tazameni, kwa mapato ya vitu vidogo vidogo mmeliuza hekalu la Bwana. 8 Nyumba hii iliyokusudiwa kwa Maombi sasa limekuwa ni tundu wa wevi. Je, chema na kiovu vyaweza kukaa pamoja katika mabaraza ya Mungu? Nawaambieni, La hasha. 9 Na basi akasokota namna ya mijeledi na kuwafukuzia nje wafanyabiashara; akapindua meza zao, na kutupa pesa zao sakafuni. 10 Alifungua wazi mabanda ya ndege waliofungiwa ndani, na kukata kamba za kondoo ambazo zilikuwa zimewafunga, na kuwa weka huru. 11 Makuhani na waandishi wakaja mbio, wangeliweza kumdhuru yeye, lakini walirudishwa nyuma na watu wa kawaida ambao walisimama kumkinga. 12 Na halafu watawala wakasema, huyu ni nani Yesu ambaye mwamuita ni mflame? 13 Na watu wakasema, Yeye ni Kristu ambaye manabii waliandika; yeye ni mfalme ambaye atawakomboa mikononi waisraeli. 14 Mtawala akasema kwa Yesu, bwana, ikiwa wewe ni mfalme, ama Kristu, basi tuoneshe ishara. Ni nani aliyekupa haki ya kuwafukuzia nje hawa wafanyabiashara? 15 Na Yesu akasema, Hapana Myahudi mtiifu ambaye hatalitoa maisha yake kuliokoa hekalu toka kwenye mambo ya aibu; katika hili nimetenda kirahisi tu kama Myahudi mtiifu, na ninyi mwenyewe mtanifanya shahidi kwa ukweli huu. 16 Ishara ya umasiya wangu utanifuatisha kwa maneno na matendo. 17 Na mwaweza kuliangusha chini hekalu(Na ninyi mtaliangusha chini) na katika siku tatu litajengwa tena na utukufu zaidi kuliko kabla. 18 Sasa Yesu alimaanisha ya kwamba waweza kuchukua maisha yake; kuuharibu mwili wake, hekalu la Pumzi Mtakatifu, na Yeye angaliinuka kusimama tena. 19 Wayahudi hawakuja maana ya maneno yake; waliyacheka madai yake kwa kukebehi. Wao wakasema, 20 Kundi la watu wengi walikuwa kwa miaka arobaini na sita katika kulijenga jumba hili, na kijana huyu mgeni adai kwamba atalisimamisha kulijenga katika kipindi cha masaa; maneno yake yalikuwa ni hayana kazi, na madai yake ni bure. 21 Na halafu walichukua mijeledi ambayo aliitumia kufukuzia nje wafanyabiashara, wangalimfukuzia nje, lakini Filo, ambaye amekuja kutoka Misri kuhudhuria kalamu, akasimama mbele na kusema, 22 Ninyi watu wa Israeli, sikieni! Huyu mtu ni zaidi ya kuwa mtu; mpate kuangalia karibu mlitendalo. Miye mwenyewe, nimemsikia Yesu akizungumza, na pepo zote zenye kuvuma zilikuwa zimesimama tuli. 23 Na nimemuona yeye akiwagusa wagonjwa, na wao waliponywa. Yeye asimama ni mwenyebusara juu ya wenyebusara wote wa ulimwengu; 24 Na mtaiona nyota yake ikiinuka, nayo itakuwa ikikua mpaka kufunika kabisa Jua la Utenda haki. 25 Msiwe na papara, watu; hebu msubiri na ninyi mtakuwa na uthibitisho wa umasiya wake. 26 Na halafu makuhani wakaweka chini mijeledi, na Yesu akasema, 27 Jiandae, Eh Israeli! jiandae kumpokea mfalme wenu! Lakini hamuwezi kamwe kumuona mfalme wakati mwaikamatia dhambi kama vile sanamu ya kipenzi katika mioyo yenu. 28 Mfalme ni Mungu; wasafi moyoni pekee waweza kuuona uso wa Mungu na Kuishi. 29 Na halafu makuhani wakalala kwa nguvu, mtu huyu adai kuwa ni Mungu. Je, huu sio ukufuru! Kuweni mbali na yeye! 30 Lakini Yesu akasema, hakuna mtu amepata kunisikia nikisema, Mimi ni mfalme. Baba-Mungu wetu ni mfalme. Pamoja na kila Myahudi mtiifu namwabudu Mungu. 31 Mimi ni mshumaa wa Bwana uwakao kumulikia njia; na wakati ukiwa na nuru tembea katika nuru.

CHAPTER 73

Jesus again visits the temple, and is favourably received by the people. Tells the parable of a king and his sons. Defines messiahship.

NEXT day the multitudes were surging through the temple courts, intent on hearing Jesus speak. 2 And when he came the people said, All hail! behold the king! 3 And Jesus spoke a parable; he said, A king had vast domains; his people all were kin, and lived in peace. 4 Now, after many years the king said to his people, Take these lands and all I have; enhance their values; rule yourselves, and live in peace. 5 And then the people formed their states; selected governors and petty kings. 6 But pride, ambition, selfish greed, and base ingratitude grew fast, and kings began to war. 7 They wrote in all their statute books that might is right; and then the strong destroyed the weak, and chaos reigned through all the vast domain. 8 A long time passed, and then the king looked out on his domain. He saw his people in their cruel wars; he saw them sick and sore distressed; he saw the strong enslave the weak, 9 And then he said, What shall I do? Shall I send forth a scourge? shall I destroy my people all? 10 And then his heart was stirred with pity and he said, I will not send a scourge; I will send forth my only son, heir to the throne, to teach the people love, and peace, and righteousness. 11 He sent his son; the people scorned him and maltreated him, and nailed him to a cross. 12 He was entombed; but death was far too weak to hold the prince, and he arose. 13 He took a form man could not kill; and then he went again to teach the people love, and peace and righteousness. 14 And thus God deals with men. 15 A lawyer came and asked, What does messiah mean? and who has right to make messiah of a man? 16 And Jesus said, Messiah is one sent from God to seek and save the lost. Messiahs are not made by men. 17 In first of every age Messiah comes to light the way; to heal up broken hearts; to set the prisoners free. Messiah and the Christ are one. 18 Because a man claims to be Christ is not a sign that he is Christ. 19 A man may cause the streams to flow from flinty rocks; may bring storms at will; may stay tempestuous winds; may heal the sick and raise the dead, and not be sent from God. 20 All nature is subservient to the will of man, and evil man, as well as good, have all the powers of mind, and may control the elements. 21 The head gives not the proof of true messiahship, for man by means of intellect, can never know of God, nor bring himself to walk in light. 22 Messiah lives not in the head, but in the heart, the seat of mercy and of love. 23 Messiah never works for selfish gains; he stands above the carnal self; his words and deeds are for the universal good. 24 Messiah never tries to be a king, to wear a crown and sit upon an earthly throne. 25 The king is earthy, of the earth; Messiah is the man from heaven. 26 And then the lawyer asked, Why do you pose as king? 27 And Jesus said, No man has ever heard me say that I am king. I could not sit in Caesar's place and be the Christ. 28 Give unto Caesar what belongs to him; give unto God the treasures of your heart.

Sura 73
Yesu atembelea tena Hekalu, apokelewa kwa fadhila na watu. Asimulia kisa kielezi cha Mfalme na wana wake. Afafanua umasiya.

SIKU iliyofuata makutano yalikuwa yakifurika kuja katika mabaraza ya Hekalu, kudhamiria kumsikia Yesu akizungumza. 2 Na alipokuja watu wakasema, Wote salimu! Tazameni Mfalme! 3 Na Yesu akasimulia kielezi; yeye akasema, Mfalme alikuwa na milki kubwa; watu wote walikuwa ni ndugu zake, na waliishi kwa amani. 4 Sasa, baada ya miaka mingi mfalme akasema kwa watu wake, chukueni ardhi hizi na kila nilichonacho; zidisheni kuongeza thamani zake; mjitawale, na kuishi kwa amani. 5 Na halafu watu wakafanya majimbo yao; kuchagua magavana na wafalme wadogo wadogo. 6 Lakini ujivuni, tamaa ya kuwa juu, tamaa ya kibinafsi, na utokuwa na shukrani vikakua kwa kasi, na wafalme wakaanza kupigana vita. 7 Wote waliandika katika vyote vitabu vya maazimio ya baraza kile kiwezacho kuwa ni sahihi; na halafu aliye na nguvu akambomoa mdhaifu, na machafuko ya hovyo hovyo yakatawala mapana yote ya miliki. 8 Muda mrefu ukapita, na halafu Mfalme akaja kuangalia miliki yake. Aliwaona watu wake katika vita vya kikatili; aliwaona ni mwenye kuwa wagonjwa na kudhoofika nguvu; aliona wenye kunguvu wakiwatumikisha wadhaifu, 9 Na halafu akasema, nifanyaje? Je, niagizie adhabu? Je, niwaharibu watu wangu wote? 10 Na halafu moyo wake ukakorogeka kwa kusikitikia na yeye akasema, sitoagizia adhabu; nitamtuma mbele mwana wangu wa pekee, mrithi wa kiti cha enzi, kuwafundisha watu upendo, na amani, na utendahaki. 11 Akamtuma mwana wake; watu wakamdharau yeye na kutendea vibaya, na kumgongelea misumari msalabani. 12 Akatiwa ziarani; lakini kifo kilikuwa ni mbali sana dhaifu kumshikilia mwanamfalme, na yeye akainuka kusimama. 13 Alichukua namna ya maumbile ya sura mtu hawezi kuua; na halafu akaenda tena kufundisha watu upendo, na amani na utendahaki. 14 Na hivi ndivyo Mungu hushughulikia watu. 15 Mwanasheria akaja na kuuliza, masiya maana yake ni nini? Na ni nani mwenye haki ya kumfanya masiya wa mwanadamu? 16 Na Yesu akasema, Masiya ni mtu aliyetumwa kutoka kwa Mungu kuwatafuta na kuwaokoa waliopotea. Masiya hawafanywi na watu. 17 Katika kila zama Masiya huja kuimulika nuru njia; kuponyesha mioyo iliyovunjika; kuwaweka huru wafungwa. Masiya na Kristu ni moja. 18 Kwa kuwa mtu adaiye kuwa ni Kristu si dalili ya kwamba yeye ni Kristu. 19 Mtu aweza kusababisha mikondo ya maji kutiririka kutoka katika miamba isiyo na dalili yake, aweza kuleta matufani kwa mkazo wa nia; aweza kuzisimamisha pepo kali za vimbunga; aweza kuponya wagonjwa na kuwafufua wafu, na asiwe aliyetumwa na Mungu. 20 Mazingira yote ya hali ya asili ni yenye kutumikia nia ya mwanadamu, na mtu muovu, na pia mwema, wanazonguvu za uakili, ambazo zaweza kuendesha tabia-hali ya chembe za asili za maada. 21 Kichwa hakikupi uthibitisho wa umasiya, kwa kuwa mtu kwa namna ya akili, hawezi kamwe kumjua Mungu, na wala kujileta kutembea katika nuru. 22 Masiya haishi katika kichwa, ila katika moyo, kiti cha rehema na upendo. 23 Masiya kamwe hafanyi kazi kwa ajili ya majipatio ya kiubinafsi; yeye asimama juu kuzidi ya nafsi mwili; maneno yake na matendo ni kwa ajili ya uzuri na wema wa ulimwengu wote mzima. 24 Masiya kamwe hajaribu kuwa ni mfalme, kuvaa taji na kukaa katika kiti cha enzi cha kidunia. 25 Mfalme ni wa kidunia, wa duniani; Masiya ni mtu toka mbinguni. 26 Na halafu mwanasheria akauliza, kwanini wakaa kujionesha kama vile ni mfalme? 27 Na Yesu akasema, Hakuna mtu amepata kunisikia miye kusema kwamba mimi mfalme. Nisingaliweza kuketi katika mahala pa Kaisari na kuwa Kristu. 28 Mpe Kaisari cha yeye Kaisari; Mpe Mungu hazina ya moyo wako.

CHAPTER 74

Jesus heals on the Sabbath, and is censured by the Pharisees. Restores a drowned child. Rescued a wounded dog. Cares for a homeless child. Speaks on the law of kindness.

IT was the Sabbath day, and Jesus stood among the surging masses of the people in the temple courts and sacred halls. 2 The blind, the deaf, the dumb, and those obsessed were there, and Jesus spoke the Word, and they were healed. 3 On some he laid his hands, and they were healed; to others he just spoke the Word, and they were full restored to health; but others had to go and wash in certain pools; and others he anointed with a holy oil. 4 A doctor asked him why he healed in divers ways, and he replied, 5 Disease is discord in the human form, and discords are produced in many ways. 6 The body is a harpsichord; sometimes the strings are too relaxed, and then inharmony results. 7 Sometimes we find the strings too tense, and then another form of discord is induced. 8 Disease is many-formed, and these are many ways to cure, to tune anew the mystic harpsichord. 9 Now when the Pharisees were told that Jesus healed the people on the Sabbath day they were enraged, and they commanded him to quit the place. 10 But Jesus said, Was man designed to fit the Sabbath, or was the Sabbath day designed to fit the man? 11 If you had fallen in a pit and, lo, the Sabbath day had come, and I should pass your way, would you cry out. 12 Let me alone; it is a sin to help me on the Sabbath day; I'll swelter in this filth until another day? 13 You Pharisees, you hypocrites! you know you would be glad to have my help upon the Sabbath day, or any other day. 14 These people all have fallen into pits, and they are calling loud for me to help them out, and man and God would curse me should I pass along and heed them not. 15 And then the Pharisees returned to say their prayers, and curse the man of God because he heeded not their words. 16 Now, in the evening Jesus stood beside a pool; a playful child had fallen in, and it was drowned, and friends were bearing it away. 17 But Jesus called the carriers to stop; and then he stretched himself upon the lifeless form, and breathed into its mouth the breath of life. 18 And then he called aloud unto the soul that had gone out, and it returned; the child revived and lived. 19 And Jesus saw a wounded dog; it could not move; it lay beside the way and groaned with pain. He took it in his arms and bore it to the home where he abode. 20 He poured the healing oil into the wounds; he cared for it as though it were a child till it was strong and well. 21 And Jesus saw a little boy who had no home, and he was hungry; when he called for bread the people turned away. 22 And Jesus took the child and gave him bread; he wrapped him in his own warm coat, and found for him a home. 23 To those who followed him the master said, If man would gain again his lost estate he must respect the brotherhood of life. 24 Whoever is not kind to every form of life--to man, to beast, to bird, and creeping thing--cannot expect the blessings of the Holy One; for as we give, so God will give to us.


Sura 74
Yesu aponya siku ya Sabato, anakemewa na Mafarisayo. Amrejesha uhai mtoto aliyetoka kuzama maji. Aokoa mbwa aliyejeruhiwa. Amjali mtoto asiye na nyumbani. Azungumza juu ya kanuni ya sheria ya Huruma.

Yesu aponya katika siku ya Sabato, na Yesu asimama miongoni mwa umati unaofurika wa watu mabarazani mwa hekalu na kuta takatifu. 2 Vipofu, Viziwi, Mabubu, na wale wote walioshikwa na mapepo walikuwapo pale, na yesu akazungumza neno, na wao wakaponywa. 3 Kwa mmoja aliilaza mikono yake, na wao waliponywa; kwa wengine alizungumza tu neno, na wao walirudi katika afya njema; lakini wengine iliwabidi kwenda na kunawa katika mabirika fulani; na wengine aliwapaka mafuta matakatifu. 4 Mganga akamuuliza ni kwanini aliponya kwa njia zilizo za namna mbali mbali, na yeye akajibu, 5 Maradhi ni kwenda-vibaya katika namna ya maumbile ya mwanadamu, na ya kwenda-vibaya huzaliwa kutokana na njia nyingi mbali mbali. 6 Mwili ni kinubi; wakati mwingine nyuzi zake zawa zimelegea sana, na halafu kutenda kwenda kwa usawa hutokea. 7 Wakati mwingine tunakuta nyuzi zimekaza sana, na halafu namna ingne ya kwenda-vibaya kwajizalisha. 8 Maradhi ya yaliyo katika sura nyingi, na hizi ni njia nyingi za kuponesha, kurekebisha upya kinubi cha namna ya kisikirifu. 9 Sasa Mafarisayo walipoambiwa kwamba Yesu amewaponya watu katika siku ya Sabato walishikwa na hasira, walimuamuru aondoke mahala pale. 10 Lakini Yesu akasema, Mwanadamu aliumbwa namna yake ya sura kuifaa Sabato, ama Siku ya Sabato iliumbwa namna ya sura yake kumfaa mwanadamu? 11 Ikiwa utaangukia shimoni na, lo, siku ya sabato imekuja, na mimi ningalipita njiani kwako, utalalama sauti kusema. 12 Niache mwenyewe; ni dhambi kunisaidia katika siku ya Sabato; Nitaliliteseka katika udhia huu mpaka siku inayokuja? 13 Enyi Mafarisayo, Enyi Wanafiki! Mwajua ya kwamba mtalikuwa ni mwenye furaha moyoni kupata msaada wangu siku ya sabato, ama siku ingine yoyote. 14 Watu hawa wote wameangua shimoni, wanaita kwa sauti kwa mimi kuwasaidia, na mtu na Mungu watanilaani ningaliwapita na bila kuwasikia wao. 15 Na halafu Mafarisayo wakarudi katika kusema sala zao, na kumlaani mtu wa Mungu kwa sababu kwa sababu hakuwasikiliza maneno yao. 16 Sasa, wakati wa jioni Yesu alisimama kando ya dimbwi la maji; mtoto alikuwa akicheza alidumbukia humo, na alizama, marafiki walikuwa wamembeba mikononi. 17 Lakini Yesu aliwaita wabebaji kusimama; na halafu akajinyoosha mwenyewe katika mwili usio na uhai, na kupuliza mdomoni mwake Pumzi ya Uhai. 18 Na halafu akaita kwa sauti nafsi-roho ambaye alikuwa ametoka, nayo ikarudi; mtoto akafufuka na kuishi. 19 Na Yesu akamuona mbwa aliyejeruhiwa; alikuwa hawezi kusogea; alikuwa amelala kando kando ya barabara na kuguna kwa maumivu. Alimchukua mikoni mwake hadi nyumbani kwake alikuwa akikaa. 20 Alimmimia mafuta ya uponyaji katika majeraha; alimtunza kama vile mtoto mpaka akaja kuwa imara na mzima. 21 Na Yesu akamuona mtoto mdogo ambaye alikuwa hana kwao, na yeye alikuwa ni mwenye njaa; alipoita kwa ajili ya mkate watu waligeukia mbali. 22 Na Yesu akamchukua mtoto na kumpa mkate; alimfunika kwa koti lake la joto, na kumtafutia nyumba. 23 Kwa wale ambao walimfuata mkuu akasema, ikiwa mtu alipata shamba lake lote alilolopoteza yampasa yeye kuheshimu undugu wa maisha yote. 24 Yeyote ambaye si mwenye huruma na kila namna ya uhai-- kwa mwanadamu, kwa wanyama, kwa ndege, na kwa kitu kitambaacho-- hawezi kutarajia baraka za Mtakatifu Moja; kwani kama tutoavyo, na ndivyo Mungu utupa sisi.

CHAPTER 75

Nicodemus visits Jesus in the night. Jesus reveals to him the meaning of the new birth and the kingdom of heaven.

NICODEMUS was a ruler of the Jews, and Je was earnest, learned and devout. 2 He saw the master's signet in the face of Jesus as he talked, but was not brave enough to publicly confess his faith in him; 3 So in the night he went to talk with Jesus at the home of Jude. 4 When Jesus saw him come he said, Full blessed are the pure in heart; 5 Twice blessed are the fearless, pure in heart; 6 Thrice blessed are the fearless, pure in heart who dare to make confession of their faith before the highest courts. 7 And Nicodemus said, Hail, master, hail! I know you are a teacher come from God, for man alone could never teach as you have taught; could never do the works that you have done. 8 And Jesus said, Except a man be born again he cannot see the king; he cannot comprehend the words I speak. 9 And Nicodemus said, How can a man be born again? Can he go back into the womb and come again to life? 10 And Jesus said, The birth of which I speak is not the birth of flesh. 11 Except a man be born of water and the Holy Breath, he cannot come into the kingdom of the Holy One. 12 That which is born of flesh is child of man; that which is born of Holy Breath is child of God. 13 The winds blow where they please; men hear their voices, and may note results; but they know not from whence they come, nor where they go; and so is every one that is born of Holy Breath. 14 The ruler said, I do not understand; pray tell me plainly what you mean. 15 And Jesus said, The kingdom of the Holy One is in the soul; men cannot see it with their carnal eyes; with all their reasoning powers they comprehend it not. 16 It is a life deep hid in God; its recognition is the work of inner consciousness. 17 The kingdoms of the world are kingdoms of the sight; the kingdom of the Holy One is that of faith; its king is love. 18 Men cannot see the love of God unmanifest, and so our Father-God has clothed this love with flesh--flesh of a son of man. 19 And that the world may see and know this love made manifest, the son of man must needs be lifted up. 20 As Moses in the wilderness raised up the serpent for the healing of the flesh, the son of man must be raised up. 21 That all men bitten by the serpent of the dust, the serpent of the dust, the serpent of this carnal life, may live. 22 He who believes in him shall have eternal life. 23 For God so loved the world that he sent forth his only son to be raised up that men may see the love of God. 24 God did not send his son to judge the world; he sent him forth to save the world; to bring men to the light. 25 But men love not the light, for light reveals their wickedness; men love the dark. 26 Now, every one who loves the truth comes to the light; he does not fear to have his works made manifest. 27 The light had come, and Nicodemus went his way; he knew the meaning of the birth of Holy Breath; he felt the presence of the Spirit in his soul. 28 And Jesus tarried in Jerusalem for many days and taught and healed the sick. 29 The common people gladly listened to his words, and many left their all of carnal things and followed him.

Sura 75
Nikodemasi amtembelea Yesu usiku. Yesu amfunulia kwake maana ya uzaliwa mpya na Ufalme wa Mbinguni.

NIKODEMASI alikuwa ni mtawala wa Wayahudi, na yeye alikuwa mnyoofu katika njia, mwenye kisomo na aliyejitoa moyo. 2 Aliona muhuli wa mkuu katika usowa Yesu kadri azungumzavyo, lakini hakuwa jasiri vyakutosha katika sehemu ya wazi kuikiri imani katika yeye; 3 Hivyo usiku alikwenda kuzungumza na Yesu nyumbani kwa Yuda. 4 Yesu aalipomuona akija alisema, wamebarikiwa kabisa ni wale walio safi katika moyo; 5 Wamebarikiwa mara mbili ni wale wasiokuwa na uoga, wasafi katika moyo; 6 Wamebarikiwa mara tatu ni wale wasiokuwa waoga, safi katika moyo wenye kuthubutu kufanya kukiri imani zao katika mabaraza ya juu kabisa. 7 Na Nikodemasi akasema, Salamu, mkuu, salamu! Najua wewe ni mwalimu atokaye kwa Mungu, kwa kuwa mtu pekee asingeliweza kamwe kufundisha kama ulivyofundisha; asingeliweza kamwe kuzifanya kazi ulizozifanya. 8 Na Yesu akasema, mpaka mtu azaliwe tena hawezi kumuona mfalme; hawezi kumaizi maneno nizungumzayo. 9 Na Nikodemasi akasema, je, ni jinsi gani mtu aweza kuzaliwa tena? Je, arudi tumboni kwa mama yake na kuja tena katika maisha? 10 Na Yesu akasema, kuzaliwa ninakokuzungumzia si kuzaliwa kwa mwili wa nyama. 11 Mpaka mtu azaliwe kwa maji na Pumzi Takatifu, hawezi kuja katika ufalme wa Mtakatifu Moja. 12 Kile ambacho kimezaliwa kwa nyama ni mtoto wa mwanadamu; na kile kilichozaliwa kwa Pumzi Mtakatifu ni mtoto wa Mungu. 13 Pepo zavuma kule zipendako; watu wasikia sauti, na wengi watia fahamuni matokeo; lakini hawajui ni kutokea wapi wenyewe waja, na wala wapi huenda huo; na hivyo ni kila mtu ambaye azaliwa kwa Pumzi Takatifu. 14 Mtawala akasema, sielewi; ombi niambie wazi wazi ni kitu gani unachomaanisha. 15 Na Yesu akasema, Ufalme wa Mtakatifu Moja upo ndani ya roho-nafsi; watu hawawezi kuuona kwa macho yao ya mwili wa nyama; kwa kuwa nguvu zao za mafikara ya sababu haziwezi kumaizi huo. 16 Ni Uzima uliondani sana kufichika katika Mungu; utambuzi wake kisura ni kazi ya ufahamu wa kwa ndani. 17 Falme za ulimwenguni ni falme za kutia machoni; ufalme wa Mtakatifu Moja ni ule wa imani; mfalme wake ni Upendo. 18 Watu hawawezi kuona upendo wa Mungu uliohaujadhahirika, na hivyo Baba-Mungu wetu ameuvika upendo huu kwa nyama--mwili wa nyama wa mwana wa mtu. 19 Na ili kwamba ulimwengu upate kuona na kujua pendo hili kufanyika kudhahirika, mwana wa mtu yambidi kuinuliwa juu. 20 Kama vile Musa nyikani alivyomuinua nyoka wa uponyaji wa mwili wa nyama, mwana wa mtu hana budi kuinuliwa juu. 21 Ili kwamba watu waliong'atwa na nyoka wa mavumbini, nyoka wa mavumbini, nyoka wa maisha haya mwili, aweze kuishi. 22 Yeye mwenye kumuamini atakuwa na uzima wa milele. 23 Kwa kuwa Mungu aliupenda sana ulimwengu hata akamtuma mwana wake wa pekee kuuamua haki ulimwengu; alimtuma kuuokoa ulimwengu; kuwaleta watu katika nuru. 25 Lakini watu hawaipendi nuru, kwani nuru yafunua uovu wao; watu walipenda giza. 26 Sasa, kila mmoja kwenye kuipenda kweli aja katika nuru; haogopi kazi zake kuwekwa dhahiri. 27 Nuru imekuja, na Nikodemasi akaenda zake; alijua maana ya kuzaliwa kwa Pumzi Mtakatifu; alisikia uwepo wa Roho wa mahala pote katika nafsi-roho yake. 28 Na Yesu akabakia Yerusalemu kwa siku nyingi na kufundisha na kuponya wagonjwa. 29 Watu wakawaida wakamsikiliza maneno yake kwa moyo wa furaha, na wengi wakaacha mambo yao yote ya kimwili wa nyama na kumfuata yeye.

CHAPTER 76

Jesus in Bethlehem. Explains the Empire of Peace to the shepherds. An unusual light appears. The shepherds recognise Jesus as the Christ.

THE Logos went to Bethlehem, and many people followed him. 2 He found the shepherd's home where he was cradled when a babe; here he abode. 3 He went up to the hills where more than thirty years before the shepherds watched their flocks and heard the messenger of peace exclaim: 4 At midnight in a cave in Bethlehem the Prince of Peace is born. 5 And shepherds still were there, and sheep still fed upon the hills. 6 And in the valley near great flocks of snow-white doves were flying to and fro. 7 And when the shepherds knew that Jesus, whom the people called the king, had come, they came from near and far to speak to him. 8 And Jesus said to them, Behold the life of innocence and peace! 9 White is the symbol of the virtuous and pure! the lamb of innocence; the dove of peace; 10 And it was meet that love should come in human form amid such scenes as these. 11 Our father Abraham walked through these vales, and on these very hills he watched his flocks and herds. 12 And here it was that one, the Prince of Peace, the king of Salim, came; the Christ in human form; a greater far than Abraham was he. 13 And here it was that Abraham gave to this king of Salim, tithes of all he had. 14 This Prince of Peace went forth in battle everywhere. He had no sword; no armour of defence; no weoapons of offence; 15 And yet he conquered men, and nations trembled at his feet. 16 The hosts of Egypt quailed before this sturdy king of right; the kings of Egypt placed their crowns upon his head, 17 And gave into his hands the sceptre of all Egypt land, and not a drop of blood was shed, and not a captive placed in chains; 18 But everywhere the conqueror threw wide the prison doors and set the captives free. 19 And, once again, the Prince of Peace has come, and from these blesed hills he goes again to fight. 20 And he is clothed in white; his sword is truth, his sheild is faith; his helmet is innocence; his breath is love; his watchword peace. 21 But this is not a carnal war; it is not man at war with man; but it is right against the wrong. 22 And love is captain, love is warrior, love is armour, love is all, and love shall win. 23 And then again the hills of Bethlehem were clothed with light, again the messenger exclaimed, 24 Peace, peace on earth, good will to men. 25 And Jesus taught the people; healed the sick; revealed the mysteries of the kingdom of the Holy One. 26 And many said, He is the Christ; the king who was to come has come; Praise God.

Sura 76
Yesu katika Bethlehemu. Aelezea kwa mapana Milki ya Nchi ya Amani kwa wachunga kondoo. Mwanga usio wa kawaida watokea. Wachunga kondoo wamtambua Yesu kuwa ni Kristu
.

Logosi akaenda Bethlehemu, na watu wengi wakamfuata yeye. 2 Alipapata nyumbani kwa mchungakondoo ambapo alipembelezwa alipokuwa mdogo; alikaa pale. 3 Akaenda juu vilimani ambako zaidi ya miaka thelathini kabla wachungakondoo aliyachunga makundi yao na kumsikia mjumbe wa amani akipaza sauti: 4 Usiku wa manane katika pango Bethlehemu mwanamfalme wa Amani kazaliwa. 5 Na wachunga kondoo bado walikuwa pale, na kondoo bado walilisha katika vilima. 6 Na katika konde karibu na makundi njiwa mweupe kama theluji alikuwa akiruka kwenda mbele na kurudi. 7 Na wachunga kondoo walipojua ya kwamba Yesu, ambaye watu wamuita ni mfalme, amekuja, walikuja toka karibu na hata mbali kuzungumza kwake. 8 Na Yesu akasema kwao, Tazameni maisha ya usafi usio na mawaa na amani! 9 Weupe ni alama ya utu wema na usafi! Mwanakondoo asiye na mawaa na njiwa wa amani; 10 Na vilikutana ya kwamba upendo ungalikuja katika namna ya sura ya mwanadamu katikati ya maonekano kama haya. 11 Baba yetu Abrahamu alitembea katika mabonde haya ya chini, na katika vilima hivi hasa aliwatazama makundi yake na machunga. 12 Na hapa ilikuwa kwamba Mwanamfalme wa Amani, mfalme wa Salim, aje; Kristu katika namna ya sura ya mwanadamu; aliyemkuu sana kuzidi Abrahamu alikuwa. 13 Na hapa ilikuwa kwamba Abrahamu alimpa mfalme huyu wa Salim, fungu la kumi la vyote alivyokuwa navyo. 14 Mwanamfalme huyu akaenda vitani kila mahala. Alikuwa hana upanga; hana vazi la kinga; hana silaha za kupigia; 15 Na wakati aliwashinda watu, na mataifa yalitetemeka miguuni pake. 16 Majeshi ya Misri yalirudi nyuma toka mbele za mfalme huyu wa haki mwenye nguvu; wafalme wa Misri waliyaweka mataji yao juu ya kichwa chake, 17 Na kumkabidhi mikononi mwake fimbo ya kitawala ya Nchi yote ya Misri, na hakuna hata tone la damu lilimwagika, na wala mtumwa kufungwa minyororo; 18 Lakini kila mahala mshinda aliifungua wazi milango ya magereza na kuwaweka huru wateka. 19 Na, kwa mara ingine tena, mwanamfalme wa Amani amekuja, na kutokea katika vilima hivi vilivyo barikiwa aenda tena kupigana. 20 Na yeye amevalia mavazi meupe; upanga wake ni kweli, na kinga yake ni imani; kofia lake la kivita ni weupe wa dhamira; pumzi yake ni upendo; neno lake la mbiu ni Amani. 21 Lakini hii si vita ya kimwili wa nyama; si mtu kuwa vitani na mwingine; ila ni sahihi dhidi ya lisilosawa. 22 Na Upendo ni kapteni, upendo ni shujaa mpiganaji, upengo ni ngao, Upendo ni Kila kitu, na upendo utashinda. 23 Na halafu vilima vya bethlehemu zilikuwa zimevikwa kwa weupe, na tena mjumbe akapaza sauti kusema, 24 Amani, amani duniani, mapenzi mema kwa watu. 25 Na Yesu akafundisha watu; kuwaponya wagonjwa; kuwafunulia mambo yaliyofichika katika mafumbo ya kifahamu ya Ufalme wa Mtakatifu Moja. 26 Na wengi wakasema, Yeye ni Kristu; mfalme ambaye alikuwa aje; asifiwe Mungu.

 
Chapters 78 - 84


CHAPTER 77

Jesus in Hebron. Goes to Bethany. Advises Ruth regarding certain family troubles.


WITH three disciples Jesus went to Hebron where he tarried seven days and taught. 2 And then he went to Bethany and in the home of Lazarus he taught. 3 The evening came; the multitudes were gone, and Jesus, Lazarus, and his sisters, Martha, Ruth and Mary, were alone. 4 And Ruth was sore distressed. Her home was down in Jericho; her husband was the keeper of an inn; his name was Asher-ben. 5 Now, Asher was a Pharisee of strictest mien and thought, and he regarded Jesus with disdain. 6 And when his wife confessed her faith in Christ, he drove her from his home. 7 But Ruth resisted not; she said, If Jesus is the Christ he knows the way, and I am sure He is the Christ. 8 My husband may become enraged and slay my human form; he cannot kill the soul, and in the many mansions of my Fatherland I have a dwelling-place. 9 And Ruth told Jesus all; and then she said, What shall I do? 10 And Jesus said, Your husband is not willingly at fault; he is devout; he prays to God, our Father-God. 11 His zeal for his religion is intense; in this he is sincere; but it has driven him insane, and he believes it right to keep his home unsullied by the heresy of Christ. 12 He feels assured that he has done the will of God in driving you away. 13 Intolerance is ignorance matured. 14 The light will come to him some day, and then he will repay for all your heartaches, griefs and tears. 15 And Ruth, you must not think that you are free from blame. 16 If you had walked in wisdom's ways, and been content to hold your peace, this grief would not have come to you. 17 It takes a long, long time for light to break into the shell of prejudice, and patience is the lesson you have need to learn. 18 The constant dropping of the water wears away the hardest stone. 19 The sweet and holy incense of a godly life will melt intolerance much quicker than the hottest flame, or harest blow. 20 Just wait a little time, and then go home with sympathy and love. Talk not of Christ, nor of the kingdom of the Holy One. 21 Just life a godly life; refrain from harshness in your speech, and you will lead your husband to the light. 22 And it was so.

Sura 78 - 84
Sura 77
Yesu katika Hebroni. Aenda Bethania. Amshauri Ruti kuhusiana na matatizo moja la kijamii.

PAMOJA na wafuasi watatu Yesu alikwenda Hebroni ambako alibakia kwa siku Saba na Kufundisha. 3 Jioni ikaja; makusanyiko yakawa yamekwenda, na Yesu, Lazaro, na dada zake, Martha, Ruti, na Mariamu, walikuwa peke yao. 4 Na Ruti alikuwa kwenye kipindi kigumu. Nyumbani kwake kulikuwa ni chini Yeriko; mumewe alikuwa ni mwendesha nyumba ya kupumzikia wageni; jina lake lilikuwa ni Asher-ben. 5 Sasa, Asher alikuwa ni Mfarisayo wa matendo yalikaza katika maadili na fikara, na yeye alimchukulia Yesu kwa dharau. 6 Na mkewe alipokiri imani yake katika Kristu, yeye alimfukuzia mbali toka nyumbani. 7 Lakini Ruti hakupinga nguvu; alisema, ikiwa Yesu ni Kristu yeye aijua njia, na ninayo hakika yeye ni Kristu. 8 Mume wangu aweza kujawa na hasira na kuchinja mwili wangu; hawezi kuiua nafsi-roho, na katika makao mengi ya nyumbani kwa Baba yangu ninapo pa kukaa kuishi. 9 Na Ruti akamwambia Yesu yote; na halafu yeye akasema, nifanyeje? 10 Na Yesu akasema, mumeo hatendi makosa kwa kusudia; yeye ni mwenye kujitoa moyo; asali kwa Mungu, Baba-Mungu wetu. 11 Uchangamfu wake kwa dini yake ni uliomkalia; na katika hili ni mwenye utii; lakini umemtia wazimu, na yeye auamini kuwa sahihi kuitunza nyumba yake na mawaa ya uzushi wa Kristu. 12 Anajisikia kwa uhakika kwamba ameyatenda mapenzi ya Mungu kwa kukufukuzia mbali. 13 Hali ya kukosa kuzitambua kuzikubali na kuziheshimu namna zingine za imani ni ujinga uliopevuka. 14 Nuru itakuja kwake siku moja, na halafu alipa kwa yote ya maumivu ya moyo, majonzi na machozi. 15 Na Ruti, usifikiri ya kwamba upo huru na lawama. 16 Ikiwa ungelitembea katika njia za Hekima, na kuwa umeridhika kushikilia amani yako, majonzi haya yasingalikujia. 17 Huchukua muda mrefu, muda mrefukwa nuru kuvunjilia gamba la kasumba, na ustahimilivu ni somo ambalo wahitaji kujifunza. 18 Kutiririkwa na machozi wakati wote kulimaliza jiwe lako gumu. 19 Ubani mtamu na mtakatifu wa maisha ya kimungu vitayeyusha hali ya kukosa kuzitambua kuzikubali na kuziheshima namna zingine za imani kwa haraka zaidi kuliko moto wa moto kabisa, ama pulizo la kuchocheza. 20 Hebu subiri muda kidogo, na halafu uende nyumbani kwa moyo wa huruma na upendo. Usizungumze na Kristu, na wala ufalme wa Mtakatifu Moja. 21 Ishi tu maisha ya kimungu; epukana na maneno yasiyo mazuri katika kauli yako, na wewe utamuongozea mumeo katika nuru. 22 Na ikawa hivyo.

CHAPTER 78

Jesus in Jericho. Heals a servant of Asher. Goes to the Jordan and speaks to the people. Establishes baptism as a pledge of discipleship. Baptises six disciples, who in turn baptise many people.


AND Jesus went to Jericho, and at the inn of Asher he abode. 2 A servant at the inn was sick, nigh unto death; the healers could not cure. 3 And Jesus came and touched the dying girl, and said, Malone, arise! and in a moment pain was gone; the fever ceased; the maid was well. 4 And then the people brought their sick, and they were healed. 5 But Jesus did not tarry long in Jericho; he went down to the Jordan ford where John was wont to teach. 6 The multitudes were there and Jesus said to them, Behold, the time has come; the kingdom is at hand. 7 None but the true in heart can come into the kingdom of the Holy One; but every son and daughter of the human race is called upon to turn from evil and become the pure in heart. 8 The resolution to attain and enter through the Christine gate into the kingdom of the Holy One will constitute discipleship, and every one must make a pledge of his discipleship. 9 John washed your bodies in the stream, symbolic of the cleansing of the soul, in preparation for the coming of the king, the opening of the Christine gate into the kingdom of the Holy One. 10 John did a mighty work; but now the Christine gate is opened up, and washing is established as the pledge of your discipleship. 11 Until this age shall close this pledge shall be a rite, and shall be called, Baptism rite; and it shall be a sign to men, and seal to God of men's discipleship. 12 You men of every nation, hear! Come unto me; the Christine gate is opened up; turn from your sins and be baptised, and you shall enter through the gate and see the king. 13 The six disciples who had followed Jesus stood a-near, and Jesus led them forth and in the Jordan he baptised them in the name of Christ; and then he said to them, 14 My friends, you are the first to enter through the Christine gate into the kingdom of the Holy One. 15 As I baptised you in the name of Christ, so you shall, in that sacred name, baptise all men and women who will confess their faith in Christ, and shall renounce their sins. 16 And, lo, the multitudes came down, renounced the sins, confessed their faith in Christ, and were baptised.

Sura 78
Yesu katika Yeriko. Amponya mtumishi wa Asher. Aenda Yordani na kuzungumza na watu. Aanzisha kusimamisha ubatizo kama ukubalifu kwa ufuasi. Awabatiza wafuasi sita, ambao na wao wabatiza watu wengi.

Na Yesu akaenda Yeriko, na katika nyumba ya wageni ya Asher akakaa. 2 Mtumishi katika nyumba ya wageni akawa ni mgonjwa, karibu na kifo; waponyaji hawakuweza kumponesha. 3 Na Yesu akaja na kumgusa mtoto anayekwenda kufa, na kusema, Malone, amka! Na katika kitambo kifupi maumivu yote yakawa yametoweka; homa ikakoma; mwanamwali akawa ni mzima. 4 Na halafu watu wakaleta wagonjwa, na wao wakaponywa. 5 Lakini Yesu hakubakia kwa muda mrefu Yeriko; alikwenda chini katika ukingo wa Yordani ambako Yohana alikuwa na desturi ya kufundisha. 6 Makutano yalikupo pale na Yesu akasema kwao, Tazameni, wakati umewadia; ufalme u karibu. 7 Hakuna yeyote ila mwenye moyo safi waweza kuja katika ufalme wa Mtakatifu Moja; ila kila mwana na binti wa namna zote za wanadamu aitwa kugeuka toka katika uovu na kuwa msafi katika moyo. 8 Suluhu ya kupata na kuingia kupita katika malango ya uanakristu kuingia kwenye ufalme wa Mtakatifu Moja utaunda kufanya ufuasi, na kila moja lazima afanye ukubalifu moyoni kuwa na ufuasi wake. 9 Yohana aliwakosha miili yenu katika mkondo, kuashiria utakaso wa nafsi-roho, kwa maandalio ya mfalme ajaye, kufungua malango ya uanakristu kuelekea kwenye ufalme wa Mtakatifu Moja. 10 Yohana alifanya kazi kubwa; lakini sasa malango ya uanakristu yamefunguliwa wazi, na kuosha kumesimamishwa kuwa azimio la ufuasi wenu. 11 Mpaka zama hizi zijekufunga azimio hili litakuwa ni tendo la kiimani, na litaitwa tendo la Ubatizo; nalo linatakuwa ni ishara kwa watu, na muhuli kwa ufuasi wa watu wa Mungu. 12 Enyi watu wa kila taifa, sikieni! Mje kwangu; malango ya uanakristu yamefunguliwa wazi; geukeni toka kwenye dhambi na kuwa mmebatizwa, na mtaingia kupita katika malangoni na kumuona mfalme. 13 Wafuasi sita ambao walimfuata Yesu wakasimama kwa karibu, na Yesu akawaongoza mbele na katika Yordani aliwabatiza wao katika jina la Kristu; na halafu aliwaambia wao, 14 Rafiki zangu, ninyi ni wa kwanza kuingia katika malango ya Uanakristu hadi kwenye ufalme wa Mtakatifu Mmoja. 15 Kama nilivyowabatiza ninyi katika jina la Kristu, na hivyo mtatenda, katika lile jina takatifu, kuwabatiza waume kwa wake ambao watakiri imani yao katika Kristu, na kuziacha dhambi zao. 16 Na, lo, makundi ya watu wakaja chini, kuzikana dhambi zao, kukiri imani yao katika Kristu, nao walibatizwa.


CHAPTER 79

John, the harbinger, at Salim. A lawyer inquires about Jesus. John explains to the multitude the mission of Jesus.


NOW, John the harbinger, was at the Salim Springs where water was abundant, and washed the bodies of the people who confessed their sins. 2 A Jewish lawyer went to John and said, Has not this man from Galilee, he whom you washed and called the Christ, become your foe? 3 They say that he is at the Jordan ford; that he is building up a church, or something else, and that he washes people just as you have done. 4 And John replied, This Jesus is indeed the Christ whose was I came to pave. He is not foe of mine. 5 The bridegroom hath the bride; his friends are near, and when they hear his voice they all rejoice. 6 The kingdom of the Holy One is bride, and Christ the groom; and I, the harbinger, am full of joy because they proper so abundantly. 7 I have performed the work that I was sent to do; the work of Jesus just begins. 8 Then turning to the multitudes he said, Christ is the king of righteousness; Christ is the love of God; yea, he is God; one of the holy persons of the Triune God. 9 Christ lives in every heart of purity. 10 Now, Jesus who is preaching at the Jordan ford, has been subjected to the hardest tests of human life, and he has conquered all the appetites and passions of the carnal man, 11 And by the highest court of heaven, has been declared a man of such superior purity and holiness that he can demonstrate the presence of the Christ on earth. 12 Lo, love divine, which is the Christ, abides in him, and he is pattern for the race. 13 And every man can see in him what every man will be when he has conquered all the passions of the selfish self. 14 In water I have washed the bodies of the people who have turned from sin, symbolic of the cleansing of the soul; 15 But Jesus bathes for ever in the living waters of the Holy Breath. 16 And Jesus comes to bring the saviour of the world to men; Love is the saviour of the world. 17 And all who put their trust in Christ, and follow Jesus as a pattern and a guide, have everlasting life. 18 But they who do not trust the Christ, and will not purify their hearts so that the Christ can dwell within, can never enter life.

Sura 79
Yohana, mtayarisha njia, akiwa Salim. Mwanasheria ahoji kuhusu Yesu. Yohana aelezea kwa mapana makundi dhima ya Yesu.

SASA,Yohana mtayarisha njia, alikuwa katika chem chem za Salim ambako maji yalikuwa kwa wingi, na kuikosha miili ya watu waliokiri dhambi zao. 2 Na mwanasheria wa Kiyahudi akaenda kwa Yohan na kusema, Je, mtu huyu kutoka Galilaya, ambaye umemkosha na kumuita Kristu, hajawa ni mbaya wako? 3 Watu wanasema yupo ukingoni mwa Yordani; ya kwamba yeye alijenga kanisa lake, ama kitu kingine, na kwamba awaosha watu kama wewe umevyofanya. 4 Na Yohana akajibu, Yesu huyu kwa hakika ni Kristu ambaye nimemsafishia njia. Yeye si mbaya wangu. 5 Bwabaharusi anaye bibi harusi; marafiki zake wapo karibu, na wanapoisikia sauti yake wote wa wafurahia. 6 Ufalme wa Mtakatifu Moja ni bi harusi, na Kristu ni bwana harusi; na mimi, mtayarisha njia, ni mwenye furaha tele kwa kuwa wao pamoja ni wenye kufaana kwa ujazi kabisa. 7 Nimeitenda kazi ambayo niliagizwa kuifanya; Kazi ya Yesu ndio imeaanza. 8 Halafu kuwageukia makundi akasema, Kristu ni mfalme wa Utendahaki; Kristu ni upendo wa Mungu; naam, yeye ni Mungu; mmoja wa namna za mtu mtakatifu wa Mungu Utatu. 9 Kristu aiishi katika kila moyo wa usafi. 10 Sasa, Yesu ambaye alikuwa akihubiri katika ukingo wa Yordani, alimekuwa katika vipindi vya majaribio yaliyo ni magumu kabisa ya maisha ya kiubinadamu, na yeye ameyakabili kuyashinda yote ya hamu na hisia za mwili wa nyama wa mtu, 11 Na kwa baraza la juu kabisa la mbinguni, ametamkwa ni mtu kwa kiasi cha juu cha usafi na utakatifu ya kwamba aweza kuonesha mfano wa uwepo wa Kristu Duniani. 12 Lo, pendo agape, ambalo ni kristu, lakaa ndani yake, na yeye ni kielelezo cha mfano wa kufanyika kwa namna zote za wanadamu. 13 Na kila mtu aweza kumuona ndani yake kile ambacho kila mtu atakuwa atakapokuwa kayashinda yote ya hisia za kimwili na nafsi ya kibinafsi. 14 Katika maji nimewakosha miili ya watu ambao wamegeuka toka kwenye dhambi, alama ya kuonesha utakaso wa nafsi-roho; 15 Lakini Yesu akoga daima katika maji hai ya Pumzi Takatifu. 16 Na Yesu aja kuleta mwokozi wa ulimwengu kwa watu; Upendo ni mwokozi wa ulimwengu. 17 Na wale wote wenye kuweka kuaminia kwao katika Kristu, na kumfuata Yesu kama ni namna ya sura ya kufanyika na muongozeaji, wanao uzima wa milele*[Pia kusema uhai wa kujitambua asili isiyo mwanzo na wala mwisho; vile pia kusema mwanzo wote na mwisho wote katika moja]. 18 Lakini wao wasio na kumuaminia Kristu, na hawataisafisha mioyo yao ili kwamba Kristo akae kwa ndani, hawawezi kamwe kuingia Uzimani*[Pia kusema asili ya maisha yote kuwa hai, na katika hali zote za madhahirisho yake].

CHAPTER 80

Lamaas come from India to see Jesus. He listens to the teachings of John at Salim. John tells him of the divine mission of Jesus. Lamaas finds Jesus at the Jordan. The masters recognise each other.


LAMAAS, priest of Brahm, who was afriend of Jesus when he was in the temple of Jagannath, had heard of Jesus and his mighty works in many lands; and he had left his home and come to Palestine in search of him. 2 And as he journeyed towards Jerusalem he heard of John, the harbinger, who was esteemed a prophet of the living God. 3 Lamaas found the harbinger at Salim Springs; for many days he was a silent listener to the pungent truths he taught. 4 And he was present when the Pharisee told John of Jesus and his mighty works 5 He heard the answer of the harbinger; heard him bless the name of Jesus; whom he called the Christ. 6 And then he spoke to John; he said, Pray tell me more about this Jesus whom you call the Christ. 7 And John replied, this Jesus is the love of God made manifest. 8 Lo, men are living on the lower planes-- the planes of greed and selfishness; for self they fight; they conquer with the sword. 9 In every land the strong enslave and kill the weak. All kingdoms rise by force of arms; for force is king. 10 This Jesus comes to overthrow this iron rule of force, and seat Love on the throne of power. 11 And Jesus fears no man. He preaches boldly in the courts of kings, and everywhere, that victories won by force of arms are crimes; 12 That every worthy end may be attained by gentleness and love just as the Prince of Peace, Melchisedec,the priest of God, won gallant victories in war without the shedding of a drop of blood. 13 You ask where are the temples of the Christ? He ministers at shrines not made with hands; his temples are the hearts of holy men who are prepared to see the king. 14 The groves of nature are his synagogues; his forum is the world. 15 He has no priests dressed up in puppet style to be admired by men; for every son of man is priest of Love. 16 When man has purified his heart by faith, he needs no middle man to intercede. 17 He is on friendly terms with God; is not afraid of him, and he is able, and is bold enough, to lay his body on the altar of the Lord. 18 Thus every man is priest, and is himself a living sacrifice. 19 You need not seek the Christ, for when your heart is purified the Christ will come, and will abide with you for evermore. 20 And then Lamaas journeyed on; he came to Jesus as he taught beside the ford. 21 And Jesus said, Behold the Star of India! 22 Lamaas said, Behold the Sun of Righteousness! And he confessed his faith in Christ, and followed him.

Sura 80
Lamaasi aja kutoka India kumuona Yesu. Asikiliza mafundisho ya Yohana katika Salim. Yohana amwambia dira ya kimanani ya Yesu. Lamaasi ampata Yesu akiwa Yordani. Wakuu watambuana.

LAMAASI, kuhani wa Brahmu, ambaye alikuwa ni rafiki wa Yesu alipokuwa yeye katika hekalu la Jaganati, alipata kusikia ya Yesu na kazi zake kubwa katika nchi nyingi; na yeye akaondoka nyumbani kwake na kuja Palestina kumtafuta yeye. 2 Na wakati alipokuwa akisafiri kuelekea Yerusalemu aliyasikia ya Yohana, mtayarisha njia, ambaye alikuwa ni nabii wa mwenye moyo wa kazi wa Mungu hai. 3 Lamaasi alimpata mtayarisha njia katika chem chem za Salim; kwa siku kadhaa alikuwa ni msikilizaji wa kimya kwa kweli kali alizozifundisha. 4 Na yeye alikuwapo Mafarisayo walipomwambia Yohan ya Yesu na kazi zake kubwa. 5 Alilisikia jibu la mtayarisha njia, alimsikia akilibariki jina la Yesu; ambaye yeye alimuita ni Kristu. 6 Na halafu alizungumza kwa Yohana; alisema, Ombi niambie zaidi kuhusu Yesu huyu ambaye wamuita ni Kristu. 7 Na Yohana akajibu, huyu Yesu ni upendo wa Mungu kufanywa kudhahirika. 8 Lo, wanadamu waishi katika wanda za chini-- wanda za tamaa ya mali na ubinafsi; kwa ajili ya nafsi wao wapigana; na washinda kwa upanga. 9 Katika kila nchi aliye na nguvu afanya utumwa na kuua aliye ni mdhaifu. Falme zote huinuka kwa mabavu ya jeshi; mabavu ni mfalme. 10 Yesu huyu aja kupindulia mbali kanuni hii ya mabavu, na kuketisha Upendo juu ya kiti cha enzi cha nguvu. 11 Na Yesu hamuogopi mtu yeyote. Yeye ahubiri kwa ushujaa katika mabaraza ya wafalme, na kila mahala, ya kwamba ushindi ulipatikana kwa mabavu ya jeshi ni uhalifu; 12 Ya kwamba kila mwisho wenye thamani ya kustahili waweza kupatikana kwa upole na upendo kama vile Mwanamfalme wa Amani, Melkizedeki, kuhani wa Mungu, alivyoshinda ushindi wa hadhi kuu katika vita pasipo kumwaga tone la damu. 13 Wauliza yako wapi mahekalu ya Kristu? Yeye afundisha katika madhabahu yasiyofanywa kwa mikono ; mahekalu yake ni mioyo ya watu watakatifu ambao wamejiandaa kumuona mfalme. 14 Bustani za mazingira ya asili ni masinagogu yake; na jukwaa lake ni ulimwengu. 15 Yeye hana kuhani aliyevalia katika mtindo wa kuigiza ili kuwavuta kuwashangaza macho watu; kwa kuwa kila mwana wa mtu ni kuhani wa Upendo. 16 Mtu anapousafisha moyo wake kwa imani, yeye haitaji mtu mwingine katikati kuingilia. 17 Yeye awa katika namna za kirafiki na Mungu; hamuogopi yeye, na yeye ni muweza, na ni shujaa kutosha, kuulaza mwili wake katika altare ya Bwana. 18 N hivyo kila mtu ni kuhani, na yeye mwenye ni dhabihu hai. 19 Hauhitaji kumtafuta Kristu, kwani moyo wako ukiwa ni uliosafishika Kristu atakuja, na atakaa na wewe daima zaidi. 20 Na basi Lamaasi akasafiri zaidi; akaja kwa Yesu wakati akifundisha kando ya ukingo. 21 Na Yesu akasema, Tazameni Nyota kutoka India! 22 Lamaasi akasema, Tazama Jua la Utendahaki! Na yeye akiri imani yake katika Kristu, na kumfuata yeye.

CHAPTER 81

The Christines journey toward Galilee. They tarry for a time at Jacob's well and Jesus teaches a woman of Samaria.


THE Christine gate into the kingdom of the Holy One was opened up, and Jesus and the six disciples and Laamas left the Jordan ford and turned their faces toward Galilee. 2 Their way lay through Samaria and they journeyed on they came to Sychar, which was near the plot of ground that Jacob gave to Joseph when a youth. 3 And Jacob's well was there, and Jesus sat beside the well in silent thought, and his disciples went into the town to purchase bread. 4 A woman of the town came out to fill her pitcher from the well; and Jesus was athirst, and when he asked the woman for a drink she said, 5 I am a woman of Samaria, and you a Jew; do you not know that there is enmity between Samaritans and Jews? They traffic not; then why ask me the favour of a drink? 6 And Jesus said, Samaritans and Jews are all the children of one God, our Father- God, and they are kin. 7 It is but prejudice born of the carnal mind that breeds this enmity and hate. 8 While I was born a Jew I recognise the brotherhood of life. Samaritans are just as dear to me as Jew or Greek. 9 And then had you but known the blessings that our Father-God has sent to men by me, you would have asked me for a drink. 10 And I would gladly have given you a cup of water from the Fount of Life, and you would never thirst again. 11 The woman said, This well is deep, and you have naught with which to draw; how could you get the water that you speak about? 12 And Jesus said, The water that I speak about comes not from Jacob's well; it flows from springs that never fail. 13 Lo, every one who drinks from Jacob's well will thirst again; but they who drink the water that I give will never thirst again; 14 For they themselves become a well, and from their inner parts the sparkling waters bubble up into eternal life. 15 The woman said, Sir, I would drink from that rich well of life. Give me to drink, that I may thirst no more. 16 And Jesus said, Go call your husband from the town that he may share with you this living cup. 17 The woman said, I have no husband, sir. 18 And Jesus answered her and said, You scarely know what husband means; you seem to be a gilded butterfly that flits from flower to flower. 19 To you there is no sacredness in marriage ties, and you affinitise with any man. 20 And you have lived with five of them who were esteemed as husbands by your friends. 21 The woman said, Do I not speak unto a prophet and a seer? Will you not condescend to tell me who you are? 22 And Jesus said, I need not tell you who I am for you have read the Law, the Prophets and the Psalms that tell of me. 23 I am one come to break away the wall that separates the sons of men. In Holy Breath there is no Greek, nor Jew, and no Samaritan; no bond, nor free; for all are one. 24 The woman asked, Why do you say that only in Jerusalem men ought to pray, and that they should not worship in our holy mount.? 25 And Jesus said, What you have said, I do not say. One place is just as sacred as another place. 26 The hour has come when men must worship God within the temple of the heart; for God is not within Jerusalem, nor in your holy mount in any way that he is not in every heart. 27 Our God is Spirit; they who worship him must worship him in spirit and in truth. 28 The woman said, We know that when Messiah comes that he will lead us in the ways of truth. 29 And Jesus said, Behold the Christ has come; Messiah speaks to you.

Sura 81
Wauanakristu wasafiri kuelekea Galilaya. Wanabakia kwa muda katika kisima cha Yakobu na Yesu amfundisha mwanamke msamaria.

MALANGO ya uanakristu katika Ufalme wa Mtakatifu Moja yalikuwa wazi, na Yesu na wafuasi sita na Lamaasi wakaondoka ukingo wa Yordani na kugeuzia nyuso zao kuelekea Galilaya. 2 Njia yao ililalia kupitia Samaria na wao wakasafiri zaidi na kuja Sisha, ambako kulikiwa ni karibu na kitalu cha ardhi ambacho Yakobu alimpatia Yosefu alipokuwa kijana. 3 Na Kisima cha Yakobu kilikuwepo pale, na Yesu aliketi kando ya kisima katika fikara la kimya, na wafuasi wake wakaenda mjini kununua mkate. 4 Mwanamke wa mjini akaja kuujaza maji mfuko wake kutoka kisimani; na Yesu alikuwa na kiu, na alipomuomba mwanamke maji yeye akasema, 5 Mimi ni mwanamke msamaria, na wewe ni myahudi; haujui uadui ulipokati yetu wasamaria na wayahudi? Hatuchangamani; basi ni kwa nini wanitaka fadhila ya maji ya kunywa? 6 Na Yesu akasema, Wasamaria na Wayahudi ni wana wa Mungu moja, Baba-Mungu wetu, na wao ni ndugu za karibu. 7 Ni tu kasumba iliyozaliwa kutokea katika uakili wa mwili wenye kuleta kuzaa uadui na chuki. 8 Wakati nimezaliwa ni myahudi nautambua udugu wa maisha yote. Wasamaria ni wapendwa wangu kama vile Wayahudi na Wagiriki. 9 Na halafu ungelijua baraka ambazo Baba-Mungu amewatumia watu kwa kupitia Mimi, ungali niomba mimi maji ya kunywa. 10 Na mimi kwa moyo wa furaha ningekugea kikombe cha maji kutoka kwenye bubujiko la Uzima, na wewe usingeona kiu tena. 11 Mwanamke akasema, kisima hiki ni kirefu, na wewe huna cha kuchotea; ni jinsi gani waweza kuyafikia kuyapata maji unayoyazungumzia? 12 Na Yesu akasema, Maji ambayo nayazungumzia hayaji kutoka katika kisima cha Yakobu; yenyewe yatiririka tokea katika bubujiko lisilokatika maji. 13 Lo, kila mtu mwenye kunywa kutoka katika kisima cha Yakobu atasikia kiu tena; lakini wao wenye kunywa maji ambayo nawapa hawatasikia kiu tena; 14 Kwa kuwa wao wenyewe watakuja kuwa kisima, na kutokea katika sehemu zao za ndani maji yenye kung'aa yabubujikia katika uzima wa milele. 15 Mwanamke akasema, Bwana, ningalikunywa katika kisima hicho chenye kujaa uzima. Nipe maji ninywe, ili kwamba nisisikie kiu tena. 16 Na Yesu akasema, Nenda kamuite mume wako tokea mjini ili kwamba mshiriki pamoja kikombe hiki chenye uhai. 17 Mwanamke akasema, sina mume, bwana. 18 Na Yesu akamjibu na kusema, Wewe u wajua kwa namna haba ni nini mume humaanisha; waonekana kuwa ni kipepeo mwenye kuruka kutoka ua moja hadi jingine. 19 Kwako hakuna utakatifu katika pingu za ndoa, na wewe unajifunga karibu na mwanaume yeyote. 20 Na wewe umeishi na watano wake ambao walichukulika sifa za kama waume kwa marafiki zako. 21 Mwanamke akasema, sikuwa nazungumza na Nabii ama maona? Je, hutashuka chini kuniambia wewe u ni nani? 22 Na Yesu akasema, sihitaji kukuambia miye ni nani kwani umeshasoma katika sheria, Manabii na Zaburi ambavyo vyaniongelea miye. 23 Mimi ni yule mwenye kuja kuvunjilia mbali kutazinazotenganisha wana za wanadamu. Katika Pumzi Takatifu hakuna Mgiriki, wala Myahudi, na wala Msamaria; hakuna aliyefungwa, na wala huru; kwani wote ni moja. 24 Mwanamke akauliza, Kwanini unasema kwamba ni Yerusalemu pekee ambako watu wapaswa kusali, na kwamba wasiabudu katika milima yetu mitakatifu? 25 Na Yesu aksema, kila mlichokisema, miye sisemi. Mahala pa moja ni palipo patakatifu kama mahala pengine. 26 Wakati umewadia ambapo watu itawapasa kuabudu Mungu ndani ya Hekalu la moyo; kwani Mungu hayuko ndani ya Yerusalemu, na wala katika milima yenu mitakatifu katika njia yoyote ambayo haiko katika kila moyo. 27 Mungu wetu ni Roho; wao wenye kumuabudu yeye hawana budi kumuabudu katika Roho na katika kweli. 28 Mwanamke akasema, tunajua ya kwamba masiya aja ya kwamba atuongoze sisi katika njia ya kweli. 29 Na Yesu akasema, Tazama Kristu amekuja; Masiya azungumza nawe.

CHAPTER 82

While Jesus is teaching, his disciples come and marvel because he speaks with a Samaritan. Many people from Sychar come to see Jesus. He speaks to them. With his disciples he goes to Sychar and remains for certain days.


WHILE Jesus yet was talking to the woman at the well, the six disciples came from Sychar with the food. 2 And when they saw him talking to a woman of Samaria, and one they thought a courtesan, they were amazed; yet no one asked him why he spoke with her. 3 The woman was so lost in thought and so intent on what the master said, that she forgot her errand to the well; she left her pitcher and ran quickly to the town. 4 She told the people all about the prophet she had met at Jacob's well; she said, He told me every thing I ever did. 5 And when the people would know more about the man, the woman said, Come out and see. And multitudes went out to Jacob's well. 6 When Jesus saw them come he said to those who followed him, You need not say, It is four months before the harvest time; 7 Behold, the harvest time is now. Lift up your eyes and look; the fields are golden with the ripened grain. 8 Lo, many sowers have gone forth to sow the seeds of life; the seed has grown; the plants have strengthened in the summer sun; the grain has ripened, and the master calls for men to reap. 9 And you shall go out in the fields and reap what other men have sown; but when the reckoning day shall come the sowers and the reapers all together will rejoice. 10 And Philip said to Jesus, Stay now your work a time and sit beneath this olive tree and eat a portion of this food; you must be faint for you have eaten naught since early day. 11 But Jesus said, I am not faint, for I have food to eat you know not of. 12 Then the disciples said among themselves, Who could have brought him aught to eat? 13 They did not know that he had power to turn the very ethers into bread. 14 And Jesus said, The master of the harvest never sends his reapers forth and feeds them not. 15 My Father who has sent me forth into the harvest field of human life will never suffer me to want; and when he calls for you to serve, lo, he will give you food, will clothe and shelter you. 16 Then turning to the people of Samaria, he said, Think not it strange that I, a Jew, should speak to you, for I am one with you. 17 The universal Christ who was and is, and evrmore shall be, is manifest in me; but Christ belongs to every man. 18 God scatters forth his blessings witha lavish hand, and he is not more kind to one than to another one of all the creatures of his hand. 19 I just came up from Judah's hills, and God's same sun was shining and his flowers were blooming, and in the night his stars were just as bright as they are here. 20 God cannot cast a child away; the Jew, the Greek and the Samaritan are equal in his sight. 21 And why should men and women fret and quarrel, like children in their plays? 22 The lines that separate the sons of men are made of straw, and just a single breath of love would blow them all away. 23 The people were amazed at what the stranger said, and many said, The Christ that was to come has surely come. 24 And Jesus went with them into the town, and tarried certain days.

Sura 82

Wakati Yesu akifundisha, wafuasi wake waja na kustaajabu kupendezwa kwa kuwa azungumza na Msamaria. Watu wengi kutoka Sisha waja kumuona Yesu. Azungumza nao. Pamoja na wafuasi wake aenda Sisha na kubakia kwa siku kadhaa.

WAKATI Yesu alikuwa bado anaongea na mwanamke kisimani, wafuasi sita wakaja kutoka Sisha na chakula. 2 Na walipomuona yeye akizungumza kwa mwanamke wa Samaria, na moja waliyefikiri ni kahaba, wao wakastaajabu; na wakati hakuna hata mmoja aliyemuuliza ni kwanini alizungumza naye. 3 Mwanamke alikuwa amepotea kabisa katika lindi la mawazo na kutafuta picha ya maana zaidi akilini juu ya kile mkuu alichokisema, na kwamba alisahau dhumuni lake la kazi iliyomleta kisimani; akaacha mfuko wake wa maji na kukimbia mbio kwenda mjini. 4 Aliwaambia watu kila kitu kuhusu nabii aliyekutana naye kisimani pa Yakobu; akasema, yeye kaniambia kila kitu ambacho nimepata kukifanya. 5 Na watu watapaswa jua zaidi kuhusu yult mtu, na mwanamke akasema, njooni muone. Na makundi ya watu wakaenda kisimani pa Yakobu. 6 Yesu alipowaona wakija aliwaambia wale walikuwa wakimfuata, hamuhitaji kusema, ni miezi minne kabla ya msimu wa mavuno; 7 Tazameni, muda wa mavuno ni sasa. Inueni macho na kuangalia; mashamba yote ni ya manjano ya dhahabu kujaa nafaka iliyoiva. 8 Lo, wapanzi wengi wamekwenda mbele kupanda mbegu za maisha; mbegu zimekua; majani yameimarika katika kiangazi cha jua; nafaka imeiva, na mkuu awaita watu kuvuna. 9 Na ninyi mtalikwenda katika kila shamba na kuvuna vile watu wengine walivyovipanda; lakini siku ya malipizo itakuja wapandaji na wavunaji wote pamoja watashangilia. 10 Na Filipo akasema kwa Yesu, kaa utulie kwa muda na kazi na uketi chini ya mzeituni na kula kipande hiki cha chakula; wewe utakuwa ni myonge wa nguvu kwani hujala kitu tangu mapema leo. 11 Lakini Yesu akasema, mimi si myonge wa nguvu, kwa kuwa ninachochakula cha kukila ambacho ninyi hamkijui. 12 Basi wafuasi wakaa pamoja yao, ni nani ambaye yawezekana kamletea yeye chochote cha kula? 13 Hawakujua ya kwamba anao uweza wa kubadili etha kuwa mkate. 14 Na Yesu akasema, mkuu wa mavuno kamwe hamuagizii mbele mvunaji wake na kutomlisha chakula. 15 Baba yangu aliyenituma mbele katika shamba la mavuno la maisha ya mwanadamu hataniacha katika kusumbuka na utakaji; na pale awaitapo kutumikia, lo, yeye atawapeni chakula, atawavika na kuwapatia malazi. 16 Halafu kugeukia watu wa Samaria, yeye akasema, msione ni ajabu ya kwamba mimi, Myahudi, nitalizungumza kwenu, kwa kuwa mimi ni mmoja pamoja nanyi. 17 Kristu wa ulimwengu wote mzima ambaye alikuwa na aliye, na daima atakuwa, adhahirika katika mimi; lakini Kristu ni wa kila mtu. 18 Mungu arusha huku na kule baraka zake kwa mikono yenye kutoa, na yeye si mwenye huruma zaidi kwa mmoja kuliko mwingine wa viumbe vyote vya mkono wake. 19 Nimekuja tukutokea vilima vya Yuda, na jua lile lile la Mungu liliwaka na maua yake yalichanua, na usiku nyote zake zilikuwa ni zenye kung'aa mwangaza kama ilivyo hapa. 20 Mungu hawezi kumtelekeza mwana wake mbali; Myahudi, Mgiriki, na Msamaria na walio sawa machoni pake. 21 Na kwa nini wake kwa waume watibuane na kugombana, kama watoto katika kucheza? 22 Mstari wenye kutenganisha wana wa watu umefanywa kwa nyasi, pumzi moja tu ya upendo itazipulizia mbali zote. 23 Watu wakastaajabu kile ambacho mgeni alisema, na wengi wakasema, Kristu ambaye alikuwa aje kwa hakika amekuja. 24 Na Yesu akaenda nao mjini, na kukaa kwa siku kadhaa.

CHAPTER 83

Jesus teaches the people of Sychar. Casts a wicked spirit out of one obsessed. Sends the spirit to its own place. Heals many people. The priests are disturbed by the presence of Jesus in Sychar, but he speaks to them and wins their favour.


IN Sychar Jesus taught the people in the market place. 2 A man obsessed was brought to him. The wicked spirit that possessed the man was full of violence and lust, and often threw his victim to the ground. 3 And Jesus spoke aloud and said, Base spirit, loose your hold upon the vitals of this man, and go back to your own. 4 And then the spirit begged that he might go into the body of a dog that stood near by. 5 But Jesus said, Why harm the helpless dog? Its life is just as dear to it as mine to me. 6 It is not yours to throw the burden of your sin on any living thing. 7 By your own deeds and evil thoughts you have brought all these perils on yourself. You have hard problems to be solved; but you must solve them for yourself. 8 By thus obsessing man you make your own conditions doubly sad. Go back into your own domain; refrain from harming anything, and, by and by, you will, yourself, be free. 9 The wicked spirit left the man and went unto his own. The man looked up in thankfulness and said, Praise God. 10 And many of the people brought their sick, and Jesus spoke the Word, and they were healed. 11 The ruler of the synagogue, and all the priest were much disturbed when told that Jesus from Jerusalem was preaching in the town. 12 They thought that he had come to proselyte and stir up strife amng Samaritans. 13 And so they sent an officer to bring him to the synagogue that he might give a reason for his presence in the town. 14 But Jesus said to him who came, Go back and tell the priests and ruler of the synagogue that I am not engaged in crime. 15 I come to bind up broken hearts, to heal the sick, and cast the evil spirits out of those obsessed. 16 Tell them, their prophets spoke of me; that I come to break no law, but to fulfil the highest law. 17 The man returned and told the priests and ruler of the synagogue what Jesus said. 18 The ruler was amazed, and with the priests went to the market place where Jesus was. 19 And when he saw them, Jesus said, Behold the honoured men of all Samaria! the men ordained to lead the people in the way of right. 20 And I am come to help,and not to hinder in their work. 21 There are two classes of the sons of men; they who would build the human race upon the sure foundation stones of justice, truth, equality and right, 22 And they who would destroy the holy temple where the Spirit dwells and bring their fellows down to beggary and crime. 23 The holy brotherhood of right must stand united in the stirring conflicts of the hour. 24 No matter whether they be Jews, Samaritans, Assyrians, or Greeks, they must tramp down beneath their feet all strife, all discord, jealousy and hate, and demonstrate the brotherhood of man. 25 Then to the ruler of the synagogue he spoke: he said, United in the cause of right we stand; divided we will fall. 26 And then he took the ruler by the hand; a love light filled their souls; and all the people were amazed.

Sura 83

Yesu awafundisha watu wa Sisha. Amfukuzia nje roho mchafu toka kwa mtu aliyepagawa. Amwelekeza kumtupa roho mahala pake. Awaponya watu wengi. Makuhani watibuliwa hali na uwepo wa katika Sisha, lakini yeye azungumza nao na kushinda fadhila zao.

KATIKA Sisha Yesu alifundisha watu sokoni. 2 Mtu aliyepagawa aliletwa kwake. Roho mwovu ambaye alikuwa amemkamatia alikuwa amejawa fujo na ashiki, na mara nyingi alimtupa mgonjwa wake chini sakafuni. 3 Na Yesu akazungumza kwa nguvu na kusema, Roho wa chini, mwachilie viungo vyake mtu huyu, na rudi kwako mwenyewe. 4 Na halafu roho akaomba kwamba aweze kuingia katika mwili wa mbwa ambaye alikuwa amesimama karibu. 5 Lakini Yesu akasema, kwanini kumdhuru mbwa huyu asiye na msaada? Maisha yake ni yaliyo na thamani na tena ya kupendeka kwake mwenyewe kama kwangu. 6 Si wakwako kutupia mizigo ya dhambi juu ya kitu chochote chenye kuishi. 7 Kwa matendo yako mwenyewe na mafikara maovu umejiletea mabalaa yote haya kwako mwenyewe. Unayo matatizo magumu yakusuluhishwa; lakini wewe mwenyewe yakubidi ujisuluhishie. 8 Kwa hivi kumshikilia mtu unaifanya hali yako kuwa mbaya mara mbili zaidi. Rudi mahala pako mwenyewe; epukana na kudhuru chochote, na, hatua kwa hatua, utaweza, wewe mwenyewe, kuwa huru. 9 Roho mwovu akamtoka mtu na kurudi kwake mwenyewe. Mtu akainua macho kuangalia juu na kusema, asifiwe Mungu. 10 Na wengi wa watu wakawaleta wagonjwa wao, na Yesu akasema Neno, na wao wakaponywa. 11 Mtawala wa sinagogu, na wote makuhani wakatibuliwa hali walipoambiwa ya kwamba Yesu kutoka Yerusalemu alikuwa akihubiri mjini mwao. 12 Wao wakafikiri ya kwamba amekuja kuwabadilisha imani na kuwakoroga mkanganyano toka kwenye utulivu miongoni mwa Wasamaria. 13 Na hivyo walimtuma afisa kumleta yeye mbele kwenye sinagogu ili kwamba atoe sababu zake za kuwapo mjini. 14 Lakini Yesu akasema, sijihusishi katika uhalifu. 15 Ninakuja kuifunga pamoja mioyo iliyovunjika, kuponywa wagonjwa, na kufukuza mapepo kuwatoka watu walioshikwa. 16 Waambie hao, manabii wao walinizungumzia miye; ya kwamba sijaja kuivunja sheria, ila kuitimiliza ile iliyo ni ya juu kabisa. 17 Na mtu akarejea na kuwaambia makuhani na mtawala wa sinagogu kile Yesu alichosema. 18 Mtawala akastaajabu na pamoja na makuhani wakaenda sokoni alipokuwepo Yesu. 19 Na alipowaona, Yesu alisema, Tazameni watu wenyekuheshimika wa Samaria Yote! Watu walioteuliwa kuongoza watu katika njia ya sahihi. 20 Na mimi naja kusaidia, na si kuikwaza kazi yao. 21 Kuna matabaka mawili ya wana za wanadamu; wale ambao wataliijenga namna ya mwanadamu juu ya msingi wa uhakika wa sheria, kweli, usawa na Haki, 22 Na wale ambao watalibomoa hekalu Takatifu ambako roho akaa na kuwaleta wenzao chini katika ukapa na uhalifu. 23 Undugu Mtakatifu wa haki hauna budi kusimama kushikamana katika moja katika makanganyano yenye kukoroga ya wasaa. 24 Haimaanishi ikiwa Myahudi, Msamaria, Muasiria, ama Mgiriki, wote yawabidi kukanyagia chini ya miguu yao magomvi yao, mapotofu yote, wivu, na chuki, na kufanya na kuonesha undugu wa mwanadamu. 25 Halafu kwa mtawala wa sinagogu akazungumza: akisema:Kwa Kuunganika katika azimio la haki twasimama; kwa kugawanyika twaanguka chini. 26 Na halafu aliuchukua kwa mkono mtawala; mwanga wa upendo ukajaza nafsi-roho zao; na watu wote wakastaajabu.

CHAPTER 84

The Christines resume their journey. They tarry a while in the city of Samaria. Jesus speaks in the synagogue. Heals a woman by mental power. He disappears, but later joins his disciples as they journey towards Nazareth.


THE Christines turned their faces toward the land of Galilee; but when they reached the city of Samaria, the multitudes pressed hard about them, begging them to tarry in their city for a while. 2 And then they went up to the synagogue, and Jesus opened up the book of Moses, and he read: 3 In thee and in thy seed shall all the nations of the earth be blest. 4 And then he closed the book and said, These words were spoken by the Lord of hosts unto our father Abraham, and Israel has been blessedness to all the world. 5 We are his seed; but not a tithe of the great work that we were called to do has yet been done. 6 The Lord of hosts has set apart the Israelites to teach the unity of God and man; but one can never teach that which he does not demonstrate in life. 7 Our God is Spirit, and in him all wisdom, love and strength abide. 8 In every man these sacred attributes are budding forth, and in due time they will unfold; the demonstration will completed be, and man will comprehend the fact of unity. 9 And you, ruler of the synagogue, and you, these priests, are honoured servants of the Lord of hosts. 10 All men are looking unto you for guidance in the ways of life; example is another name for priest; so what you would that people be, that you must be. 11 A simple godly life may win ten thousand souls to purity and right. 12 And all the people said, Amen. 13 Then Jesus left the synagogue, and at the hour of evening prayer he went up to the sacred grove, and all the people turned their faces toward their holy mount and prayed. 14 And Jesus prayed. 15 And as he sat in silent mood a voice of soul spoke to his soul imploring help. 16 And Jesus saw a woman on a couch in sore distress; for she was sick nigh unto death. 17 She could not speak, but she had heard that Jesus was a man of God, and in her heart she called on him for help. 18 And Jesus helped; he did not speak; but like a flash of light, a mighty virtue from his soul filled full the body of the dying one, and she arose, and joined her kindred while they prayed. 19 Her kindred were astonished and they said to her, How were you healed? And she replied, 20 I do not know; I simply asked the man of God in thought for healing power, and in a moment I was well. 21 The people said, The gods have surely come to earth; for man has not the power to heal by thought. 22 But Jesus said, The greatest power in heaven and earth is thought. 23 God made the universe by thought; he paints the lily and the rose with thought. 24 Why think it strange that I should send a healing thought and change the ethers of disease and death to those of health and life? 25 Lo, you shall see far greater things than this, for by the power of holy thought, my body will be changed from carnal flesh to spirit form; and so will yours. 26 When Jesus had thus said he disappeared, and no one saw him go. 27 His own disciples did not comprehend the change; they knew not where their master went, and they went on their way. 28 But as they walked and talked about the strange event, lo, Jesus came and walked with them to Nazareth of Galilee.


Sura 84
Wauanakristu waendelea na safari yao. Wanakaa kipindi kifupi katika mji mkuu wa Samaria. Yesu azungumza katika sinagogu. Amponya mwanamke kwa nguvu za akili. Apotea, lakini baadaye aungana na wafuasi wake wakati wakisafiri kuelekea Nazareti.
WAuanakristu wakageuza nyuso zao kuelekea katika nchi ya Galilaya; lakini walipofika katika mji mkuu wa Samaria, makutano ya watu wakabanana sana kuwazunguka wao kuwaomba wakae kidogo mjini mwao. 2 Na halafu wakaenda juu kwenye sinagogu, na Yesu akakifungua kitabu cha Musa, na yeye akasoma: 3 Katika Yeye na katika mbegu yake mataifa yote ya dunia yatakuwa yamebarikiwa. 4 Na halafu akakifunga kitabu na kusema, Haya maneno yalizungumzwa Bwana wa Majeshi kwa baba yetu Abraham, na Israeliimekuwa ubarikika kwa ulimwengu wote. 5 Sisi ni mbegu yake; lakini si hata fungu la kumi la kazi kubwa ambayo tuliitwa kuifanya imekwisha kufanywa. 6 Bwana wa majeshi amewatenga kando Waisraeli kufundisha uumoja wa Mungu na mtu; lakini mtu hawezi kamwe kufundisha kile ambacho yeye hakifanyi na kukuonesha katika maisha. 7
Mungu wetu ni Roho, na katika yeye hekima yote, upendo na nguvu za uimara hukaa. 8 Katika kila mwanadamu sifa hizi takatifu za kufanyika zachomoza kuota nje na kwa wakati wake zitafunulika wazi; kufanyika kwa kuonesha huku kutakuwa kumekamilika, na mwanadamu atamaizi kweli ya Uumoja. 9 Na ninyi, watawala wa sinagogu, na ninyi, hawa makuhani, ni watumishi wakuheshimika wa Bwana wa majeshi. 10 Watu wote wawaangalia ninyi kwa uongozeaji katika namna za maisha; mfano ni jina jingine kwa Kuhani; kwa hivyo kile mngaliwataka watu kuwa, iwe kile kiwabidicho kuwa. 11 Maisha rahisi ya kimungu yaweza kuzileta nafsi-roho elfu kumi katika usafi na usahihi. 12 Na watu wote wakasema, Amina. 13 Basi Yesu akaondoka Sinagoguni, na katika muda wa sala ya jioni alikwenda katika bustani takatifu, na watu wote wakageukia nyuso zao kuelekea katika mlima wao mtakatifu na kusali. 14 Na Yesu akasali. 15 Na wakati amekaa katika hali ya ukimya sauti ya nafsi yake ikazungumza na nafsi-roho yake kutaka msaada. 16 Na Yesu akamuona mwanamke katika kochi katika kuishiwa na nguvu kwa machungu; kwa kuwa alikuwa ni mgojwa katibu na mauti. 17 Alikuwa hawezi kuzungumza, lakini alipata kusikia ya kwamba Yesu ni mtu wa Mungu, na katika moyo wake alimuita kwa msaada. 18 Na Yesu akamsaidia; hakuzungumza; lakini kama mwako wa mara moja wa mwanga, kipawa cha nguvu kutoka katika nafsi-roho yake kiliujaza mwili wa ulikuwa akielekea kufa, na yeye akainuka, na kuungana na ndugu zake wakati wakisali. 19 Ndugu zake wakashangazwa na kusema kwake, ni jinsi gani umeponywa? Na Yeye akasema, 20 Mimi sijui; Mimi tu nilimuomba mtu wa Mungu katika fikara kwa ajili ya nguvu za kuponya, na katika kitambo kifupi nikwa ni mzima. 21 Watu wakasema, miungu kwa hakika wamekuja duniani; kwani mtu hana nguvu ya kuponya kwa fikara. 22 Lakini Yesu asema, nguvu iliyokuu kabisa katika mbingu na hata duniani ni fikara. 23 Mungu aliufanya ulimwengu wote mzima kwa fikara; yeye alipaka rangi ua tambazi maji na waridi kwa fikara. 24 Kwa nini kufikiri kuwa ni ajabu kwamba nitalituma fikara la uponyaji na kuzibadili etha za maradhi na mauti kwa wale wa afya ya mwili na uzima? 25 Lo, mtakuja kuona mambo makuu zaidi kulikohaya, kwa kuwa kwa nguvu ya fikara takatifu, mwili wangu utabadilika kutoka katika mwili wa namna ya nyama; na hivyo itakuwa yakweni. 26 Yesu aliposema hivi akapotea, na hakuna aliyemuona kaenda wapi. 27 Wafuasi wake mwenyewe hawakumaizi badiliko; hawakujua ni wapi mkuu wao alikwenda, na wao wakaenda zao. 28 Lakini wakati waketembea na kuzungumzia tukio la ajabu, lo, Yesu alikuja na kutembea nao kuelekea Nazareti ya Galilaya.


 
Chapters 85 - 91

CHAPTER 85

John, the harbinger, censures Herod for his wickedness. Herod sends him to prison in Machaerus. Jesus tells why God permitted the imprisonment of John.

HEROD ANTIPAS, the tetrarch of Paraca and of Galilee was dissipated, selfish and tyrannical. 2 He drove his wife away from home that he might take as wife Herodias, the wife of one, a near of kin, a woman, like himself, immoral and unjust. 3 The city of Tiberius, upon the shores of Galilee, was Herod's home. 4 Now John, the harbinger, had left the Salim Springs to teach the people by the sea of Galilee; and he rebuked the wicked ruler and his stolen wife for all their sins. 5 Herodias was enraged because the preacher dared accuse her and her husband of their crimes; 6 And she prevailed on Herod to arrest the harbinger adncast him in a dungeon in the castle of Machaerus that stood beside the Bitter Sea. 7 And Herod did as she required; then she lived in peace in all her sins, for none were bold enough to censure her again. 8 The followers of John were warned to speak not of the trial and imprisonment of John. 9 By order of the court, they were restrained from teaching in the public halls. 10 They could not talk about this better life that Herod called the Heresy of John. 11 When it was known that John had been imprisoned by the tetrarch court, the friends of Jesus thought it best that he should not remain in Galilee. 12 But Jesus said, I have no need of fear; my time has not yet come; no man can stay me till my work is done. 13 And when they asked why God permitted Herod to imprison John, he said, 14 Behold yon stalk of grain to perfectness, it is of no more worth; it falls, becoming part of earth again from which it came. 15 John is a stalk of golden wheat; he brought unto maturity the richest grain of all the earth; his work is done. 16 If he had said another word it might have marred the symmetry of what is now a noble life. 17 And when my work is done the rulers will do unto me what they have done to John, and more. 18 All these events are part of God's own plan. The innocent will suffer while the wicked are in power; but woe to them who cause the suffering of the innocents.

Sura 85-91

Yohana, mtayarisha njia, amsema Herode kwa uovu wake. Herode amtupa gerezani Makerasi. Yesu asema ni kwa nini Mungu aliruhusu kifungo cha Yohana.

HERODE ANTIPASI, mtawala wa nne wa Parakana wa Galilaya alikuwa ni mwenye kupenda starehe, mbinafsi na mdhalimu. 2 Alimfukuzia mbali mkewe toka nyumbani ili kwamba amchukue Herodiasi, mmoja wa wake, wa ndugu wa karibu, mwanamke, kama alivyo yeye mwenyewe, asiye na maadili na mwenyekutokuwa na moyo wa haki. 3 Mji mkuu wa Tiberiasi, juu ya pwani za Galilaya, kulikuwa ni nyumbani kwa Herode. 4 Sasa Yohana, mtayarisha njia, alikuwa ameondoka toka katika chem chem za Salim kuwafundisha watu kando ya bahari ya Galilaya; na yeye alimkemea mtawala mwovu na mke wake aliyeibwa kwa dhambi zao.5 Herodiasi akakasirishwa kwa kuwa mhubiri alithubutu kumshutumu yeye na mume wake kwa uhalifu wao; 6 Naye akafanikisha kumshawishi Herode kumtia nguvunu mtayarisha njia na kumtupa katika gereza lilio ndani ya kasri ya Makerasi ambayo ilisimama kando ya Bahari Nyeusi. 7 Na Herode akafanya yeye alivyotaka; na basi yeye mwanamke akaishi kwa amani katika madhambi yake yote, kwani hakuwa na mtu shujaa kutosha kumsema mabaya yake tena. 8 Wafuasi wa Yohana walitahadharishwa kutozungumza mashitaka na kifungo cha Yohana. 9 Kwa amri ya mahakama, wao walibanwa kufundisha katika majukwaa ya wazi. 10 Hawakuweza kuzungumza kuhusu maisha haya bora ambayo Herode aliyaita uzushi wa Yohana. 11 Ilipojulikana ya kwamba Yohana amepewa kifungo na mahakama ya nne, marafiki wa Yesu walifikir ni bora zaidi kuwa wasingalibaki ndani ya Galilaya. 12 Lakini Yesu akasema, sihitaji kuogopa, muda wangu bado haujafika; hakuna mtu awezaye kunikatisha mpaka kazi yangu iishe. 13 Na walipouliza ni kwanini Mungu ameruhusu Herode kumfunga Yohana, yeye akasema, 14 Tazameni shuke la ukamilifu la ngano lililoko kwa mbali, ni lisilo na hadhi ya thamani tena, kuja kuwa sehemu ya udongo tena ambako ilitokea. 15 Yohana ni shuke la ngano ya rangi ya dhahabu; ameleta kukomaa kwa nafaka iliyosafi kabisa kwa ubira kuliko zote duniani; kazi yake imekwisha. 16 Ikiwa amesema neno zaidi yawezakuwa imechafua ulinganifu wa kisura wa kile kilicho sasa ni maisha ya hadhi kuu. 17 Na kazi yangu itakapokwisha watawala watanitenda kile walichokifanya kwa Yohana, na zaidi. 18 Haya yote yenye kutukia ni mipango yake Mungu. Wasio na hatia watateseka wakati wadhalimu wakiwa katika madaraka ya nguvu; lakini ole wao wenye kusababisha mateso kwa wasio na hatia.

CHAPTER 86

The Christines are in Nazareth. Jesus speaks in the synagogue. He offends the people and they attempt to kill him. He mysteriously disappears, and returns to the synagogue.

THE Christines were in Nazareth. It was the Sabbath day, and Jesus went up to the synagogue. 2 The keeper of the books gave one to Jesus and he opened it and read: 3 The Spirit of the Lord has overshadowed me; he has anointed me to preach the gospel to the poor; to set the captives free; to open sightless eyes; 4 To bring relief to those oppressed and bruised, and to proclaim, The year of jubilee has come. 5 When he had read these words he closed the bokk and said, This scripture is fulfilled before your eyes this day. The year of jubilee has come; the time when Israel shall bless the world. 6 And then he told them many thing about the kingdom of the Holy One; about the hidden way of life; about forgiveness of sins. 7 Now, many people knew not who the speaker was: And others said, Is not this Joseph's son? Does not his mother live on Marmion way? 8 And one spoke out and said, This is the man who did such mighty works in Cana, in Capernaum, and in Jerusalem. 9 And then the people said, Physician heal yourself. Do here among your kindred all the mighty works that you have done in other towns. 10 And Jesus said, No prophet is received with honour by the people of his native land; and prophets are not sent to every one. 11 Elijah was a man of God; he had the power and he closed the gates of heaven, and it did not rain for forty months; and when he spoke the Word, the rain come on, the earth brought forth again. 12 And there were many widows in the land; but this Elijah went to none but Zarephath, and she was blessed. 13 And when Elisha lived, lo, many lepers were in Israel, but none were cleansed save one--the Syrian who had faith. 14 You have no faith; you seek for signs to satisfy your curious whims; but you shall see not till you open up your eyes of faith. 15 And then the people were enraged; they rushed upon him, bound him down with cords, and took him to a precipice not far away, intent to cast him down to death; 16 But when they thought they held him fast, he disappeared; unseen he passed among the angry men, and went his way. 17 The people were confounded and they said, What manner of a man is this? 18 And when they came again to Nazareth, they found him teaching in the synagogue. 19 They troubled him no more for they were sore afraid.

Sura 86

Wauanakristu wapo Nazareti. Yesu azungumza katika Sinagogu. Anawasemea wasilolipenda na watu wajaribu kumuua. Kwa namna ya ajabu yeye Apotea, na kurudi kwenye Sinagogu.

WAUNAKRISTU walikuwa Nazareti. Ilikuwa ni siku ya Sabato, na Yesu alikwenda katika sinagogu. 2 Mtunza vitabu akampa Yesu kimoja na yeye akakifungua na Kusoma: 3 Roho wa Bwana ameingia mimi; amenipaka mafuta kuihubiri injili kwa maskini, kuweka huru wafungwa; kuyafungua macho yasiyoona; 4 Kuleta ahueni kwa wale wenye kukandamizwa na kuumizwa miili, na kutamka, mwaka wa jubilei*[Siku ya kukumbukwa] umekuja. 5 Alipokuwa ameyasoma haya maneno alikifunga kitabu na kusema, andiko hili limetimia mbele za macho yenu katika siku hii. Mwaka wa jubilei umekuja; wakati ambapo Israeli inaubariki ulimwengu. 6 Na halafu akawaambia mambomengi kuhusu ufalme wa Mtakatifu Moja; kuhusu njia iliyofichika ya uzima; kuhusu usamaha wa dhambi. 7 Sasa, watu wengi hawakumjua mzungumzaji alikuwa ni nani: Na wengine wakasema, siye ni mwana wa Yosefu? Mama yake siye ni yule aishiye njiani mwa Marmioni? 8 Na mtu mmoja akazungumza na kusema, mtu huyu ambaye amezifanya kazi kubwa katika Kana, katika Kapernauni na katika Yerusalemu. 9 Na halafu watu wakasema, Tabibu jiponye mwenyewe. Fanya hapa miongoni mwa ndugu zako kazi zote zilizo ni kubwa ambazo umezifanya katika miji mingine. 10 Na Yesu akasema, Hakuna nabii apokelewaye kwa heshima na watu wa nchi yake mwenyeji; na manabii hawatumwi kwa kila mtu. 11 Eliya alikuwa ni mtu wa Mungu; alikuwa na nguvu ya kufunga malango ya mbinguni, na mvua haikunyesha kwa miezi arobaini; na alipozungumza neno, mvua ikaja, na udongo ukachipusha tena.12 Na kulikuwapo na wajane wengi katika nchi; lakini Eliya huyu hakwenda kwa yeyote ila Zarepati, na yeye alikuwa amebarikiwa. 13 Na Elisha alivyokuwa akiishi, lo, wakoma wengi walikuwepo Israeli, lakini hakuna kati yao aliyetakaswa ila moja--Msiria aliyekuwa na imani. 14 Ninyi hamna imani; wazitaka ishara kuridhisha hamu zenu kwa wakati za udadisi; lakini hamtaziona mpaka mfungue macho yenu ya imani. 15 Na halafu watu wakajawa na hasira; wakamkimbilia, kumfunga yeye kwa kamba, na kumchukua hadi kwenye kigongo cha kilima kilichokuwepo siyo mbali, wakidhamiria kumtupia chini afe; 16 Lakini walipofikiri wamemshikilia kwa nguvu, yeye akapotea; bila kuonekana akapita miongoni mwa watu wenye hasira, na kwenda zake. 17 Watu wakashikwa na butwaa na kusema, ni mtu wa namna gani huyu? 18 Na walipokuja tena Nazareti, walimkuta akifundisha katika sinagogu. 19 Hawakumsumbua tena kwa kuwa walikuwa na hofu kubwa.

CHAPTER 87

The Christines go to Cana. Jesus heals a noblesman's child. The Christines go to Capernaum. Jesus provides a spacious home for his mother. He announces his intention to choose twelve apostles.

IN Nazareth Jesus taught no more; he went with his disciples up to Cana, where, at a marriage feast, he once turned water into wine. 2 And here he met a man of noble birth whose home was in Capernaum, whose son wassick. 3 The man had faith in Jesus' power to heal, and when he learned that he had come to Galilee he went in haste to meet him on the way. 4 The man met Jesus at the seventh hour, and he entreated him to hasten to Capernaum to save hi son. 5 But Jesus did not go ; he stood aside in silence for a time, and then he said, Your faith has proved a healing balm; your son is well. 6 The man believed and went his way toward Capernaum and as he went he met a servant from his home who said, 7 My lord, You need not haste; your son is well. 8 The father asked, When did my son begin to mend? 9 The servant said, On yesterday about the seventh hour the fever left. 10 And then the father knew it was the healing balm that Jesus sent that saved his son. 11 In Cana Jesus tarried not he went his way with his disciples to Capernaum, where he secured a spacious house where, with his mother, he could live, where his disciples might repair to hear the Word. 12 He called the men who had confessed their faith in him to meet him in his home,which his disciples called, The school of Christ; and when they came he said to them, 13 This gospel of the Christ must be proclaimed in all the world. 14 This Christine vine will be a mighty vine whose branches will comprise the peoples, tribes and tongues of all the earth. 15 I am the vine; twelve men shall be the branches of the stock, and these shall send forth branches everywhere; 16 And from among the people who have followed me, the Holy Breath will call the twelve. 17 Go now and do your work as you have done your work; but listen for the call. 18 Then the disciples went unto their daily tasks, to do their work as they had done, and Jesus went alone into the Hammoth hills to pray. 19 Three days and nights he spent communing with the Silent Brotherhood; then, in the power of Holy breath he came to call the twelve.

Sura 87

Wauanakristu waenda Kana. Yesu amponya mtoto wa tajiri. Wauanakristu waenda Kapernauni. Yesu atoa nyumba yenye nafasi kwa mama yake. Atangaza dhamira yake kuchagua mitume kumi na mbili.

KATIKA Nazareti Yesu hakufundisha zaidi; alikwenda na wafuasi wake juu huko Kana, ambako, katika kalamu ya harusi, alipata kuyageuza maji kuwa mvinyo. 2 Na hapa alikutana na mzaliwa wa familia ya hadhi ya utajiri ambaye nyumbani kwake kulikuwa ndani ya Kapenauni, ambaye mwana wake alikuwa ni mgonjwa. 3 Mtu huyu alikuwa na imani na nguvu za Yesu kuponya, na alipojifunza ya kwamba yeye amekuja Galilaya alikwenda kwa haraka kukutana naye njiani. 4 Naye akakutana na Yesu katika saa ya saba, na akamsihi yeye kuharakisha Kapernauni kumuokoa mtoto wake. 5 Lakini Yesu hakwenda; alisimama kando katika ukimya kwa muda, halafu yeye akasema imani yako imedhibitisha kuwa dawa ya kuponywa; mwanao yu mzima. 6 Na mtu akaaminikwenda njia yake kuelekea Kapernauni na alipokuwa akienda alikutana na mtumishi kutoka nyumbani kwake ambaye alisema, 7 Bwana wangu, hahuhitaji kuharakisha; mwanao yu ni mzima. 8 Baba akauliza, ni wakati gani alipopata nafuu? 9 Na mtumishi akasema, Jana yapata saa ya saba homa ilimtoka. 10 Na basi baba akajua ilikuwa ni dawa ya kuponya ambayo Yesu aliituma ambayo ilimuokoa mwana wake. 11 Katika Kana Yesu hakukaa alikwenda njia yake pamoja na wafuasi wake kuelekea Kapernanauni, ambako Yesu aliipata nyumba yenye nafasi ambamo, pamoja na mama yake, aweza kuishi, ambamo wafuasi wake waweza kuitengeneza kuirekebisha ili kusikia Neno. 12 Aliwaita watu waliokiri imani zao kwake kukutana naye nyumbani kwake, ambako wafuasi wake walipaita, Shule ya Kristu; na walipokuja aliwaambia, 13 Injili ya Kristu ni lazima itangazwe katika ulimwengu wote. 14 Mti huu wa mzabibu uanakristu utakuwa mzabibu mkubwa ambao matawi yake yatabeba ndani yake watu, makabila na ndimi za dunia yote. 15 Mimi ni Mzabibu; watu kumi na wawili watakuwa ni matawi ya uzao wa katikati, na hawa watayaagizia kote matawi; 16 Na miongoni mwa watu walinifuata mimi, Pumzi Takatifu ataita kumi na wawili. 17 Nendeni sasa na kuifanya kazi yenu kama mlivyofanya kazi yenu; lakini sikilizieni wito. 18 Basi wafuasi wakaenda kwenye shughuli zao, kuzifanya kazi zao kama walivyofanya, na Yesu akaenda peke yake katika vilima vya Hamothi kusali. 19 Mchana na usiku tatu alizitumia kukomunika*[kuwa pamoja katika fahamu na hisia za kiroho] pamoja na Ubruda wa Kimya; halafu, katika nguvu ya uweza ya Pumzi Takatifu yeye alikuja kuwaita wale kumi na wawili.

CHAPTER 88

Jesus walks by the sea. Stands in a fishing boat and speaks to the people. Under his direction the fishermen secure a great catch of fish. He selects and calls his twelve apostles.

BESIDE the sea of Galilee the Christine master walked, and multitudes of people followed him. 2 The fishing boats had just come in, and Peter and his brother waited in their boats; their helpers were ashore repairing broken nets. 3 And Jesus went into a boat and Peter pushed it out a little ways from shore; and Jesus standing in the boat spoke to the multitude. He said, 4 Isaiah, prophet of the Lord of hosts, looked forward and he saw this day; he saw the people standing by the sea, and he exclaimed, 5 The land of Zebulon and Napthali, land beyond the Jordan and toward the sea, the Gentile Galilee, 6 The people were in darkness, knowing not the way; but, lo, they saw the Day Star rise; a light streamed forth; they saw the way of life; they walked therein. 7 And you are blest beyond all people of the earth to-day, because you first may see the light, and may become the children of the light. 8 Then Jesus said to Peter, Bring your nets aboard, and put out in the deep. 9 And Peter did as Jesus bade him do; but in a faithless way he said, This is a useless trip; there are no fish upon this shore of Galilee to-day; with Andrew I have toiled all night, and taken naught. 10 But Jesus saw beneath the surface of the sea; he saw a multitude of fish. He said to Peter, 11 Cast out your net upon the right side of the boat. 12 And Peter did as Jesus said, and, lo, the net was filled; it scarce was strong enough to hold the multitude of fish. 13 And Peter called to John and James, who were near by, for help; and when the net was hauled to boat, both boats were well nigh filled with fish. 14 When Peter saw the heavy catch, he was ashamed of what he said; ashamed because he had no faith, and he fell down at Jesus' feet, and said, Lord, I believe! 15 And Jesus said, Behold the catch! from henceforth you shall fish no more for fish; 16 You shall cast forth the Christine net into the sea of human life, upon the right side of the boat; you shall ensnare the multitudes to holiness and peace. 17 NOw, when they reached the shore the Christine master called to Peter, Andrew, James and John and said, 18 You fishermen of Galilee, the masters have a mighty work for us to do; I go, and you may follow me. And they left all and followed him. 19 And Jesus walked along the shore, and seeing Philip and Nathaniel walking on the beach he said to them. 20 You teachers of Bethsaida, who long have taught the people Greek philosophy, the masters have a higher work for you and me to do; I go and you may follow me; and then they followed him. 21 A little farther on there stood a Roman tribute house, and Jesus saw the officer in charge; his name was Matthew, who once abode in Jericho; 22 The youth who once ran on before the Lord into Jerusalem and said, Behold the Christines come. 23 And Matthew was a man of wealth, and learned in wisdom of the Jews, the Syrians and the Greeks. 24 And Jesus said to him, Hail, Matthew, trusted servant of the Caesars, hail! the masters call us to the tribute house of souls; I go and you may follow me. And Matthew followed him. 25 Ischariot and his son, whose name was Judas, were employed by Matthew and were at the tribute house. 26 And Jesus said to Judas, Stay your work; the masters call us to a duty in the savings bank of souls; I go and you may follow me. and Judas followed him. 27 And Jesus met a lawyer who heard about the Christine master and had come from Antioch to study in the school of Christ. 28 This man was Thomas, man of doubt, and yet a Greek philosopher of culture and of power. 29 But Jesus saw in him the lines of faith, and said to him, The masters have a need of men who can interpret law; I go, and you may follow me. And Thomas followed him. 30 And when the evening came and Jesus was at home, behold, there came his kindred, James and Jude, the sons of Alpheus and Miriam. 31 And these were men of faith, and they were carpenters of Nazareth. 32 And Jesus said to them, Behold, for you have toiled with me, and with my father Joseph, building houses for the homes of men. The masters call us now to aid in building homes for souls; homes built without the sound of hammer, axe, or saw; 33 I go, and you may follow me. And James and Jude exclaimed, Lord, we will follow you. 34 And on the morrow Jesus sent a message unto Simon, leader of the Zelotes, a strict exponent of the Jewish law. 35 And inthe message Jesus said, The masters call for men to demonstrate the faith of Abraham; I go, and you may follow me. and Simon followed him.

Sura 88

Yesu atembea kando ya Bahari. Asimama katika mtumbwi na kuzungumza na watu. Chini ya maelekezo yake wavuvi wakamata samaki wengi. Awachagua na kuwaita mitume wake kumi na wawili.

KANDO KANDO ya bahari ya Mkuu wa uanakristu alitembea, na makundi ya watu walimfuata. 2 Mitumbwi ya wavuvi ilikuwa ndio imewasili, na Petro na kaka yake walingojea mitumbwi yao; wasaidizi wao alikuwa ufukweni wakizitengeneza nyuzi zilizoharibika. 3 Na Yesu akaenda katika mtumbwi na Petro akausukuma mbali kidogo na ufukweni; na Yesu akiwa amesimama katika mtumbwi akazungumza na makundi. Yeye akasema, 4 Isaya, nabii wa Mungu wa majeshi, alitazama mbele na kuiona siku hii; aliwaona watu wamesimama kando ya bahari, na yeye akapaza sauti, 5 Nchi ya Zebuloni na Naftali, nchi zilizo mbali kuzidi Yordani na kuelekea baharini, Galilaya ya wasio na imani, 6 Watu walikuwa kwenye giza, kutoijua njia, lakini, lo, waliiona Nyota ya Mchana ikiinuka; nuru ikimiminikia mbele; waliiona njia ya uzima; wakatembea katika hiyo. 7 Na ninyi mmerehemiwa mbali kuzidi watu wote wa dunia leo hii, kwa kuwa ninyi kwanza mwaweza kuiona nuru, na mwaweza kuwa wana za nuru. 8 Halafu Yesu akasema kwa Petro, ingizeni nyavu zenu mtumbwini, na mkazizamishe majini. 9 Na Petro akafanya kama Yesu alivyomtaka kufanya; lakini katika namna isiyo na imani yeye akasema, hii ni safari ya kazi isiyo na manufaa; hakuna samaki katika pwani hii ya Galilaya leo; pamoja na Andrea tumechacharika usiku kucha, na kuambulia bure. 10 Lakini Yesu aliona chini ya uso wa bahari; aliyaona makundi ya samaki. Akamwambia Petro, 11 Tupa nyavu zako upande wa kulia wa mtumbwi. 12 Na Petro akafanywa kama alivyosema Yesu, na, lo, nyavu zilijazwa; uchache wao haukutosha kushikilia kundi la samaki. 13 Na Petro akamuita Yohana na James, ambao walikuwa karibu, kwa msaada; na wavu ulivyovutiwa katika mtumbwi, mitumbwi yote miwili ilijazwa vizuri na samaki. 14 Petro alivyo ona vuo kubwa, aliona haya kwa kile alicho kisema kwa kuwa hakuwa na imani, alimuangukia miguuni Yesu, na kusema, Bwana, Ninaamini! 15 Na Yesu akasema, Tazama vuo la samaki! Tokea sasa hamtavua tena samaki; 16 Mtazitupa nyavu za uanakristu katika bahari ya maisha ya wanadamu, na katika upande wa kulia wa mtumbwi; mtawaweka mtegoni makundi katika utakatifu na amani. 17 Sasa, walipofika katika pwani ya mchanga mkuu wa uanakristu akamuita Petro, Andrea, James, na Yohana na kusema, 18 Ninyi wavuvi wa Galilaya, wakuu wanakazi kubwa kwa ajili yetu kuifanya; Miye nakwenda, na ninyi mwaweza kunifuata. Na wao wakawaacha wote na kumfuata yeye. 19 Na Yesu akatembea kando kando ya pwani ya mchanga, na kuwaona Filipo na Nathaeli wakitembea ufukweni akawaambia, 20 Ninyi walimu wa Bethsaida, ambao kwa muda mrefu mmewafundisha watu filosofia ya Kigiriki, wakuu wanakazi ya juu kwenu na mimi kuifanya; Ninakwenda na ninyi mwaweza kunifuata; na halafu wakamfuata yeye. 21 Mahala pa mbali kidogo kulisimama Nyumba ya kutolea heshima ya Kirumi, na Yesu akamuona afisa katika kazi; jinalake lilikuwa ni Mathayo, ambaye mwanzoni alikaa Yeriko; 22 Kijana ambaye hapo mwanzo alikimbia nyuma ya Bwana kuelekea Yerusalemu na kusema, Tazana Wauanakristu waja!. 23 Na Mathayo alikuwa ni mtu mwenye mali, na mwenye kisomo katika hekima ya kiyahudi, ya kisiria na Kigiriki. 24 Na Yesu akasema kwake, Salaam, Mathayo, mtumishi mwaminifu wa Kaisari, Salaam! Wakuu watuita kutoa heshima katika nyumba ya roho-nafsi; Ninakwenda na wewe waweza kunifuata. Na Mathayo akamfuata yeye. 25 Iskarioti na mwanaye, jina lake lilikuwa Yuda, walikuwa wameajiriwa na Mathayo na wao walikuwapo katika nyumba ya kutolea heshima. 26 Na Yesu akasema kwa Yuda, iache kazi yako; wakuu watuita katika wajibu katika ghala la akiba la nafsi-roho; Ninakwenda na wewe waweza kunifuata. Na Yuda akamfuata. 27 Na Yesu akakutana na mwanasheria ambaye alipata kusikia juu ya mkuu uanakristu na amekuja kutoka Antioki kusoma katika shule ya Kristu. 28 Mtu huyu alikuwa ni Tomasi, mtu wa kutia shaka, na wakati wanafilosofia wa utamaduni wa kigiriki na wa nguvu. 29 Lakini Yesu aliona ndani yake mistari ya imani, na kusema kwake, wakuu wanauhitaji watu wenye uwezo wa kutafsiri sheria; Ninakwenda, na wewe unaweza kunifuata. Na Tomasi akamfuata. 30 Na jioni ilipofika na Yesu akawa nyumbani, tazama, ndugu zake walikuwa wamekuja, James, na Yuda, mwana wa Alfeusi na Miriamu. 31 Na hawa walikuwa na watu wa imani, na wao walikuwa ni mafundi seremala wa nazareti. 32 Na Yesu akasema kwao, Tazameni, kwa kuwa ninyi mmechacharika na mimi na pamoja na baba yangu Yosefu, kuzijenga nyumba kwa ajili ya makazi ya watu. Wakuu watuita sasa kuwasaidia katika kuzijenga nyumba za makazi ya nafsi-roho; nyumba za kujengwa bila ya sauti za nyundo, mashoka, au msumeno. 33 Ninakwenda, na ninyi mwaweza kunifuata. Na James na Yuda wakatamka kwa sauti, Bwana, sisi tutakufuata. 34 Na kesho yake Yesu akamtuma mjumbe kwa Simoni, kiongozi wa Wazeloti, mchambuzi na mfafanuzi mkali wa sheria ya Kiyahudi. 35 Na katika ujumbe alioutuma Yesu alisema, wakuu wawaita watu kuitenda na kuonesha imani ya Abraham; Ninakwenda na wewe waweza kunifuata. Na Simoni akamfuata yeye.

CHAPTER 89

The twelve apostles are at Jesus' home and are consecrated to their work. Jesus instructs them. He goes to the synagogue on the Sabbath and teaches. He casts an unclean spirit out of one obsessed. He heals Peter's mother-in-law.

NOW, on the day before the Sabbath day, the twelve disciples who had received the call were met with one accord in Jesus' home. 2 And Jesus said to them, This is the day to consecrate yourselves unto the work of God; so let us pray. 3 Turn from the outer to the inner self; close all the doors of carnal self and wait. 4 The Holy Breath will fill this place, and you will be baptised in Holy Breath. 5 And then they prayed; alight more brilliant than the noonday sun filled all the room, and tongues of flame from every head rose high in air. 6 The atmosphere of Galilee was set astir; a sound like distant thunder rolled above Capernaum, and men heard songs, as though ten thousand angels joined in full accord. 7 And then the twelve disciples heard a voice, a still, small voice, and just one word was said, aword they dared not speak; it was the Sacred name of God. 8 And Jesus said to them, By this omnific Word you may control the elements, and all the powers of air. 9 And when within your souls you speak this Word, you have the keys of life and death; of things that are; of things that were; of things that are to be. 10 Behold you are the twelve great branches of the Christine vine; the twelve foundation stones; the twelve apostles of the Christ. 11 As lambs I sent you forth among wild beasts; but the omnific Word will be your buckler and your shield. 12 And then again the air was filled with song, and every living creature seemed to say, Praise God! Amen! 13 The next day was the Sabbath day; and Jesus went with his disciples to the synagogue, and there he taught. 14 The people said, He teaches not as do the scribes and Pharisees; but as a man who knows, and has authority to speak. 15 As Jesus spoke, a man obsessed came in; the evil spirits that obsessed the man were of the baser sort; they often threw their victim to the ground, or in the fire. 16 And when the spirits saw the Christine master in the synagogue they knew him, and they said, 17 You son of God, why are you here? would you destroy us by the Word before our time? we would have naught to do with you; let us alone. 18 But Jesus said to them, By the omnific Word I speak; Come out; torment this man no more; go to your place. 19 And then the unclean spirits threw the man upon the floor, and, with a fiendish cry, they went away. 20 And Jesus lifted up the man and said to him, If you will keep your mind fully occupied with good, the evil spirits cannot find a place to stay; 21 They only come to empty heads and hearts. Go on your way and sin no more. 22 The people were astonished at the words that Jesus spoke, the work he did. They asked among themselves, 23 Who is this man? From whence comes all this power that even unclean spirits fear, and flee away? 24 The Christine master left the synagogue; with Peter, Andrew, James and John, he went to Peter's house where one, a near of kin, was sick. 25 And Peter's wife came in; it was her mother who was sick. 26 And Jesus touched the woman as she lay upon her couch; he spoke the Word; the fever ceased and she arose and ministered to them. 27 The neighbours heard what had occured, and then brought their sick, and those obsessed, and Jesus laid his hands on them, and they were healed.

Sura 89

Mitume kumi na wawili wapo Nyumbani kwa Yesu na wanasimikwa kwa kazi yao. Yesu awapa maelekezo. Aenda katika sinagogu katika siku ya Sabato na kufundisha. Amtoa pepo mchafu toka kwa mtu aliyeshikwa. Amponya mkwe wa Petro.

SASA, katika siku kabla ya Sabato wafuasi kumi na wawili ambao wamepokea wito walikutanika kila moja wao nyumbani kwa Yesu. 2 Na Yesu akasema kwao, Siku hii ni siku ya kujisimika*[Pia kusema kuanza dhamira safi kushika njia ya utumishi wa mapenzi ya juu kiroho] wenyewe katika kazi ya Mungu; hivyo na tusali. 3 Geuka toka kwenye nafsi ya nje kuelekea kwenye ya ndani; funga milango yote ya nafsi ya mwili na kungojea. 4 Pumzi Takatifu ataijaza nafasi hii, na ninyi mtabatizwa katika Pumzi Takatifu. 5 Na wao wakasali; nuru iliyo waka sana kuzidi ile ya jua la mchana ikakijaza chumba, na ndimi za moto kutoka katika kila kichwa zikainuka juu hewani. 6 Hali ya hewa ya Galilaya ikakorogwa; sauti kama radi ya mbali ikaunguruma juu ya Kapernauni, na watu wakasikia nyimbo, kama vile malaika elfu kumi kuungana kwa pamoja. 7 Na halafu wafuasi kumi na wawili wakasikia sauti, ya kusimama tuli, sauti ndogo, na neno moja lilisemwa, neno ambalo hawakuthubutu kulizungumza; lilikuwa ni jina takatifu la Mungu. 8 Na Yesu akasema kwao, kwa neno hili la ki-kila-mahala-pote mwaweza kuziendesha tabia za hali za elementi, na nguvu zote za hewa. 9 Na ndani ya nafsi-roho zenu mnaposema Neno hili, mnazo funguo za uhai na mauti; za vitu vyakuwa; za vitu vilivyokuwa; za vitu vile vitavyokuwa. 10 Tazameni ninyi ni matawi makubwa kumi na mawili ya Mzabibu wa uanakristu, mawe kumi na mawili ya kwenye msingi; mitume kumi na wawili wa Kristu. 11 Kama wanakondoo nawaagizia miongoni wa wanyama wakali; lakini Neno la ki-kila-mahala-pote litakuwa ni vazi la kukinga mikuki na ngao yenu. 12 Na halafu tena hewa ikajawana nyimbo, na kila kiumbe hai kilionekana kana kwamba kusema, Asifiwe Mungu! Amina! 13 Siku iliyofuata ilikuwa ni siku ya Sabato;na Yesu alikwenda na wafuasi wake katika sinagogu, na kule alifundisha. 14 Watu wakasema, Yeye hatufundishi kama vile waandishi na Mafarisayo; ila kama mtu mwenye kujua, na mwenye madaraka ya kuzungumza. 15 Na Yesu akiongea, mtu alishikwa na pepo akaja ndani; pepo waovu waliomshikilia mtu yule walikuwa ni wa namna ya chini; wao walikuwa wakimtupa chini mara kwa mara mgonjwa wao, au katika moto. 16 Na mapepo walipomuona mkuu wa uanakristu ndani ya sinagogu walimjua, na wao wakasema, 17 Ewe mwana wa Mungu, kwanini upo hapa? Je, ungalituharibu kwa Neno kabla ya wakati wetu? Hatuna cha kufanya na wewe; tuache pekee yetu. 18 Lakini Yesu akasema kwao, Kwa Neno la ki-kila-mahala-pote ninasema; tokeni; msimtese mtu huyu zaidi; kwendeni mahala penu. 19 Na halafu pepo wachafu wakamtupa mtu sakafuni, na, kwa kilio cha kikali, wakaenda zao. 20 Na Yesu akamuinua mtu na kusema kwake, ikiwa utaweka uakili wako kushikwa wakati wote kwa wema, pepo waovu hawezi kupata mahala pa kukaa; 21 Hao huja katika vichwa vitupu na mioyo. Nenda njia yako na usitende dhambi tena. 22 Watu walishangazwa na maneno ambayo Yesu aliyazungumza, kazi alizozitenda. Wakajiuliza miongoni mwao, 23 Huyu ni mtu gani? Ni kutokea wapi nguvu zake zaja hata kuwa hata pepo wachafu waogopa, na kukimbia? 24 Mkuu wa uanakristu akaondoka katika sinagogu; pamoja na Petro, Andrea, James na Yohana, akaenda nyumbani kwa Petro ambako mtu mmoja, ndugu wa karibu, alikuwa ni mgonjwa. 25 Na mkewe Petro akaja; ni mama yake alikuwa ni mgojwa. 26 Na Yesu akamgusa mwanamke akiwa amejilalia katika kochi; akalisema Neno; homa ikakoma na yeye akainuka na kuwatumikia. 27 Majirani wakasikia kilichotokea, na halafu wakawaleta wagonjwa wao, na wale walioshikwa na mapepo, na Yesu akawewekea mikono juu yao, na wao wakaponywa.

CHAPTER 90

Jesus goes alone to a mountain to pray. His disciples find him. He calls the twelve and they journey through Galilee teaching and healing. At Tiberius Jesus heals a leper. The Christines return to Capernaum. In his own home Jesus heals a palsied man and makes known the philosophy of healing and the forgiveness of sins.

THE Christine master disappeared; no one saw him go, and Peter, James and John set forth to search for him; they found him at his trysting-place out on the Hammoth hills. 2 And Peter said, The city of Capernaum is wild; the people crowd the streets and every public place is filled. 3 The men, the women and the children everywhere are asking for the man who heals by will. 4 Your home and our homes are filled with people who are sick; they call for Jesus who is called the Christ. What will we say to them? 5 And Jesus said, A score of other cities call, and we must take the bread of life to them. Go call the other men and let us go. 6 And Jesus and the twelve went to Bethsaida where Philip and Nathaniel dwelt; and there they taught. 7 The multitudes believed on Christ, confessed their sins and were baptised, and came into the kingdom of the Holy One. 8 The Christine master and the twelve went everywhere through all the towns of Galilee, and taught, baptising all who came in faith, and who confessed their sins. 9 They opened up blind eyes, unstopped deaf ears, drove forth the evil ones from those obsessed, and healed disease of every kind. 10 And they were in Tiberius by the sea, and as they taught a leper came a-near and said, Lord, I believe, and if you will but speak the Word I will be clean. 11 And Jesus said to him, I will; be clean. And soon the leprosy was gone; the man was clean. 12 And Jesus charged the man, say naught to any one, but go and show yourself unto the priests and offer for your cleansing what the law demands. 13 The man was wild with joy; but then he went not to the priests, but in the marts of trade, and everywhere he told what had been done. 14 And then the sick in throngs pressed hard upon the healer and the twelve, imploring to be healed. 15 And they were so importunate that little could be done, and so the Christines left the crowded thoroughfares, and went to desert places where they taught the multitudes that followed them. 16 Now, after many days the Christines came back to Capernaum. When it was noised around that Jesus was at home, the people came; they filled the house till there was no more room, not even at the door. 17 And there were present scribes and Pharisees and doctors of the law from every part of Galilee, and from Jerusalem, and Jesus opened up for them the way of life. 18 Four men brought one a palsied man upon a cot, and when they could not pass the door they took the sick man to the roof, and opened up a way, then let him down before the healer's face. 19 When Jesus saw their faith, he said unto the palsied man, My son, be of good cheer; your sins are all forgiven. 20 And when the scribes and Pharisees heard what he said, they said, Why does this man speak thus? who can forgive the sins of men but God? 21 And Jesus caught their thought; he knew they questioned thus among themselves; he said to them, 22 Why reason thus among yourselves? What matters it if I should say, Your sins are blotted out; or say, Arise, take up your bed and walk? 23 But just to prove that men may here forgive the sins of men, I say (and then he spoke unto the palsied man), 24 Arise, take up your bed, and go your way. 25 And in the presence of them all the man arose, took up his bed, and went his way. 26 The people could not comprehend the things they heard and saw. They said among themselves, This is a day we never can forget; we have seen wondrous things to-day. 27 And when the multitudes had gone the twelve remained, and Jesus said to them, 28 The Jewish festival draws near; next week we will go to Jerusalem, that we may meet our brethren from afar, and open up to them the way that they may see the king. 29 The Christines sought the quiet of their homes, where they remained in prayer for certain days.

Sura 90

Yesu aenda peke yake mlimani kusali. Wafuasi wake wamkuta yeye. Awaita kumi na wawili na wote wafunga safari kupita Galilaya kufundisha na kuponya. Katika Tiberiasi Yesu amponya mkoma. Wauanakristu warudi Kapernauni. Katika mji wake wa nyumbani Yesu amponya mtu aliyepooza na kuijulisha filosofia ya uponyaji na msamaha wa dhambi.

MKUU wa uanakristu akapotea; hakuna mtu aliyemuona akienda, na Petro, James na Yohana wakaenda kumtafuta; walimkuta yeye katika mafichoni pake pa siri nje juu katika vilima vya marmoni. 2 Na Petro akasema, mji wa Kapernauni umekuwa kichaa; watu wajazana mitaani na kila sehemu ya wazi imejazwa. 3 Wanaume, wanawake na watoto kila mahala wanamuulizia mtu aponyaye kwa nia. 4 Nyumba yako na nyumba zetu zimejawa na watu waliowagonjwa; wanamuita Yesu aiitwaye Kristu. Je, tusemaje kwao? 5 Na Yesu akasema, idadi kadhaa ya miji yaita, yatubidi kuuchukua mkate wa uzaim kwa wao. Nendeni mkawaite wengine na twende zetu. 6 Na Yesu na kumi na wawili wakaenda Bethsaida ambako Filipo na Nathaeli walikaa; na pale walifundisha. 7 Makundi yakamuamini Kristu, kukiri dhambi zao na wakabatizwa, na wakaja katika ufalme wa Mtakatifu Moja. 8 Mkuu wa uanakristu na kumi na wawili wakaenda kila mahala katika miji ya Galilaya na kufundisha, kubatiza wale wote waliokuja kwenye imani, na wenyekukiri dhambi zao. 9 Waliyafungua macho ya vipofu, kuzibua masikio ya viziwi, kufukuza mapepo kutoka nje walioshikwa, na kuponya maradhi ya kila namna. 10 Na wao walikuwa katika Tiberiasi kando ya bahari, na walipokuwa wakifundisha mkoma akaja karibu na kusema, Bwana, Ninaamini, na ikiwa unania ila sema Neno nami nitakuwa safi. 11 Na Yesu akasema kwake, Nina nia; kuwa safi. Na punde ukoma uliondoka; mtu akawa ni msafi. 12 Na Yesu akamtaka neno mtu huyu, usiseme chochote kwa mtu yeyote, lakini nenda na ukajioneshe kwa makuhani na kutoa sadaka ya utakaso wako kama ilivyo kwa sheria kutaka. 13 Mtu yule alishikwa na kichaa cha furaha; lakini hakwenda kwa makuhani, ila kwenye magenge ya masoko, na kila mahali alisimulia kilichotendeka. 14 Na halafu wagonjwa kwa utitiri wakajakujibana kwa mponyaji na wale kumi na wawili, kuomba sana kuponywa. 15 Na wao walikuwa ni wenye kusihi kuomba sana kiasi kwamba cha kuweza kufanyika kilikuwa ni kidogo, na hivyo Wauanakristu wakayaacha mabarabara yaliyojazana watu, na kwenda katika mahala pa majangwa ambako walifundisha makundi yaliyowafuata wao. 16 Sasa, baada ya siku nyingi Wauanakristu wakarudi Kapernauni. Maneno yaliposemwa huku na kule ya kwamba Yesu alikuwa nyumbani, watu wakaja; wakaijaza nyumba mpaka kukawa kukawa hakuna nafasi zaidi, hata mlangoni. 17 Na pale waandishi walikuwepo na Mafarisayo na madaktari wa sheria kutoka katika kila sehemu ya Galilaya, na kutoka Yerusalemu, na Yesu akawafungulia njia ya uzima. 18 Watu nne wakamleta mtu aliyepooza katika machela, na hawakuweza kupita mlangoni walimchukua mgonjwa hadi darini, na kufungua njia, na kumshushia mbele za uso wa mponyaji. 19 Yesu alipoiona imani yao, alisema kwa mtu aliyepooza, mwanangu, kuwa mchangamfu mwenye furaha, dhambi zako zimesamehewa. 20 Na waandishi na Mafarisayo walipomsikia akisema, wao wakasema, ni kwa nini mtu huyu asema hivi? Ni nani awezaye kusamehe dhambi za wanadamu ila Mungu? 21 Na Yesu akayashika mawazo yao; alikuwa ya kwamba wajiuliza hivyo miongoni mwao; na yeye akasema kwao, 22 Kwa nini mwafikiri hivyo miongoni mwenu? Ni kitu gani chenye kuwa na maana ikiwa nitalisema, dhambi zako zimeshafishwa kwa nyeupe; au kusema, Inuka, chukua kitanda chako na kutembea? 23 Lakini ili tu kudhibitisha ya kwamba waweza hapa kusamehe dhambi za watu, Nasema(na halafu akasema kwa mtu aliyepooza), 24 Inuka, chukua kitanda chako, na nenda zako. 25 Na katika uwepo wa wao wote mtu akainuka, akakichukua kitanda chake, na kwenda zake. 26 Watu hawakuweza kumaizi vitu walivyo visikia na kuviona. Wao walisema miongoni mwao, Siku hii hatuwezi kamwe kusahau; tumeviona vitu vya kustaajabisha kabisa leo. 27 Na makutano yalipokwenda wale kumi na wawili wakabakia, na Yesu akasema kwao, 28 Sherehe ya Kiyahudi yaja karibu; wiki ijayo tutakwenda Yerusalemu, ili kwamba tutakutana na ndugu kutoka mbali, na kuwafungulia njia ili kwamba waweze kumuona mfalme. 29 Wauanakristu wakautafuta ukimya wa majumbani mwao, ambako walibakia katika sala kwa siku kadhaa.

The Second Annual Epoch of the Christine Ministry of Jesus

CHAPTER 91

Jesus at the feast in Jerusalem. Heals an impotent man. Gives a practical lesson in healing. Affirms that all men are the sons of God.

THE feast time came and Jesus and the twelve went to Jerusalem. 2 Upon the day before the Sabbath day they reached Mount Olives and they tarried at an inn before Mount Olives on the north. 3 And in the early morning of the Sabbath day they went in through the sheep gate to Jerusalem. 4 The healing fountain of Bethesda, near the gate, was thronged about with people who were sick; 5 For they believed that at a certain time an angel came and poured a healing virtue in the pool, and those who entered first and bathed, would be made whole. 6 And Jesus and the twelve were standing near the pool. 7 And Jesus saw a man near by who had been stricken eight and thirty years; without a hand to help he could not move. 8 And Jesus said to him, My brother, man, would you be healed? 9 The man replied, I earnestly desire to be healed; but I am helpless and when the angel comes and pours the healing virtues in the pool, 10 Another who can walk, steps in the fountain first and I am left unhealed. 11 And Jesus said,Who sends an angel here to potentise this pool for just a favoured few? 12 I know it is not God, for he deals just the same with every one. 13 One has no better chance in heaven's healing fountain than another one. 14 The fount of health is in your soul; it has a door locked fast; the key is faith; 15 And every one can have this key and may unlock the door and plunge into the healing fount and be made whole. 16 And then the man looked up in hopeful mood and said, Give me this key of faith. 17 And Jesus said, Do you believe what I have said? According to your faith it shall be done. Arise, take up your bed and walk. 18 The man at once arose and walked away; he only said, Praise God. 19 And when the people asked, Who made you whole? the man replied, I do not know. A stranger at the pool just spoke a word and I was well. 20 The many did not see when Jesus healed the man, and with the twelve he went his way up to the temple courts. 21 And in the temple Jesus saw the man and said to him, Behold you are made whole; from henceforth guard your life aright; 22 Go on your way and sin no more, or something worse may fall on you. 23 And now the man knew who it was who made him whole. 24 He told the story to the priests and they were much enraged; they said, The law forbids a man to heal upon the Sabbath day. 25 But Jesus said, My Father works on sabbath days and may not I? 26 He sends his rain, his sunshine and his dew; he makes his grass to grow, his flowers to bloom; he speeds the harvests just the same on Sabbath days as on the other days. 27 If it is lawful for the grass to grow and flowers to bloom on Sabbath days it surely is not wrong to succour stricken men. 28 And then the priests were angered more and more because he claimed to be a son of God. 29 A leading priest, Abihu, said, This fellow is a menace to our nation and our laws; he makes himself to be a son of God; it is not meet that he should live. 30 But Jesus said, Abihu, Sir, you are a learned man; you surely know the law of life. Pray tell who were the sons of God we read about in Genesis, who took to wife the daughters of the sons of men? 31 Our father Adam; who was he? From whence came he? Had he a father? or did he fall from heaven as a star? 32 We read that Moses said, He came from God. If Adam came from God pray, was he offspring, was he son? 33 We are the children of this son of God; then tell me, learned priest, Who are we if not sons of God? 34 The priest had urgent business and he went his way. 35 And Jesus said, All men are sons of God and if they live a holy life they always are at home with God. 36 They see and understand the works of God, and in his sacred name they can perform these works. 37 The lightnings and the storms are messengers of God as well as the sunshine, rain and dew. 38 The virtue of the heavens are in God's hands, and every loyal son may use these virtues and these powers. 39 Man is the delegate of God to do his will on earth, and man can heal the sick, control the spirit of the air, and raise the dead. 40 Because I have the power to do these things is nothing strange. All men may gain the power to do these things; but they must conquer all passions of the lower self; and they can conquer if they will. 41 So man is God on earth, and he who honours God must honour man; for God and man are one, as father and the child are one. 42 Behold, I say, The hour has come; the dead will hear the voice of man, and live, because the son of man is son of God. 43 You men of Israel, hear! you live in death; you are locked up within the tomb. 44 (There is no deeper death than ignorance and unbelief.) 45 But all will some day hear the voice of God made plain by voice of man, and live. You all will know that you are sons of God, and by the sacred Word, may do the works of God. 46 When you have come to life, that is, have come to realise that you are sons of God, you who have lived the life of right, will open up your eyes on fields of life. 47 But you who love the ways of sin will, in this resurrection, stand before a judgment bar, and be condemned to pay the debts yoy owe to men and to yourselves. 48 For whatsoever you have done amiss must be performed again, and yet again, until you reach the stature of the perfect man. 49 But in due time the lowest and the highest will arise to walk in light. 50 Shall I accuse you unto God? No, for your prophet, Moses, has done that; and if you hear not Mose' words you will not hearken unto me, for Moses wrote of me.

Kipindi cha Mwaka wa Pili wa Huduma ya Ufundishaji uanakristu ya Yesu


Sura 91

Yesu akalamika Yerusalemu. Amponya mtu asiye na nguvu. Atoa somo la kivitendo katika uponyaji. Ahakikishia kusema ya kwamba watu wote ni wana za Mungu.

WAKATI wa kalamu ulifika na Yesu na wale kumi na wawili wakaenda Yerusalemu. 2 Katika siku moja kabla ya siku ya Sabato walifika katika Mlima Mizeituni na wao wakakaa katika nyumba ya wageni kabla ya Mlima Mizeituni upande wa kaskazini. 3 Na katika asubuhi ya mapema ya siku ya Sabato waliingia kupita katika lango la kondoo kuelekea Yerusalemu. 4 Bubujiko la maji ya uponyaji ya Bethsaida, karibu na lango, kulikuwa kumejawa na utitiri kuzunguka na watu walikuwa wagonjwa; 5 Kwani waliamini ya kwamba katika kipindi cha wakati fulani malaika alikuja na kumimina kipawa cha uponyaji katika birika, na wale walioingia kwanza na kuoga, watalikuwa wamefanywa kuwa ni wazima. 6 Na Yesu na wala kumi na wawili walikuwa wamesimama karibu na birika. 7 Na Yesu alimuona mtu karibu ambaye alikuwa amepingwa vikumbo kwa miaka thelathini na minane; bila mkono wa kusaidia yeye alikuwa hawezi kusogea. 8 Na Yesu akasema kwake, ndugu yangu, kaka, ungali na nia ya kuponywa? 9 Na mtu akajibu, ninataka sana kuponywa; lakini mimi sina msaada na kila malaika ajapo na kumimina vipawa vya uponyaji katika birika, 10 Mtu mwingine mwenye kuweza kutembea, aweka mguu katika bubujiko la maji kwanza na mimi ninabakia sijaponywa. 11 Na Yesu akasema, ni nani amtumaye malaika hapa kutia uweza birika hili kwa ajili ya wachache wenye kupendelewa? 12 Najua si Mungu, kwani yeye hushughulika sawa na kila mmoja. 13 Mtu hana nafasi ilibora zaidi katika bubujiko la maji ya mbinguni kuliko mwingine. 14 Bubujiko la uzima wa afya lipo ndani ya nafsi-roho yako; ni mlango uliokazwa kufungwa; funguo ni imani; 15 Na kila mtu aweza kuwa na hii funguo na aweza kufungua funguo mlango na kujitosa katika bubujiko hili la uponyaji na kufanywa kuwa ni mzima. 16 Na halafu akainua macho juu kwa hali ya matumaini na kusema, Nipe mimi funguo hii ya imani. 17 Na Yesu akasema, Je, unayaamini niliyoyasema? Kwa kiasi cha imani yako itafanywa kuwa hivyo. Inuka, uchukue kitanda chako na kutembea. 18 Mara moja mtu akainuka na kutembea kwenda zake; yeye alisema tu asifiwe Mungu! 19 Na watu walipouliza, ni nani aliyekufanya mzima? Mtu akajibu, Sijui. Mgeni birikani alisema tu neno na mimi nikawa mzima. 20 Watu wengi hawakuona Yesu alipomponya mtu, na pamoja na wale kumi na wawili alikwenda njia yake kwenye mabaraza ya hekalu. 21 Na Hekaluni Yesu alimuona mtu na kumwambia, Tazama umefanywa kuwa ni mzima; tokea sasa chunga maisha yako katika njia ya kwenda sawa; 22 Nenda zako na usitende dhambi tena, ama sivyo kitu kibaya zaidi chaweza kukupata. 23 Na sasa mtu akajua ni nani alikuwa ambaye alimfanya kuwa mzima. 24 Alisimulia kisa kwa makuhani na wao wajawa na hasira sana; wao wakasema, sheria inakataza mtu kuponya katika siku ya Sabato. 25 Lakini Yesu akasema, Baba yangu afanyakazi katika siku za sabato kwa nini mimi nisitende hivyo? 26 Yeye aagizia mvua, nuru yake ya jua na umande; afanya nyasi zake kuota, maua yake kuchanua; ayaharakisha mwendo mavuno siku za Sabato vile sawa sawa tu na siku nyingine. 27 Ikiwa ni sawa kisheria kwa nyasi kuota na maua kuchanua siku za Sabato kwa hakika siyo makosa kuwasaidia wanadamu walioshikwa na maradhi. 28 Na halafu makuhani wakawa wamekasirishwa zaidi na zaidi kwa kuwa alitamka kuwa yeye ni mwana wa Mungu. 29 Kuhani kiongozi, Abihu, akasema, mtu huyu ni wa hatari kwa taifa letu na sheria zetu; yeye ajifanya mwenyewe kuwa ni mwana wa Mungu; kufuatisha sheria hapaswi kuishi. 30 Lakini Yesu akasema, Abihu, Bwana, wewe ni mtu mwenye kisomo; kwa hakika wewe waijua kanuni ya sheria ya maisha. Naomba useme ni akina nani walikuwa ni wana za wanadamu? 31 Baba Yetu Adam; yeye alikuwa ni nani? Na kutokea wapi alikuja? Alikuwa na baba? au yeye alianguka toka mbinguni kama nyota? 32 Tunasoma ya kwamba Musa alisema, Yeye alikuja toka kwa mungu. Ikiwa Adamu alikuja toka kwa Mungu, je, yeye alikuwa ni uzao, alikuwa ni mwana? 33 Sisi ni watoto wa mwana huyu wa Mungu; basi niambie, kuhani uliyesoma, Sisi ni akina nani ikiwa si wana za Mungu? 34 Makuhani wakawa na jambo la kuharakishia na Yesu akaenda njia yake. 35 Na yesu akasema, watu wote ni wana wa Mungu na ikiwa walishi maisha matakatifu daima wapo nyumbani pamoja na Mungu. 36 Waziona na kuzielewa kazi za Mungu, na katika jina lake takatifu waweza kuzitenda kazi hizi. 37 Radi na Matufani ni wajumbe wa Mungu pamoja na mwangaza wa jua, mvua na umande. 38 Vipawa vya mbinguni vipo mikononi mwa Mungu, na kila mwana mtiifu aweza kutumia vipawa hivi na nguvu za uweza. 39 Mwanadamu ni mjumbe mwakilishi wa Mungu kuyatenda mapenzi yake duniani, na mtu aweza kuponya wagonjwa, kuwadhibiti mapepo wa katika Hewa, na kuwainua wafu. 40 Kwa kuwa ninayo nguvu ya kufanya hivi vitu si chochote cha ajabu. Watu wote waweza kupata nguvu kufanya vitu hivi; lakini yawabidi kushinda hisia za nafsi ya chini; na waweza kuzishinda ikiwa wana nia. 41 Kwa hivyo mtu ni Mungu juu ya dunia, yeye kwenye kumheshimu Mungu yambidi kumheshimu mwanadamu; kwani Mungu na mwanadamu ni moja, kama vila baba na mwana walivyo moja. 42 Tazameni, nasema, wakati umekuja; wafu watasikia sauti ya mtu, na kuishi, kwa kuwa mwana wa mtu ni mwana wa Mungu. 43 Ninyi watu wa Israeli, sikieni! mwaishi katika mauti; mmefungiwa ziarani. 44(Hakuna mauti ya kuchimba sana kuliko ujinga na kutokuwa na imani) 45 Lakini wote siku moja watasikia sauti ya Mungu kufanywa wazi kwa sauti ya mtu, na kuishi. Ninyi wote mtajua kwamba ninyi ni wana wa Mungu, kwa Neno takatifu, mtakuwa mwaweza kuzitenda kazi za Mungu. 46 Mtakapokuwa mmekuja kwenye uzima, hivyo ni kwamba, mmekuja kutambua ya kuwa ninyi ni wana za Mungu, ninyi ambao mmeishi maisha ya usahihi, mtayafungua macho mashamba ya uzima. 47 Lakini ninyi wenye kupenda njia za dhambi, katika ufufuko huu, mtasimama mbele ya kiambaza cha hukumu, na mtahukumiwa kuyalipa madeni yeni mdaiwayo kwa watu na kwenu wenyewe. 48 Kwani chochote mlichokitenda kwa kukosa hakina budi kutendwa tena, na tena, mpaka mfikie hadhi ya mtu kamilifu. 49 Lakini kwa wakati huu aliyechini kabisa na aliyejuu kabisa watainuka kutembea katika nuru. 50 Je, nije washitaki kwa Mungu? La hasha, kwani nabii wenu, Musa, amefanya hivyo; na ikiwa hamumsikii maneno ya Musa hamuwezi kuyasikiliza yangu, kwani Musa aliandika juu yangu.
 
Chapters 92 - 98


CHAPTER 92

The Christines at a feast in Lazarus' home. A fire rages in the town. Jesus rescues a child from the flames and stays the fire by the Word. He gives a practical lesson on how to redeem a drunken man.

NOW, Lazarus was at the feast and Jesus and the twelve went with him to his home in Bethany. 2 And Lazarus and his sisters made a feast for Jesus and the twelve; and Ruth and Asher came from Jericho; for Asher was no longer hostile to the Christ. 3 And while the guests sat at the board behold a cry, The village is a-fire! and all rushed out into the streets, and, lo, the homes of many neighbours were in flames. 4 And in an upper room an enfant lay asleep, and none could pass the flames to save. The mother, wild with grief, was calling on the men to save her child. 5 Then, with a voice that made the spirits of the fire pale and tremble, Jesus said, Peace, peace, be still! 6 And then he walked through smoke and flame, climbed up the falling stair, and in a moment came again, and in his arms he brought the child. and not a trace of fire was on himself, his raiment, or the child. 7 Then Jesus raised his hand, rebuked the spirits of the fire, commanding them to cease their awful work, and be at rest. 8 And then, as though the waters of the sea were all at once poured on the flames, the fire ceased to burn. 9 And when the fury of the fire was spent the multitudes were wild to see the man who could control the fire, and Jesus said, 10 Man was not made for fire, but fire was made for man. 11 When man comes to himself and comprehends the fact that he is son of God, and knows that in himself lies all the powers of God, he is a master mind and all the elements will hear his voice and gladly do his will. 12 Two sturdy asses bind the will of man; their names are Fear and Unbelief. When these are caught and turned aside, the will of man will know no bounds; then man has but to speak and it is done. 13 And then the guests returned and sat about the board. A little child came in and stood by Jesus' side. 14 She laid her hand on Jesus' arm and said, Please, Master Jesus, hear! my father is a drunken man; my mother toils from morn till night and when she brings her wages home my father snatches them away and squanders every cent for drink, and mother and us little ones are hungry all the night. 15 Please, Master Jesus, come with me and touch my father's heart. He is so good and kind when he is just himself; I know it is the wine that makes another amn of him. 16 And Jesus went out with the child; he found the wretched home; he spoke in kindness to the mother and the little ones, and then upon a bed of straw he found the drunken man. 17 He took him by the hand and raised him up and said, My brother, man, made in the image of our Father-God, will you arise and come with me? 18 Your neighbours are in sore distress; they have lost all they had in this fierce fire, and men must build their homes again and you and I must lead the way. 19 And then the man arose; the two went arm in arm to view the wrecks. 20 They heard the mothers and the children crying in the streets; they saw their wretchedness. 21 And Jesus said, My friend, here is work for you to do. JUst lead the way in helpfulness; I'm sure the men of Bethany will furnish you the means and help. 22 The spark of hope that so long been smoldering in the man was fanned into a flame. He threw his ragged coat aside; he was himself again. 23 And then he called for help; not for himself, but for the homeless ones; and everybody helped. The ruined homes were built again. 24 And then he saw his own poor den; his heart was stirred into its depths. 25 The pride of manhood filled his soul; he said, This wretched den shall be a home. He worked as he had never wrought before, and everybody helped. 26 And in a little while the den became a home indeed; the flowers of love bloomed everywhere. 27 The mother and the little ones were filled with joy; the father never drank again. 28 A man was saved, and no one ever said a word about neglect or drunkenness, nor urged him to reform.

Sura 92-98

Sura 92

Wauanakristu Kalamuni nyumbani kwa Lazaro. Moto wafumuka mjini. Yesu amuokoa mtoto kutoka kwenye miale ya moto na kuukatisha moto kwa Neno. Atoa somo la kivitendo la jinsi ya kumuokoa mtu aliyelewa.

SASA, Lazaro alikuwa kalamuni na Yesu na wale kumi na wawili wakaenda naye nyumbani kwake Bethania. 2 Na Lazaro na dada yake wakfanya kalamu kwa Yesu na wale kumi na wawili; na Ruti na Asher wakaja kutoka Yeriko; kwani Asher hakuwa tena mwenye uhasama na Kristu. 3 Na wakati wageni wakiketi mezani tazama kilio, kijiji kinawaka moto! na wote wakakurupuka nje katika mitaa, na, lo, makazi ya majirani wengi yalikuwa katika miale ya moto. 4 Na katika chumba cha juu mtoto mchanga alikuwa kalala, na hakuna mtu aliyekuwa akiweza kupita motoni kumsaidia. Mama, akiwa na kichaa cha majonzi, alikuwa akiwaita watu kumsaidia mtoto wake. 5 Halafu, kwa sauti ambaye ilifanya roho wa asili ya moto kubadilika rangi ya sura na kutetemeka, Yesu akasema, Amani, amani, Utulie! 6 Na halafu akatembea kupitia katika moshi na moto, kupanda ngazi zilizokuwa zikianguka, na katika kitambo kidogo tena, na katika mikono yake alimleta mtoto. na wala hakukuwa na chembe ya moto juu yake, mavazi yake, au mtoto. 7 Halafu Yesu akaiinua mikono yake, kukemea roho wa asili ya moto, kuwaamuru wao kukoma kazi yao yenye kuleta hofu, na kutulia. 8 Na halafu, kama vile maji ya bahari yalikuwa yote mara moja yalimiminwa katika moto, moto ukakoma kuwaka. 9 Na hasira za ukali wote wa moto ulipopoa na kunyamaza makundi ya watu walikuwa na kichaa cha kumuona mtu ambaye angali akiweza kudhibiti kuendesha moto, na Yesu akasema, 10 Mwanadamu hakufanywa kwa ajili ya moto, ila moto ulifanywa kwa ajili ya mwanadamu. 11 Mtu anapokuja kumaizi kwake yeye mwenyewe ukweli ya kwamba yeye ni mwana wa Mungu, na kujua ya kwamba ndani yake zimelala nguvu za uweza wa Mungu, yeye ni uakili mkuu na elementi*[Pia kusema chembe chembe za msingi za maumbile yote] zote zitasikia sauti yake na kwa moyo wenye furaha kufanya mapenzi yake*[Pia kusema nia yake]. 12 Wapuuzi wenye nguvu wawili ambao kufunga nia za mtu; majina yao ni Hofu na Kutoamini. Hawa wawili wakikamatwa na kugeuzwa pembeni, nia ya mtu haitajua mipaka ya kukinga; halafu ni wa kusema tu na kuwa kimefanyika. 13 Na halafu wageni wakarudi na kuketi mezani. Mtoto mdogo akaja kasimama kando ya upande wa Yesu. 14 Aliiweka mikono yake katika mkono wa Yesu na kusema, Tafadhali, Mkuu Yesu, sikia! Baba yangu ni mlevi; mama yangu achacharika tokea asubuhi hadi usiku na anapokuja na ujira wake nyumbani baba yangu humpokonya na kwenda kuponda kila senti katika pombe, na mama na sisi wadogo tunanjaa usiku mzima. 15 Tafadhali, Yesu Mkuu, uje kwetu na kuugusa moyo wa baba yangu. Yeye ni mwema na mwenye huruma anapokuwa ni yeye mwenyewe; najua ni mvinyo wenye kuufanya utu mwingine wa yeye. 16 Na Yesu akaenda na mtoto; aliikuta nyumba iliyochoka; alizungumza kwa upole kwa mama na watoto, na halafu juu ya kitanda cha nyasi alimkuta mtu aliyelewa. 17 Alimchukua kwa mkono na kumuinua na kusema, ndugu yangu, kaka, uliyefanyika kwa mfano wa taswira ya Baba-Mungu wetu, je utainuka na kuja na mimi? 18 Majirani wako wamechoshwa; wamepoteza kila walichokuwa nacho ndani katika moto mkali, na watu yawabidi kuyajenga makazi yao tena na wewe na mimi yatubidi kuongoza njia. 19 Na halafu mtu akainuka; wawili wakaenda mkono kwa mkono kuyaona mabaki. 20 Waliwasikia wamama na watoto wakilia mtaani; waliona walivyojichokea kabisa. 21 Na Yesu akasema, Rafiki yangu, hii hapa kazi ya wewe kuifanya. Ongezea tu njia ya usaada; nina hakika watu wa Bethania watakupatia samani za ndani na namna za msaada. 22 Cheche za matumaini ambazo kwa muda mrefu zimekuwa ni moto wa makaa usiokolea katika mtu yule ukapulizwa hadi kuwa moto. Akatupa mbali koti lake chakavu kando; na akawa ni yeye mwenyewe tena. 23 Na halafu akaita msaada; si kwake mwenyewe, ila kwa wale wasio na makazi; na kila mtu akasaidia. Nyumba zilizobomoka zikajengwa tena. 24 Na halafu akaliona tena tundu lake maskini; moyo wake ukakorogwa hadi chini. 24 Hali ya kujivunia uanamume ukaijaza nafsi-roho yake; yeye akasema, tundu hili lililochoka litakuwa ni nyumba ya makazi. Akafanya kazi ambayo hapo kabla kamwe hajapataka kufanya vile, na kila mtu akasaidia. 26 Na katika kitambo kifupi tundu likawa ni nyumba ya makazi hakika; maua ya upendo yakachanua kila mahala. 27 Mama na watoto wakajawa na furaha ya moyo; baba hakunywa tena. 28 Mtu yule aliokolewa, na hakuna mtu yeyote aliyesema neno kuhusu kujisahau na ulevi, wala kumtaka yeye kubadilisha mwenendo.

CHAPTER 93

The Christines go through a field of ripe wheat, and the disciples eat of the wheat. Jesus exonerates them. The Christines return to Capernaum. Jesus heals a withered hand on the Sabbath, and defends his deed.

ANOTHER Sabbath day had come and Jesus and the twelve walked through a field of ripened wheat. 2 And they were hungry and they took the heads of wheat and in their hands threshed out the grain and ate. 3 Among the men who followed them were Pharisees of strictest sect, and when they saw the twelve thresh out the wheat and eat, they said to Jesus, 4 Sir, why do the twelve do that which is not lawful on the Sabbath day? 5 And Jesus said, Have you not heard what David did when he and those who followed him had need of food? 6 How he went to the house of God and from the table in the Holy Place took of the presence bread and ate, and gave to those who followed him? 7 I tell you, men, the needs of man are higher than the law of rites. 8 And in our sacred books we read how priests profane the Sabbath day in many ways while they are serving in the Holy Place, and still are free from guilt. 9 The Sabbath day was made for man; man was not made to fit the Sabbath day. 10 The man is son of God and under the eternal law of right, which is the highest law, he may annul the statute laws. 11 The law of sacrifice is but the law of man, and in our law we read that God desires mercy first; and mercy stands above all statute laws. 12 The son of man is Lord of every law. Did not a prophet sum the duties of the man when in the book he wrote: In mercy follow justice and walk humbly with your God? 13 Then Jesus and the twelve returned to Galilee, and on the day before the Sabbath day they reached the home of Jesus in Capernaum. 14 And on the Sabbath day they went up to the synagogue. The multitudes were there and Jesus taught. 15 Among the worshippers was one, a man who had a withered hand. The scribes and Pharisees observed that Jesus saw the man, and then they said, 16 What will he do? Will he attempt to heal upon the SAbbath day? 17 And Jesus knew their thoughts and he called to the man who had the withered hand and said, Arise, stand forth before these men. 18 And Jesus said, You scribes and Pharisees, speak out and answer me: Is it a crime to save a life upon the Sabbath day? 19 If you had sheep and one of them fell in a pit upon the Sabbath day would you do wrong to take it out? 20 Or would it please your God to let it suffer in the mire until another day? 21 But his accusers held their peace. 22 And then he said tho them, Are sheep of greater value than a man? 23 The law of God is written on the rock of Right; and Justice wrote the law, and Mercy was the pen. 24 And then he said, Man, raise your hand and stretch it forth. He raised his hand; it was restored. 25 The Pharisees were filled with rage. They called in secret council the Herodians, and they began to plot and plan how they might bring about his death. 26 They were afraid to publicly accuse, because the multitudes stood forth in his defence. 27 And Jesus and the twelve went down and walked beside the sea, and many people followed them.

Sura 93

Wauanakristu waenda wakipita katikati ya shamba, wafuasi waila ngano. Yesu awasemea wao ni sawa kisheria. Wauanakristu warudi Kapernauni. Yesu amponya mtu mwenye mkono uliopooza siku ya Sabato, na kulitetea tendo lake.

SIKU ingine ya Sabato imekuja na Yesu na wale kumi na wawili walitembea kukatizia katika shamba la ngano iliyoiva. 2 Na wao walikuwa ni wenye njaa na walichukua mashuke ya ngano katika mikono yao kuyafikicha ili kupata mbengu za nafaka na kula. 3 Miongoni mwa watu walikuwa wakiwafuata walikuwa ni Wafarisayo wa dhehebu ya msimamo mkali, na walipowaona wale kumi na wawili wakiyafikicha viganjani ngano na kuila, wakasema kwa Yesu, 4 Bwana, kwa nini hawa kumi na wawili wanafanya hivyo, si imekatazwa na sheria katika siku ya Sabato? 5 Na Yesu akasema, Hamjapata kusikia vile Daudi alivyofanya pale yeye na wenzake walikuwa wakimfuata kuhitaji chakula? 6 Jinsi alivyokwenda katika nyumba ya Mungu, na toka katika meza ya Mahala Patakatifu akauchukua mkate usiyotiwa chachu na kula, na kuwapa wale waliokuwa wakimfuata? 7 Nawaambieni, enyi watu, mahitaji ya mwanadamu ni yaliyo juu kushinda kanuni za sheria za kimatendo ya imani. 8 Na katika vitabu vyetu vitakatifu tunasoma jinsi makuhani walivyoichafua siku ya Sabato katika namna nyingi wakati wakitumikia Mahala Patakatifu, na bado walikuwa huru na hatia. 9 Siku ya Sabato ilifanywa kwa mwanadamu; mwanadamu hakufanywa kwa ajili ya kuikidhi nafasi siku ya Sabato. 10 Mtu ni mwana wa Mungu na chini ya kanuni ya haki ya kusimama katikati ya milele, ambayo ndiyo ya juu kabisa, yeye aweza kuibatilisha kanuni za sheria za kuwekwa na mamlaka. 11 Kanuni ya kafara ni tu kanuni ya sheria ya mwanadamu, na katika sheria zetu twasoma ya kwamba Mungu ataka rehema kwanza; na rehema yasimama juu ya kanuni zote za sheria ya mamlaka. 12 Mwana wa Mtu ni Bwana wa kila namna ya Kanuni ya Sheria. Je, nabii hakuzithamanisha kiasi kazi zote za mwanadamu pale alipoandika kitabuni: Katika Rehema fuatisha Haki ya katikati na kutembea kwa unyenyekevu pamoja na Mungu wako? 13 Halafu Yesu na wale kumi na wawili wakarudi Galilaya, na katika siku moja kabla ya Sabato walifika nyumbani kwa Yesu ndani ya Kapernauni. 14 Na katika siku ya Sabato wakwenda kwenye sinagogu. Makundi ya watu walikuwepo na Yesu alifundisha. 15 Miongoni mwa waabudifu kulikuwa na mmoja, mtu ambaye alikuwa na mkono ulioopoza. Waandishi na Mafarisayo wakaona ya kwamba Yesu alimuona yule mtu, na halafu wakasema, 16 Atafanya kitu gani? Je, atakusudia kumponya katika siku ya Sabato? 17 Na Yesu akayajua mawazo yao na yeye akamuita mtu mwenye mkono uliopooza na kusema, Inuka, usimame mbele za watu hawa. 18 Na Yesu akasema, Enyi waandishi na Mafarisayo, zungumzeni na kunijibu: ni makosa kuokoa maisha siku ya Sabato? 19 Ikiwa una kondoo na mmoja wao kaangukia shimoni katika siku ya Sabato utakuwa umelitenda kosa kumtoa? 20 Au ingalikuwa ni jambo la kumfurahisha Mungu kumuacha asumbuke katika matope mpaka siku ingine? 21 Lakini washitaki wake wakaishikilia amani yao. 22 Na halafu yeye akasema kwao, Je, kondoo ni wenye thamani sana kuliko mtu? 23 Kanuni ya sheria ya Mungu imeandikwa katika mwamba wa Usawa; na Haki ya Sheria imeandika kanuni, na Rehema ilikuwa ni kalamu. 24 Na halafu yeye akasema, bwana, uinue mkono wako na kuunyosha mbele. Akauinua mkono wake na ulikuwa umerudi katika hali yake njema. 25 Mafarisayo wakajawa na Hasira. Wakaliitisha baraza la siri la maherode, na wao wakaanza kuchonga mipango ya kiovu ya jinsi watakavyomleta katika kifo chake. 26 Walikuwa ni wenye kuogopa kushtaki kwa wazi, kwa kuwa makundi ya watu walisimama mbele katika kumlinda. 27 Na Yesu na wale kumi na wawili wakaenda chini na kutembea kando ya bahari, na watu wengi waliwafuata wao.


CHAPTER 94

The Sermon on the Mount. Jesus reveals to the twelve the secret of prayer. The model prayer. The law of forgiveness. The holy fast. The evil of deceit. Almsgiving.

NEXT morning ere the sun had risen Jesus and the twelve went to a mountain near the sea to pray; and Jesus taught the twelve disciples how to pray. He said, 2 Prayer is the deep communion of the soul with God; 3 So when you pray do not deceive yourselves as do the hypocrites who love to stand upon the streets and in the synagogues and pour out many words to please the ears of men. 4 And they adorn themselves with pious airs that they may have the praise of men. They seek the praise of men and their reward is sure. 5 But when you pray, go to the closet of your soul; close all the doors, and in the holy silence, pray. 6 You need not speak a multitude of words, nor yet repeat the words again and then again, as heathen do. Just say, 7 Our Father-God who art in heaven; holy is thy name. Thy kingdom come; thy will be done on earth as it is done in heaven. 8 Give us this day our needed bread; 9 Help us forget the debts that other people owe to us, that all our debts may be discharged. 10 And shield us from the tempter's snares that are too great for us to bear; 11 And when they come give us the strength to overcome. 12 If you would be discharged from all the debts you owe to God and man, the debts you have incurred by wilfully transgressing law, 13 You must pass by the debts of every man; for as you deal with other men your God will deal with you. 14 And when you fast you may not advertise the deed. 15 When fast the hypocrites they paint their faces, look demure, assume a pious pose, that they may seem to men to fast. 16 A fast is deed of soul, and like a prayer, it is a function of the silence of the soul. 17 God never passes by unnoticed any prayer, or fast. He walks within the silence, and his benedictions rest on every effort of the soul. 18 Deception is hypocrisy, and you shall not assume to be what you are not. 19 You may not clothe yourselves in special garb to advertise your piety, nor yet assume the tone of voice that men conceive to be a holy voice. 20 And when you give to aid the needy ones, blow not a trumpet in the street, nor a synagogue to advertise your gift. 21 He who does alms for praise of men has his reward from men; but God regardeth not. 22 In giving alms do not let the right hand know the secret of the left.

Sura 94

Mahubiri Mlimani. Yesu awafunulia kumi na wawili siri ya sala. Mfano wa muundo wa Sala. Kanuni ya msamaha. mfungo takatifu. Uovu wa kudanganya. Kutoa sadaka kwa maskini.

ASUBUHI iliyofuata kudamka jua lilichomoza Yesu na wale kumi na wawili wakaenda mlimani karibu na bahari kusali, na Yesu akawafundisha wale wafuasi kumi na wawili jinsi ya kusali. Yeye akasema, 2 Sala ni komunio*[Kuwa katika hali ya pamoja katika rohoni] la kuzama sana nafsi-roho na Mungu; 3 Na hivyo mnaposali msijidanganye kama vile wanafiki wanaopenda kusimama mitaani na katika masinagogu na kumimina maneno mengi kufurahisha masikio ya watu. 4 Na hao wajitia chumvi kwa matendo ya kujionesha uchaji ili ya kwamba wapate kusifika kwa watu. Hao watafuta kupewa sifa za wanadamu na thawabu yao wamekwisha imapata. 5 Lakini mnaposali, nendeni mahala pa siri sana pa nafsi-roho yako; funga milango yote, na katika ukimya takatifu, sali. 6 Hahuhitaji kuzungumza lundo la maneno, na wala kurudia rudia maneno tena na tena, kama vile wasioamini wa mataifa wafanyavyo. Sema tu, 7 Baba-Mungu yetu muumba katika ukamilifu wa mbingu; Takatifu*[Kwa maana ya hali ya utakata wa asiliki] ni jina lako. Ufalme wako uje; mapenzi yako yafanyike duniani kama vile yafanyikavyo katika mbingu*[Pia kusema nia ama utakalo kukusudia kuwa katika ukamilifu wa asili kuu]. 8 Tupe leo hii mkate tunaouhitaji; 9 Tusaidie kusahau madeni ambayo tunadai kwa watu wengine na yale wanayo tudai kufutwa. 10 Na utukinge na mitego iliyo ni mikubwa sana kwetu kumudu ya mshawishi; 11 Na inapokuja tupe nguvu ya kuishinda. 12 Ikiwa ungalikuwa umefutuliwa mbali madeni yako kwa Mungu na mwanadamu, madeni uliyoingia kwa kwenda kinyume na kanuni kwa kukusudia, 13 Yakubidi kuyapitia karibu madeni ya kila mtu; kwani kama vile utendavyo kwa watu wengine Mungu wako atakushughulikia. 14 Na mnapofunga msitangaze matendo yenu. 15 Wakati wakifunga wanafiki hujivika sura, kuonekana kama wametulia kando, kujifanyia muonekano wa uchaji, ili waonekane kwa watu kwamba wamefunga. 16 Kufunga ni tendo la nafsi-roho, kama vile sala, ni kazi ya kimatendo ya ukimya wa nafsi-roho. 17 Mungu kamwe hapiti kando na kutokutupia macho sala yoyote, ama mfungo. Yeye atembea ndani ya namna za ukimya, na mbaraka wake umelala kutulia juu ya kila jitihada ya nafsi-roho. 18 Ulaghai ni unafiki, na usijifanyie kuonekana kilea ambacho wewe u siyo. 19 Hauwezi kujivika wewe mwenyewe vazi maalum na kujitangaza kuuza sura ya usafi wa uchaji, na wala kujifanyizia namna ya sauti ambayo wanadamu wataipokea akilini kuwa ni sauti takatifu. 20 Na unapotoa msaada wako kwa wale wenye kuhitaji, usipulize tarumbeta mitaani, na wala katika sinagogu kuitangaza ukitoacho. 21 Yeye mwenye kutoa msaada kwa maskini kwa ajili ya kusifiwa na watu anayo thawabu yake kwa watu; lakini Mungu hatupii macho. 22 Katika kutoa msaada kwa maskini usiache mkono wako wa kulia kujua siri ya mkono wa kushoto.

CHAPTER 95

The Sermon on the Mount, continued. Jesus pronounces the eight beatitudes and the eight woes. Speaks words of encouragement. Emphasises the exalted character of the apostolic work.

AND Jesus and the twelve went to the mountain top, and Jesus said, 2 Twelve pillars of the church, apostles of the Christ; light-bearers of the sun of life and ministers of God to men: 3 In just a little while you must go forth alone, and preach the gospel of the king, first to the Jews and then to all the world. 4 And you shall go, not with a scourge of cords to drive; you cannot drive men to the king; 5 But you shall go in love and helpfulness and lead the way to right and light. 6 Go forth and say, The kingdom is at hand. 7 Worthy are the strong in spirit; theirs the kingdom is. 8 Worthy are the meek; they shall possess the land. 9 Worthy they who hunger and thirst for right; they shall be satisfied. 10 Worthy are the merciful; and mercy shall be shown to them. 11 Worthy they who gain the mastery of self; they have the key of power. 12 Worthy are the pure in heart; and they shall see the king. 13 Worthy they who are maligned and wronged because they do the right; their percecutors they shall bless. 14 Worthy is the trustful child of faith; he shall sit in the throne of power. 15 Be not discouraged when the world shall persecute and call you curst; but rather be exceeding glad. 16 The prophets and the seers, and all the good of earth, have been maligned. 17 If you are worthy of the crown of life you will be slandered, vilified and curst on earth. 18 Rejoice when evil men shall drive you from their ways and cause your name to be a hiss and by-word in the street. 19 I say, rejoice; but deal in mercy with the doers of the wrong; they are but children at their play; they know not what they do. 20 Rejoice not over fallen foes. As you help men rise from the depth of sin, so God will help you on to greater heights. 21 Woe to the rich is gold and lands; they have temptations multiforms. 22 Woe unto men who walk at will in pleasure's paths; their ways are full of snares and dangerous pits. 23 Woe to the proud; they stand upon a precipice; destruction waits for them. 24 Woe to the man of greed; for what he has is not his own; and lo, another comes; wealth is gone. 25 Woe to the hypocrite; his form is fair to look upon; his heart is filled with carcasses and dead men's bones. 26 Woe to the cruel and relentless man; he is himself the victim of his deeds. 27 The evil he would do to other men rebounds; the scourger is the scourged. 28 Woe to the libertine who preys upon the virtues of the weak. The hour comes when he will be the weak, the victim of a libertine of greater power. 29 Woe unto you when all the world shall speak in praise of you. The world speaks not in praise of men who live within the Holy Breath; It speaks in praise of prophets false, and of illusions base. 30 You men who walk in Holy Breath are salt, the salt of earth; but if you lose your virtue you are salt in name alone, worth nothing more than dust. 31 And you are light; are called to light the world. 32 A city on a hill cannot be hid; its lights are seen afar; and while you stand upon the hills of life men see your light and imitate your works and honour God. 33 Men do not light a lamp and hide it in a cask; they put it on a stand that it may light the house. 34 You are the lamps of God; must not stand in the shade of earth illusions, but in the open, high upon the stand. 35 I am not come to nullify the law, nor to destroy; but to fulfil. 36 The Law, the Prophets and the Psalms were written in the wisdom of the Holy breath and cannot fail. 37 The heavens and earth that are will change and pass away; the word of God is sure; it cannot pass until it shall accomplish that where unto it hath been sent. 38 Whoever disregards the law of God and teaches men to do the same, becomes a debtor unto God and cannot see his face until he has returned and paid his debt by sacrifice of life. 39 But he who hearkens unto God and keeps his law and does his will on earth, shall rule with Christ. 40 The scribes and Pharisees regard the letter of the law; they cannot comprehend the spirit of the law; 41 And if your righteousness does not exceed the righteousness of scribe and Pharisee you cannot come into the kingdom of the soul. 42 It is not what man does that gives him right to enter through the gates; his pass word is his character and desire is his character. 43 The letter of the law deals with the acts of man; the spirit of the law takes note of his desires.

Sura 95

Mahubiri Mlimani, kuendelea. Yesu atamka matendo nane yenye ubarikio na ole nane. Azungumza maneno ya kutia nguvu. Asisitiza sifa ya tabia ya hali ya juu kwa kazi ya kimitume.

NA Yesu na wale kumi na wawili wakaenda hadi kwenye kilele cha mlima, na Yesu akasema, 2 Nguzo kumi na mbili za kanisa, mitume wa Kristu; Waleta nuru wa Jua la Uzima na watumishi wa Mungu kwa watu: 3 Katika kitambo kifupi mtakwenda mbele peke yenu, na kuihubiri injili ya mfalme, kwanza kwa Wayahudi na halafu kwa ulimwengu mzima. 4 Na ninyi mtakwenda, na si kwa misokoto ya mijeledi kuwaelekezea; hamuwezi kuwaelekezea watu kwa mfalme; 5 Lakini mtakwenda kwa Upendo na usaada na kuongoza njia katika usahihi na nuru. 6 Nendeni mbele na kusema, ufalme u karibu. 7 Wenye kustahili ni wale wenye kuwa imara katika roho; ufalme ni wao. 8 Wenye kustahili ni wale walio ni wapole; na wao wataimiliki nchi. 9 Wenye kustahili ni wale wenye njaa na kiu kwa haki; wao watakidhiwa. 10 Wenye kustahili ni walio moyo wa rehema; na rehema itaoneshwa kwao. 11 Wenye kustahili ni wale wenye kupata ukuu katika nafsi; wanazo funguo za uweza wa nguvu. 12 Wenye kustahili wale walio safi katika moyo; na wao watamuona mfalme. 13 Wenye kustahili ni wale wenye kunyanyaswa kwa maneno na kutendewa vibaya kwa kuwa watenda yaliyo ni sahihi; wanaowashitaki hao watawabariki. 14 Mwenye kustahili ni mwana wa kuaminika katika imani; yeye ataketi katika mahala pa enzi pa uweza wa nguvu. 15 Msikate tamaa pale ambapo ulimwengu utawashitakia na kuwaita mlio na laana; lakini badala yake mzidishe kuwa na moyo wenye furaha. 16 Manabii na maona, na wote wema wa duniani, wametukanwa maneno. 17 Ikiwa mwastahili taji la uzima ninyi mtasingiziwa mashitaka ya uongo, kufanyiwa fitina na kulaaniwa duniani. 18 Shangilieni watu waovu watakpo wafukuzia mbali na njia zao na kuwasababishia jina lenu kuwa zomeo na kumbukumbu mitaani. 19 Ninasema, shangilieni; lakini muwatende kwa rehema wale wenye kutenda vibaya; wao ni watoto tu katika mchezo; hawajui walitendalo. 20 Msishangilie juu ya adui mwenye kuanguka. Kadri usaidiavyo watu kuinuka toka katika mashimo ya dhambi, ndivyo hivyo Mungu atakusaidia hadi kwenye vimo vya juu zaidi. 21 Ole wao walio matajiri wa dhahabu na ardhi; wao wana mashawishi ya namna mbali mbali za sura. 22 Ole wao watembea katika njia ya mapenzi ya starehe; njia zao zimejawa na mitego na mashimo. 23 Ole wao wenye kujisifu; wao wasimama katika kingo za kigongo; uharibifu wawangojea wao. 24 Ole wake mtu mwenye tamaa; kwani kile alicho si chake mwenyewe; na, lo, mwingine aja; na utajiri wa mali waenda. 25 Ole wake mnafiki; namna ya sura yake ni yenye kuonekana ni sawa; moyo wake umejawa na mizoga na mifupa ya wafu. 26 Ole kwa katili asiyesamehe; yeye mwenyewe ni mwathirika wa matendo yake. 27 Uovu ambao angali akiutenda wamrudia yeye mwenyewe; mkaba koo ni aliyekabwa. 28 Ole wake muasherati anyemelea mdhaifu wa maadili ya kimwili. Muda waja ambao yeye mwenyewe atakuwa ni mdhaifu, muathirika wa muasherati wa nguvu kubwa kuliko yeye. 29 Ole kwenu ninyi ambapo ulimwengu wote utazungumza kuwasifu ninyi. Ulimwengu hauzungumzi kwa kusifia watu ambao waishi ndani ya Pumzi Takatifu; wenyewe huzungumza kwa kusifia manabii wa uongo, na misingi ya udanganyifu. 30 Ninyi watu mnaotembea katika Pumzi Takatifu ni chumvi, chumvi ya dunia; lakini ikiwa mtapoteza sifa ya ubora wenu ninyi ni chumvi kwa maneno pekee, msiyo na thamani kuzidi hata vumbi. 31 Na ninyi ni nuru; na mwaitwa kuleta nuru ulimwenguni. 32 Mji katika kilima hauwezi kufichika; taa zake zaonekana hata mbali; na wakati nyie mkisimama juu ya vilima vya maisha wanadamu waiona nuru yenu na kuigiza kazi zenu na kumpa heshima Mungu. 33 Watu hawawashi taa na kuificha chini ya uvungu; waitundika mahala pa juu ili kwamba imulike nyumba yote. 34 Ninyi ni taa za Mungu; haiwabidi kusimama katika vimvuli vya madanganyo ya dunia, lakini katika wazi, juu mwasimama. 35 Siji kuibatilishwa sheria, na wala kuiharibia mbali, bali kuitimiliza. 36 Kanuni ya Sheria, manabii na Zaburi vimeiandika ni hekima ya Pumzi Takatifu na haiwezi kushindwa. 37 Mbingu na Dunia ambazo zitabadilika na kupita, neno la Mungu ni hakika; halitapita mpaka kutimiliza kutenda kile ambacho imetumwa. 38 Yeyote wenye kutokujali Kanuni ya Mungu na kuwafundisha wanadamu kufanya hivyo hivyo, huja kuwa mdeni kwa Mungu na hawezi kuiona sura yake mpaka amerudi na kulilipa deni kwa kafara ya maisha. 39 Bali yule mwenye kumsikia Mungu na kuitunza kanuni yake na kuyatenda mapenzi yake duniani, yeye atatawala pamoja na Kristu. 40 Waandishi na Wafarisayo waitilia maanani kanuni kuandikwa kwa herufi; hawawezi kumaizi roho ya asili ya Kanuni; 41 Na ikiwa utendahaki wenu hautozidi ule wa utendahaki wa waandishi na Mafarisayo hamuwezi kuja katika ufalme wa roho-nafsi. 42 Si kile mtu akitendacho ndicho kimpacho haki ya kupita malangoni; nywira yake ni sifa ya tabia na hitaji muhari lipo ndani ya sifa ya tabia. 43 Kanuni ya sheria iliyoandikwa kwa herufi hushughulika na matendao ya mtu; roho wa asili ya kanuni yatazama mahitaji yake muhari.

CHAPTER 96

The Sermon on the Mount, continued. Jesus considers the Ten Commandments. The philosophy of Christ the spirit of the Commandments. Jesus unfolds the spiritual aspects of the first four Commandments.

GOD gave the Ten Commandments unto men; upon the mountain Moses saw the words of God; he wrote them down on solid rock; they cannot be destroyed. 2 These Ten Commandments show the justice side of God; but now the love of God made manifest brings mercy on the wings of Holy Breath. 3 Upon the unity of God the law was built. In all the world there is one force; Jehovah is Almighty God. 4 Jehovah wrote uoun the heavens and Moses read, 5 I am Almighty God and you shall have no God but me. 6 There is one force, but many phases of that force; these phases men call powers. 7 All powers are of God; and they are manifests of God; they are Spirits of the God. 8 If men could seem to find another force and worship at its shrine, they would but court illusion, vain, 9 A shadow of the One, Jehovah, God, and they who worship shadows are but shadows on the wall; for men are what court. 10 And God would have all men to be the substance, and in mercy he commanded, You shall seek no God but me. 11 And finite men can never comprehend infinite things. Man cannot make an image of the Infinite in force. 12 And when men make a God of stone or wood or clay they make an image of a shade; and they who worship at the shrine of shades are shades. 13 So God in mercy said, You shall not carve out images of wood, or clay, or stone. 14 Such idols are ideals, abased ideals, and men can gain no higher plane than their ideals. 15 The God is Spirit men must worship if they would attain a consciousness of God. 16 But man can never make a picture or an image of the Holy Breath. 17 The name of God man may not speak with carnal lips; with Holy Breath alone can man pronounce the name. 18 In vanity men think they know the name of God; they speak it lightly and irreverently, and thus they are accursed. 19 If men did know the sacred name and spoke it with unholy lips, they would not live to speak it once again. 20 But God in mercy has not yet unveiled his name to those who cannot speak with Holy Breath. 21 But they who speak the substitute in idle way are guilty in the sight of God, who said, 22 You shall not take the name of God in vain. 23 The number of the Holy Breath is seven, and God holds in his hands the sevens of time. 24 In forming worlds he rested on the seventh day, and every seventh day is set apart as Sabbath day for men. God said, 25 The seventh is the Sabbath of the Lord thy God; remember it and keep it wholly set apart for works of holiness; that is, for works not for the selfish self, but for the universal self. 26 Men may do work for self upon the six days of the week; but on the Sabbath of the Lord they must do naught for self. 27 This day is consecrated unto God; but man serves God by serving man.

Sura 96

Mahubiri Mlimani, kuendelea. Yesu azipitia Amri Kumi. Filosofia ya Kristu roho ya asili ya Amri. Yesu ufunua wazi vipengele vya kiroho vya amri nne za kwanza.

MUNGU alitoa Amri Kumi kwa watu; juu mlimani Musa aliyaona maneno ya Mungu; aliyaandika chini juu ya mwamba mgumu; hawawezi kuharibiwa. 2 Amri kumi hizi zaonesha upande wa haki ya sheria ya Mungu; lakini sasa Upendo wa Mungu kufanywa kudhahirika umeleta rehema juu ya mabawa ya Pumzi Takatifu. 3 Juu ya uumoja wa Mungu kanuni ilijengwa. Katika ulimwengu wote mzima kuna nguvu moja; Yehovah ni Mungu mkubwa. 4 Yehovah aliandika juu ya mbingu na Musa akasoma, 5 Mimi ni Mungu Mkubwa kabisa na wewe hutakuwa na Mungu mwingine ila mimi. 6 Kuna nguvu moja, lakini namna za mbali mbali za ngazi za nguvu hiyo; ngazi hizi wanadamu wanaziita uweza. 7 Uweza wote ni wa Mungu; na hayo ni madhahirisho ya Mungu; yenyewe ni roho mbali mbali za asili ya Mungu. 8 Ikiwa watu waona kana kwamba wamepata nguvu ingine kuiabudu katika madhabahu yake, watalikuwa tu wakionesha heshima kwa sura ya madanganyiko, batili, 9 Na kimvuli cha Moja, Yehovah, Mungu, na wao wenye kuabudu vimvuli ni tu walio vimvuli tu juu ya ukuta; kwa kwa watu ni namna ya [what court]*. 10 Na mungu angali wataka watu wote kuwa dutu; na katika rehema akaamuru, hamtamtafuta Mungu ila mimi. 11 Na watu wenye namna za mipaka ya kufanyika hawawezi kamwe kumaizi vitu visivyo na mipaka ya kufanyika. Mwanadamu hawezi kufanya namna ya taswira ya nguvu isiyo na mipaka yakuwa kwake. 12 Na watu wanapofanya Mungu wa jiwe ama mbao au udongo wao wafanya taswira ya maigizo ya hafifu na wale wenye kuabudu katika madhabahu ya maigizo ya hafifu ni wa uhafifu. 13 Hivyo Mungu kwa rehema akasema, msijifanyie mfano wa sanamu ya kuchonga ya mbao, au udongo, au jiwe. 14 Sanamu hizo ni dhana za kufanya ukamilifu, ya kuleta aibu ya udhanifu, na watu hawawezi kupata wanda za juu kuliko udhanifu wa kifikara zao. 15 Mungu ni Roho wanadamu yawabidi kuabudu ikiwa wangalitaka kupata ufahamu wa Mungu. 16 Lakini mtu hawezi kamwe kufanya namna ya picha ama taswira ya Pumzi Takatifu. 17 Jina la Mungu mwanadamu hawezi kulitamka kwa midomo ya mwili wa nyama; kwa Pumzi Takatifu pekee mtu aweza kulitamka jina. 18 Katika majivuno watu wafikiri walijua jina la Mungu; walisema kwa wepesi wepesi na bila heshima, na kwa hivi wao wana laana. 19 Ikiwa watu wangelijua jina takatifu na kulitamka kwa midomo isiyo takatifu, wasingaliishi kulizungumza tena kwa mara nyingine tena. 20 Lakini Mungu katika rehema bado haja lifunua machoni jina lake kwa wale ambao hawawezi kuzungumza kwa Pumzi Takatifu. 21 Lakini wale wenye kulizungumza la kusimama badala yake katika namna ya bure ni mwenye hatia mbele za macho ya Mungu, ambaye alisema, 22 Usilitaje bure jina la Mungu. 23 Namba ya Pumzi Takatifu ni saba, na Mungu azishikilia mikononi mwake saba za nyakati. 24 Katika kuzifanya alimwengu alipumzika katika siku ya saba, na kila siku ya Saba imetengwa kuwa siku ya Sabato kwa wanadamu. Mungu alisema, 25 Siku ya saba ni Sabato ya Bwana Mungu wako; ikumbuke na kuitunza yote kuitenga kwa kazi za Utakatifu; hiyo ni, kwa kazi ambazo si za nafsi ya kibinafsi, ila kwa ile ya ulimwengu wote mzima. 26 Wanadamu waweza kufanya kazi kwa ajili ya nafsi katika siku sita za wiki; lakini katika Sabato ya Bwana wasifanye chochote kwa ajili ya nafsi. 27 Hii ni siku ya kuitakasa kwa Mungu; lakini mtu amtumikia Mungu kwa kumtumikia mtu.

CHAPTER 97

The Sermon on the Mount, continued. Jesus unfolds to the twelve the spiritual aspects of the fifth and sixth Commandments.

GOD is not force alone; for wisdom is his counterpart. 2 When cherubim instructed man in wisdom's ways they said that wisdom is the Mother of the race, as force is Father of the race. 3 The man who honours the almighty and omniscient God is blessed, and in the tables of the law we read, 4 Pay homage to your Father and Mother of the race, that your days may be prolonged upon the land that they have given you. 5 The letter of the law commands; you shall not kill; and he who kills must stand before the judgement seat. 6 A person may desire to kill, yet if he does not kill he is not judged by law. 7 The spirit of the law avers that he who shall desire to kill, or seeks revenge, is angry with a man without suffient cause, must answer to the judge; 8 And he who calls his brother soulless vagabond shall answer to the council of the just; 9 And he who calls his brother a degenerate, a dog, fans into life the burning fires of hell within himself. 10 Now, in the higher law we read that if your brother is aggrieved by something you have done, before you offer unto God your gifts, go forth and find your brother and be reconciled to him. 11 It is not well to let the sun go down upon your wrath. 12 If he will not be reconciled when you have laid aside all selfish pleas, have waived all selfish rights, you will be guiltless in the sight of God; then go and offer unto God your gifts. 13 If you owe aught to any man and cannot pay; or if a man shall claim a greater sum than is his due it is not well that you dispute his claims. 14 Resistance is the sire of anger; there is no mercy and no reason in a wrathful man. 15 I tell you it is better far to suffer loss than go to law, or call upon the courts of men to judge of right and wrong. 16 The law of carnal man would say, Eye for eye and tooth for tooth; resist encroachment on your rights. 17 But this is not the law of God. The Holy Breath would say, Resist not him who would deprive you of your goods. 18 He who would take your coat by force is still a brother man and you should gain his heart, which by resistance cannot be done; 19 Give him your coat and offer him still more and more; in time the man will rise above the brute; you will have saved him from himself. 20 Refuse not him who calls for help and give to him who asks to borrow aught. 21 And if a man shall strike you in a fitful, or an angry way, it is not well to smite him in return. 22 Men call him coward who will not fight and thus defend his rights; but he is much the greater man who is assailed, is smitten and does not smite; 23 Who is maligned and answers not, than he who smites the smiter and reviles the one who slanders him. 24 It has been said in olden times that man shall love his friend and hate his foe; but, lo, I say, 25 Be merciful unto your foes; bless those who slander you; do good to those who do you harm and pray for those who trample on your rights. 26 Remember, you are children of the God who makes his sun to rise alike upon the evil and the good, who sends his rain upon the unjust and the just. 27 If you do unto other men as they do unto you, you are but slaves, but followers in the way to death. 28 But you, as children of the light, must lead the way. 29 Do unto others as you would have them do unto you. 30 When you do good to those who have done good to you, you do no more than other men; the publicans do that. 31 If you salute your friends and not your foes, you are like other men; the publicans have set the pace. 32 Be perfect as your Father-God in heaven is.

Sura 97

Mahubiri Mlimani, kuendelezawa. Yesu aifunua kwa wale kumi na mbili vipengele vya kiroho vya amri ya tano na sita.

MUNGU si ni nguvu pekee yake; kwani hekima ni sehemu yake mojawapo. 2 Makerubi walipompa maelekezo mwanadamu katika njia za hekima walisema ya kwamba hekima ni mama wa vizazi vyote, na nguvu na baba wa vizazi vyote. 3 Mtu aheshimiye Mungu ajuaye yote na mwenyezi amebarikiwa, na katika mbao za nakiki ya sheria twasoma, 4 Waheshimu Baba na Mama wa vizazi, ili kwamba siku zako zipate kuongezwa juu ya nchi uliyopewa na hao.5 Herufi za maandiko ya sheria yaamuru; usiue; na yeye mwenye kuua ni lazima asimame mbele ya kiti cha hukumu. 6 Mtu anaweza kutamania kuua, na wakati ikiwa hataua haukumiwi kwa sheria. 7 Roho wa sheria aandika taarifa kwamba yeye atalitamani kuua, au kufanya kisasi, ni mwenye hasira bila sababu za kutosha, yampasa kujibu kwa mwamuzi; 8 Na yeye mwenye kumuita kaka yake kichaa asiye na nafsi-roho au makazi atajibu katika baraza la haki ya sheria; 9 Na yeye mwenye kumwita kaka yake ni mwanaharamu, mbwa, apulizia katika maisha moto uwakao wa kuzimu ndani yake mwenyewe. 10 Sasa, katika kanuni za juu tunasoma ya kwamba ikiwa ndugu yako atasononeshwa na kitu ulichofanya, kabla ya kutoa sadaka kwa Mungu, nenda kamtafute ndugu yako mmalizane. 11 Si vema kuacha jua lishuke chini kwa hasira juu yako. 12 Ikiwa hatamalizana na wewe uwekapo kando mashauri yote binafsi, kuachana na haki za kujipendelea binafsi yako, utakuwa huna hatia machoni pa Mungu; basi nenda na kutoa kwa Mungu matoleo yako. 13 Ikiwa unamdai kitu mtu naye hawezi kulipa, au ikiwa mtu atadai faida kubwa kuliko anayostahili kulipwa si vema kuwa upingane nae kwa ugomvi kwa madai yake. 14 Kubisha kwa kupingana ni baba wa hasira; hakuna rehema na hakuna mafikara ya kisababu katika mtu mwenyehasira. 15 Ninawaambieni ni bora zaidi kuteseka kwa kupoteza mali kuliko kwenda kwenye sheria, au kuwaita barazani watu kuamua la usahihi na la makosa. 16 Sheria za mwanadamu wa mwili zitalisema, Jicho kwa jicho na Jino kwa jino; jizuie kuingiliwa katika haki bila ruhusa katika usawa wako kisheria. 17 Lakini hii si kanuni ya Mungu. Pumzi Takatifu angalisema, usimbane kumzuia yeye ambaye angekunyima wewe vitu vyako. 8 Yeye ambaye atachukua koti lako kwa maguvu bado ni ndugu na ni vema uupate moyo wake, ambavyo kwa kubana kumzuia hawezi kufanywa hivyo; 19 Mgee koti lako na mpe yeye vitu zaidi na zaidi; na katika kipindi cha wakati mtu huyu anainuka toka kwenye ukatili; utakuwa umemuokoa toka katika yeye mwenyewe. 20 Usimkatalie yeye anayeita kwa ajili ya msaada na mpe yeye mwenye kuomba kuazima kitu. 21 Na ikiwa mtu atakuzaba kofi, au namna ya hasira, si vema kumrudishia kumpiga. 22 Wanadamu wamuita yeye ambaye hatapigana ni mnyonge na hivyo kumlindia haki zake; bali yeye ni mtu aliye mkuu ambaye atendewa vibaya, ama kupigwa kibao na yeye kutotupa mkono wake ili kupiga; 23 Yeye mwenye kusemewa maneno ya maudhi na yeye kutokujibu, kuliko yeye mwenye kumzaba kibao mzabaji na kumsema kwa watu mtu mwenye kumfanyia fitina. 24 Imesemwa tokea nyakati za zamani kwamaba mtu atampenda rafiki yake na kumchukia adui yake; lakini, lo, nasema, 25 Muwe na rehema kwa adui zenu; wabarikini wale wenye kuwafanyia fitina; watendeeni mema wale wote wenye kuwadhuru na muombe kwa wale wenye kuzikanyaga haki zenu. 26 Mkumbuke, ninyi ni watoto wa Mungu alifanyaye jua lake kuwaangazia waovu kwa wema, ambaye aiagizia mvua kwa wasio na haki na walio na haki. 27 Ikiwa mtawatendea watu wengine kama vile wengine wawatendeavyo, ninyi ni watumwa tu, wafuataji tu katika njia ya mauti. 28 Bali ninyi, mkiwa kama watoto wa nuru, yawabidi kuongoza njia. 29 Watendeeni wengine kama vile mngalipenda wao kuwatendea. 30 Mnapofanya jema kwa wale walio watendea jema, hamtendi tu kwa watu wengine; watu wa mataifa wafanya hivyo. 31 Ikiwa salamu ya heshima kwa rafiki yako na si kwa adui yako; watu wa mataifa wameonesha njia ya mguu. 32 Muwe wakamilifu kama vile Baba-Mungu wenu katika mbingu alivyo.

CHAPTER 98

The Sermon on the Mount, continued. Jesus reveals to the twelve the spiritual aspects of the seventh, eight and tenth Commandments.

THE law forbids adultery; but in the eyes of law adultery is an overt act, the satisfaction of the sensuous self outside the marriage bonds. 2 Now, marriage in the sight of law is but a promise made by man and woman, by the sanction of a priest, to live for aye in harmony and love. 3 No priest nor officer has power from God to bind two souls in wedded love. 4 What is the marriage tie? Is it comprised in what a priest or officer may say? 5 Is it the scroll on which the officer or priest has written the permission for the two to live in marriage bonds? 6 Is it the promise of the two that they will love each other until death? 7 Is love a passion that is subject to the will of man? 8 Can man pick up his love, as he would pick up precious gems, and lay it down, or give it out to any one? 9 Can love be bought and sold like sheep? 10 Love is the power of God that binds two souls and makes them one; there is no power on earth that can dissolve the bond. 11 The bodies may be forced apart by man or death for just a little time; but they will meet again. 12 Now, in this bond of God we find the marriage tie; all other unions are but bonds of straw, and they who live in them commit adultery. 13 The same as they who satisfy their lust without the sanction of an officer or priest. 14 But more than this; the man or woman who indulges lustful thoughts commits adultery. 15 Whom God has joined together man cannot part; whom man has joined together live in sin. 16 Upon a table of the law, the great lawgiver wrote, Thou shalt not steal. 17 Before the eyes of law a man to steal must take a thing that can be seen with eyes of flesh, without the knowledge or consent of him to whom the thing belongs. 18 But, lo, I say that he who in his heart desires to possess that which is not his own, and would deprive the owner of the thing without his knowledge or consent, is in the sight of God, a thief. 19 The things that men see not with eyesof flesh are of more worth than are the things that man can see. 20 A man's good name is worth a thousand mines of gold, and he who says a word or does a deed that injures or defames that name has taken what is not his own, and is a thief. 21 Upon a table of the law we also read: Thou shalt not covet anything. 22 To covet is an all-consuming wish to have what is not right for one to have. 23 And such a wish, within the spirit of the law, is theft.

Sura 98

Mahubiri Mlimani, yaendelea. Yesu afunua kwa wale kumi na wawili vipengele vya kiroho vya amri za saba, nane na kumi.

SHERIA yakataza uzinzi; lakini katika macho ya sheria uzinzi ni tendo la kuwa wazi kuonekana, maridhisho ya nafsi ya kihisia za mwili nje ya mizingo ya ndoa. 2 Sasa, ndoa katika macho ya sheria ni tu ahadi iliyofanywa na mtu mume na mtu mke kwa ukubalisho wa uhalali wa kuhani, kuishi katika hali ya utulivu pamoja na upendo. 3 Hakuna kuhani na wala afisa mwenye uweza kutoka kwa Mungu kufunga pamoja nafsi-roho mbili katika pendo la kufanyiwa harusi. 4 Pingu za ndoa ni kitu gani? je, inabeba ndani yake kuwa na kile ambacho kuhani na afisa wawezacho kukisema? 5 Ni ule waraka ambao ndani yake afisa ama kuhani ameandika ruhusa kwa wawili kuishi katika kufungamana pamoja? 6 Je, ni ile ahadi ya wawili ya kwamba watapendana mpaka mauti? 7 Je, upendo ni nguvu za hisia za mwili ambazo zatii nia ya mtu? 8 Je, mtu anaweza kuokota mkononi upendo wake, kama vile aokotavyo kito cha thamani, na kukilaza chini, au kutoa kwa mwingine yeyote? 9 Je, upendo waweza kununuliwa na kuuzwa kama kondoo? 10 Upendo ni nguvu ya uweza ya Mungu ambayo yazifunga pamoja nafsi-roho na kuzifanya kuwa moja; hakuna nguvu yoyote yenye uweza wa kumong'onyoa unganiko hilo. 11 Miili yaweza kulazimishwa kutengana na mtu au mauti kwa muda mfupi tu; lakini hizo zitakutana tena. 12 Sasa, katika unganiko la Mungu tunakuta pingu ya ndoa; maunganiko mengine yote ni tu maunganiko ya nyasi, na wale wenye kuishi katika hayo watenda uzinzi. 13 Hivyo hivyo ni sawa kwa wale wenye kuridhisha ashiki zao bila ukubalifu wa afisa au kuhani. 14 Lakini zaidi kuzidi hili; mwanaume au mwanamke anayejiendekeza katika mafikara ya kitamaa ya mwili atenda uzinzi. 15 Yeye ambaye Mungu ameunganisha pamoja mwanadamu hawezi kutenganisha; yeye ambaye mwanadamu ameunganisha pamoja aiishi katika dhambi. 16 Juu ya mbao ya sheria, mtoa sheria mkuu aliandika, usiibe. 17 Mbele za macho ya sheria ili kuiba ni lazima uwe umechukua kitu ambacho chaweza kuonekana kwa macho ya mwili wa nyama; bila ya maarifa na ruhusa ya yeye mwenye mali. 18 Lakini, lo, Ninasema ya kwamba yeye ambaye moyo wake watamani kukimiliki kile kisichochake, na angalimyima mmiliki wa kitu bila kujua ama ruhusa, katika macho ya Mungu, na Mwifi. 19 Vitu ambavyo watu hawavioni kwa macho ya mwili wa nyama na vyenye kuwa na thamani zaidi kuliko vile ambavyo mtu aweza kuviona. 20 Jina jema la mtu ni lenye thamani mara elfu ya migodi ya dhahabu, na yeye ambaye asema neno au atenda tendo lenye kumdhuru ama kumharibia hilo jina amechukua kile kisicho chake, na ni mwifi. 21 Juu ya mbao za sheria pia twasoma: usitamani chochote cha mwenzio. 22 Kutamani ni hali nzima ya kutamania kupata kile kisicho sahihi na wewe kuwanacho. 23 Na tamanio kama hilo, ndani ya roho ya kanuni, ni uwizi.

 
Ni wasifu wote mlioscroll mpaka mwisho, kweli mna mioyo ya chuma. Post ndefu kama thesis ya PHD
 
Aquarian Age Gospel of Jesus

Chapters 99 - 115


CHAPTER 99

The Sermon on the Mount, continued. Jesus unfolds to the twelve the spiritual aspects of the ninth Commandment.

THE law has said: Thou shalt not lie; but in the eyes of law a man to lie must tell inwords what is not true. 2 Now, in the light of spirit law, deceit in any form is nothing but a lie. 3 A man may lie by look or act; yea, even by his silence may deceive, and thus be guilty in the eyes of Holy Breath. 4 It has been said in olden times: Thou shalt not swear by thine own life. 5 But, lo, I say, Swear not at all; not by the head, the heart, the eye, nor hand; not by the sun, the moon, nor stars; 6 Not by the name of God, nor by the name of any spirit, good or bad. 7 You shall not swear by anything; for in an oath there is no gain. 8 A man whose word must be propped up by oath of any kind is not trustworthy in the sight of God or man. 9 By oath you cannot make a leaf to fall, nor turn the colour of a hair. 10 The man of worth just speaks and men know that he speaks the truth. 11 The man who pours out many words to make think he speaks the truth, is simply making smoke to hide a lie. 12 And there are many men with seeming double hearts; men who would serve two masters at a time--two masters quite adverse. 13 Men feign to worship God upon the Sabbath day and then pay court to Beelzebul on every other day. 14 No man can serve two masters at a time no more than he can ride two asses at a time that go in different ways. 15 The man who feigns to worship God and Beelzebul is foe of God, a pious devil and a curse of men. 16 And men cannot lay treasures up in heaven and earth at once. 17 Then, lo, I say, Lift up your eyes and see the safety vaults of heaven, and there deposit every gem. 18 Where moth and rust cannot corrupt; where thieves cannot break in and steal. 19 There are no safety vaults on earth; no place secure from moth, and rust and thieves. 20 The treasures of the earth are but illusive things that pass away. 21 Be not deceived; your treasures are the anchor of the soul, and where your treasures are your heart will be. 22 Fix not your heart upon the things of earth; be anxious not about the things to eat, or drink or wear. 23 God cares for those who trust in him and serve the race. 24 Behold the birds! They praise God in their songs; the earth is made more glorious by their ministry of joy; God keeps them in the hollow of his hand, 25 And not a sparrow falls to earth without his care; and every one that falls shall rise again. 26 Behold the flowers of earth! they trust in God and grow; they make the earth resplendent with their beauty and perfume. 27 Look at the lilies of the field, the messengers of holy love. No son of man, not even Solomon in all his excellence, was ever clothed like one of these. 28 And yet they simply trust in God; they feed from out his hand; they lay their heads to rest upon his breast. 29 If God so clothes and feeds the flowers and birds that do his will, will he not feed and clothe his children when they trust in him? 30 Seek first the kingdom of the soul, the righteousness of God, the good of men, and feed, and clothe.

INJILI YA ZAMA ZA NDOO YA YESU

Sura 99 - 115

Sura 99

Mahubiri Mlimani, kuendelea. Yesu afunua kwa wale kumi na wawili vipengele vya kiroho vya amri ya tisa.


SHERIA imesema: usidanganye; lakini katika macho ya sheria mtu kudanganya na lazima kuambia maneno yaliyo ndani yake si kweli. 2 Sasa, katika nuru ya kanuni ya roho, ulaghai katika namna yoyote ile si chochote ila danganyo. 3 Mtu aweza kudanganya kwa muonekano ama tendo; naam, hata kwa ukimya wake aweza kulaghai, na hivi kuwa ni mwenye hatia mbele za macho ya Pumzi Mtakatifu. 4 Imesemwa toka katika kipindi cha zamani: usiapie juu ya maisha yako mwenyewe. 5 Lakini, lo, nasema, usiape kabisa; si kwa kichwa, kwa moyo, kwa jicho, na wala mkono; si kwa jua, mwezi, na wala kwa nyota; 6 Si kwa jina la Mungu, na wala kwa jina la roho yeyote, mwema ama mbaya. 7 Usiapie kwa kitu chochote; kwani katika kiapo hakuna cha faida. 8 Mtu ambaye maneno yake ni lazima yakaziwe kwa kiapo cha aina yoyote si mwenye thamani stahili katika macho ya Mungu au Mtu. 9 Kwa kiapo hauwezi kulifanya jani kuanguka na wala kubadili rangi ya unywele wako. 10 Mtu wa kustahili thamani azungumza tu na watu wajua ya kwamba azungumza ukweli. 11 Mtu mwenye kumimina maneno mengi kufanya kufikiri yeye azungumza ukweli, yu atengeneza moshi tu kuficha danganyo. 12 Na kuna watu wengi wenye kuonekana kuwa na mioyo miwili; watu ambao watumikia mabwana wawili kwa wakati--mabwana wawili wasioenda njia moja. 13 Watu waigizia namna ya kumuabudu Mungu katika siku ya Sabato na halafu wampa heshima zake Beelzebuli katika kila siku. 14 Hakuna mtu awezaye kuwatumikia mabwana wawili kwa wakati za si zaidi kama vile yeye aweza kuendesha punda wawili kwa wakati ambao waenda njia tofauti. 15 Mtu ambaye aigizia kumuabudu Mungu na Beelzebuli ni adui wa Mungu, pepo mwenye kuonekana ni msafi na laana kwa watu. 16 Na watu hawawezi kuweka hazina zao mbinguni na duniani kwa wakati mmoja. 17 Halafu, lo, nasema, Inueni macho yenu na kuona maghala salama ya mbingu, na huko huhifadhiwa kila namna ya vito. 18 Kule ambako nondo*[mdudu asokotae nyuzi za hariri, mwenye kutandaza utando kama bui bui] na kushika kutu hakuwezi kuharibu; ambako wefi hawawezi kuvunja na kuiba. 19 Hakuna maghala salama duniani; hakuna sehemu iliyohuru na nondo, na kushika kutu na wefi. 20 Hazina za duniani ni zenye madanganyo ya namna za kisura navyo hupita zake. 21 Msilaghaiwe; hazina zenu ni nanga za nafsi-roho, na kule ambako hazina yako iliko ndiko moyo wako utakuwa. 22 Msiikaze mioyo yenu katika vitu vya duniani; msiwe na wasi wasi kuhusu vitu vya kula, au kunywa au kuvaa. 23 Mungu huwatunza wale wote wenye kumuaminia yeye na kutumikia uumbaji wote. 24 Tazameni ndege! Wamsifu Mungu katika nyimbo zao; dunia yafanywa kuwa ni yenye utukufu zaidi kwa huduma ya furaha ya moyo; Mungu azitunza katikati ya mikono yake, 25 Na hakuna hata shomoro aangukiae ardhini bila huduma yake; na kila mmoja wenye kuanguka atainuka tena. 26 Tazameni maua ya ardhini! Hayo yamuaminia Mungu na kukua; yaifanya dunia kujaa upendezi kwa uzuri wake na harufu tamu. 27 Tazameni maua ya kondeni, wajumbe wa upendo mtukufu. Hakuna mwana wa mtu, na wala si hata Sulemani katika fahari yake ya ubora, alipatwa kuvikwa kama moja ya haya. 28 Na wakati yote yakimuaminia katika Mungu; yenyewe yashibishwa toka mikononi mwake; yaweka vichwa vyao kifuani mwake. 29 Ikiwa Mungu ayavika na kuyalisha hivyo maua na ndege ambao wayatenda mapenzi yake, je, yeye hatowalisha na kuwavika watoto wako wenye kumuaminia Yeye? 30 Tafuteni kwanza ufalme wa roho-nafsi, na utendahaki wa Mungu, mema ya watu, na mle, na mvae.

CHAPTER 100

The Sermon on the Mount, continued. Jesus formulates and presents to the twelve a practical code of spiritual ethics.

THERE is a rule that carnal man has made, and which he rigidly observes: 2 Do unto other men as they do unto you. As others judge, they judge; as others give, they give. 3 Now, while you walk with men as men, judge not, and you shall not be judged. 4 For as you judge you shall be judged, and as you give it shall be given to you. If you condemn, you are condemned. 5 When you show mercy, men are merciful to you, and if you love in such a way that carnal man can comprehend your love, you will be well beloved. 6 And so the wise man of this world does unto other men as he would have them do to him. 7 The carnal man does good to other men for selfish gain, for he expects to have his blessings multiplied and then returned; he does not stop to note the end. 8 Man is himself the field; his deeds are seeds, and what he does to others grows apace; the hearvest time is sure. 9 Behold the yield! If he has sown the wind, he reaps the wind; if he has sown the noxious seeds of scandal, theft and hate; of sensuality and crime, 10 The harvest is assured and he must reap what he has sown; yea, more; the seeds produce an hundred fold. 11 The fruit of righteousness and peace and love and joy can never spring from noxious seeds; the fruit is like the seed. 12 And when you sow, sow seeds of right, because it is the right, and not in the way of trade, expecting rich rewards. 13 The carnal man abhors the spirit law, because it takes away his liberty to live in sin; beneath its light he cannot satisfy his passions and desires. 14 He is at enmity with him who walks in Holy Breath. The carnal man has killed the holy men of old, the prophets and the seers. 15 And he will buffet you; will charge you falsely, scourge you and imprison you, and think he does the will of God to slay you in the streets. 16 But you may not prejudge nor cencure him who does you wrong. 17 Each one has problems to be solved, and he must solve them for himself. 18 The man who scourges you may have a load of sin to bear; but how about your own? 19 A little sin in one who walks in Holy Breath is greater in the sight of God than monster sins in him who never knew the way. 20 How can you see the splinter in your brother's eye while you have chunks within your own? 21 First take the chunks from out your eye and then you may behold the splinter in your brother's eye and help him take it out, 22 And while your eyes are full of foreign things you cannot see the way, for you are blind, 23 And when the blind lead forth the blind, both lose the way and fall into the slough. 24 If you would lead the way to God you must be clear in sight, as well as pure in heart.

Sura 100

Mahubiri Mlimani, kuendelea. Yesu afanya kanuni na kuiwakilisha kwa wale kumi na wawili [practical code] la maadili ya nyenendo za kiroho.


KUNA sheria ambayo mtu wa mwili wa nyama amefanya, na ambayo kwa namna ya kukaza sana yeye aifuata: 2 Watendee wengine kama vile wengine wakutendeavyo. Kama vile wengine wakuhukumuvyo, wahukumu; kama vile wengine watoavyo, wao watoa. 3 Sasa, wakati mkitembea pamoja na watu kama watu, msihukumu, na ninyi hamtakukumiwa. 4 Kwani kama vile mnavyohukumu mtahukumiwa, na kama vile mtoavyo, mtapewa. Ikiwa mtashutumu, ninyi mmeshutumiwa. 5 Mnapoonesha rehema, watu ni wenyerehema kwenu, na ikiwa mnapenda kama vile ambavyo mtu wa mwili aweza kumaizi upendo wenu, ninyi mtakuwa wenye kupendeka sana. 6 Na hivyo mwenye hekima wa ulimwengu huu awatendea wengine kama vile angewataka wao kumtendea yeye. 7 Mtu wa mwili awatendea mema wengine kwa ajili ya faida ya kibinafsi, kwani yeye atarajia kupata baraka zake zikiwa zimeongozeka na halafu kurudishwa kwake; hasimami kutia mwisho akilini. 8 Mwanadamu yeye mwenyewe ni shamba; matendo yake ni mbegu, na yale ayatendayo kwa wengine hukuwa upesi; na wakati wa mavuno kutumia. 9 Tazameni mazao! Ikiwa yeye amepanda katika upepo, atavuna katika upepo; ikiwa yeye amepanda mbegu ya machukizo ya tuhuma mbaya, uwizi, na chuki; ya tamaa za kimwili na uhalifu, 10 Vuno ni la hakika na yeye hanabudi kuvuna kile alichopanda; naam, zaidi; mbegu yazaa mara mia zaidi. 11 Tunda la utendahaki na amani na upendo na furaha ya amani haviwezi kumea toka katika mbegu za machukizo; tunda ni kama jinsi ya mbegu yake. 12 Na upandapo mbegu, panda mbegu za usahihi wa katikati, kwa kuwa ni sahihi, na si kwa namna ya biashara, kutarajia thawabu nyingi. 13 Mtu wa mwili aifanya machukizo kanuni ya roho, kwa kuwa hiyo huchukua uhuru wake wa kuishi katika dhambi; chini ya nuru yake hawezi kukidhi haja hisia zake za mwili na matamanio. 14 Yeye yupo katika uadui na mwanadamu mwenye kutembea katika Pumzi Takatifu. Mtu wa mwili wa nyama amewaua watu watakatifu wa zamani, manabii na maona. 15 Na yeye atawashambulia ninyi; atawashitakia uongo, kuwapiga mijeledi na kuwatia kifungoni, na kufikiri atenda mapenzi ya Mungu kuwaua mitaani. 16 Lakini ninyi msiwahukumu wao kabla na wala kumsema kwa kumkemea yeye mwenye kuwatendea makosa. 17 Kila mtu ana matatizo ya kuja kutatuliwa, na yeye yampasa kuyatatua hayo kwa yeye mwenyewe. 18 Mtu awapigae mijeledi ninyi anaomzigo wa dhambi kuubeba; lakini vipi kuhusu yakwenu? 19 Dhambi ndogo katika mtu atembeaye katika Pumzi Takatifu ni kubwa katika macho ya Mungu kuliko madhambi makubwa kwa yeye ambaye kamwe hakupata kujua njia. 20 Wawezaje kuona kibanzi katika jicho la ndugu yako wakati wewe mwenyewe unalo lundo lake ndani yako? 21 Kwanza uondoe lundo lako toka machoni pako na halafu waweza kuona bayana kibanzi katika jicho la ndugu yako na kumsaidia yeye kukitoa, 22 Na wakati macho yako yamejaa vitu kutoka nje hauwezi kuona njia, kwani wewe ni mpofu, 23 Na mpofu akimuongoza mbele mpofu, wote wawili hupoteza njia na kuangukia kwenye shimo la tope. 24 Ikiwa utaongoza mbele njia kuelekea kwa Mungu lazima uwe mweupe katika jicho, na pia msafi katika moyo.

CHAPTER 101

The Sermon on the Mount, concluded. The concluding part of the code of ethics. The Christines return to Capernaum.

THE fruitage of the tree of life is all too fine to feed the carnal mind. 2 If you would throw a diamond to a hungry dog, lo, he would turn away, or else attack you in a rage. 3 The incense that is sweet to God is quite offensive unto Beelzebul; the bread of heaven is but chaff to men who cannot comprehend the spirit life. 4 The master must be wise and feed the soul with what it can digest. 5 If you have not the food for every man, just ask and you shall have; seek earnestly and you shall find. 6 Just speak the Word and knock; the door will fly ajar. 7 No one has ever asked in faith and did not have; none ever sought in vain; no one who ever knocked aright has failed to find an open door. 8 When men shall ask you for the bread of heaven, turn not away, nor give to them the fruit of carnal trees. 9 If one, a son, would ask you for a loaf, would you give him a stone? If he would ask you for a fish, would you give him a serpent of the dust? 10 What you would have your God give unto you, give unto men. The Measure of your worth lies in your service unto men. 11 There is a way that leads unto the perfect life; few find it at a time. 12 It is a narrow way; it lies among the rocks and pitfalls of the carnal life; but in the way there are no pitfalls and no rocks. 13 There is a way that leads to wretchedness and want. It is a spacious way and many walk therein. It lies among the pleasure groves of carnal life. 14 Beware, for many claim to walk the way of life who walk the way of death. 15 But they are false in word and deed; false prophets they. They clothe themselves in skins of sheep, while they are vicious wolves. 16 They cannot long conceal themselves; men know them ny their fruits; 17 You cannot gather grapes from thorns, nor from the thistles, figs. 18 The fruit is daughter of the tree and, like the parent, so the child; and every tree that bears not wholesome fruit is plucked up by the roots and cast away, 19 Because a man prays long and loud is not a sign that he is saint. The praying men are not all in the kingdom of the soul. 20 The man who lives the holy life, who does the will of God, abides within the kingdom of the soul. 21 The good man from the treasures of his heart sends blessedness and peace to all the world. 22 The evil man sends thoughts that blight and wither hope and joy and fill the world with wretchedness and woe. 23 Men think and act and speak out of the abundance of the heart. 24 And when the judgement hour shall come a host of men will enter pleadings for themselves and think to buy the favour of the judge with words. 25 And they will say, Lo, we have wrought a multitude of works in the Omnific name, 26 Have we not prophesied? Have we not cured all manner of disease? Have we not cast the evil spirits out of those obsessed? 27 And then the judge will say, I know you not. You rendered service unto God in words when in your heart you worshipped Beelzebul. 28 The evil one may use the powers of life, and do a multitude of mighty works. Depart from me, you workers of iniquity. 29 The man who hears the words of life and does them not is like the man who builds his house upon the sand, which when the floods come on, is washed away and all is lost. 30 But he who hears the words of life and in an honest, sincere heart receives and treasures them and lives the holy life, 31 Is like the man who builds the house upon the rock; the floods may come, the winds may blow, the storms may beat upon his house; it is not moved. 32 Go forth and build your life upon the solid rock of truth, and all the powers of the evil one will shake it not. 33 And Jesus finished all his sayings on the mount and then he, with the twelve, returned unto Capernaum.

Sura 101

Mahubiri Mlimani, kuhitimishwa. Kuhitimisha sehemu ya (code) ya nyenendo za maadili ya kiroho. Wauanakristu warejea Kapernauni.


UZAO wa matunda ya Uzima ni wote wenye kuwa mzuri sana kulisha uakili wa mwili wa nyama. 2 Ikiwa ungalitupia almasi kwa mbwa mwenye njaa, lo, yeye angaligeukia mbali, au zaidi akushambulie kwa hasira. 3 ubani ulio na harufu tamu kwa Mungu ni wenye kuchukiza sana kwa Beelzebuli; mkate wa mbingu ni tu makapi kwa watu wasioweza kumaizi maisha-roho. 4 Mkuu yambidi kuwa ni mwenye hekima kulisha nafsi-roho kile ambacho tumbo lake laweza kusaga. 5 Ikiwa hauna chakula kwa ajili ya kila mtu, wewe omba upewe na wew utapata; tafuteni bila kukoma na mtapata. 6 Mseme tu Neno na kugonga; na milango itafunguliwa wazi. 7 Hakuna mtu aliyepata kuomba kupewa katika imani, na kutokupata; hakuna mtu aliyepata kutafuta bure; hakuna mtu aliyegonga sawa sawa akashindwa kuupata mlango ulio wazi. 8 Watu watakapowauliza kwa ajili ya mkate wa mbingu, msiwarudishe walikotoka, na wala kuwapa wao tunda la miti ya mwili. 9 Ikiwa mtu, mwana, angalikuomba mkate, je, wewe ungalimpa yeye jiwe? Ikiwa yeye angalikuomba samaki, je, wewe ungalimpa nyoka wa vumbini? 10 Kile ambacho mngalitaka Mungu awapeni ninyi, muwape watu. Kipimo cha thamani ya huduma yenu chalalia katika huduma yenu kwa watu. 11 Kuna njia iongozayo katika uzima kamili; ni wachache wenye kuipata kwa wakati. 12 Ni njia iliyo ni nyembamba; ilalayo kati ya miamba na mashimo ya maisha ya mwili; lakini njiani hakuna mashimo na wala miamba. 13 Kuna njia iongozeayo katika hali ya umaskini na ufukara. Ni njia iliyo pana na wengi wapita humo. Imelalia katikati ya bustani za starehe za maisha ya mwili. 14 Kuweni macho, kwani wengi wadai kutembea katika njia ya uzima ambao watembea katika njia ya mauti. 15 Lakini ni waongo katika maneno na matendo; manabii wa uongo ni hao. Wajivika wenyewe katika ngozi za kondoo, na wakati ni mbwa mwitu wakali. 16 Hao hawawezi kujifichia ndani kwa muda mrefu; watu wawajua kwa matunda yao; 17 Hauwezi kukusanya zabibu toka katika vichaka vya miiba, na wala toka katika [thistles, figs]. 18 Tunda ni binti wa mti na, kama mzazi, ndivyo mtoto; na kila mti wenye kuzaa matunda yasiyofaa kukatwa toka ardhini na kutupiliwa mbali, 19 Kwa kuwa mtu asali kwa muda mrefu ama kwa sauti si dalili ya kwamba yeye ni santi*. Watu wenye kusali wote si kuwa wapo katika ufalme wa roho-nafsi. 20 Mtu aliishiye maisha matakatifu, ayafanyaye mapenzi ya Mungu, hukaa ndani ya ufalme wa roho-nafsi. 21 Mtu mwema kutokea katika hazina zake za moyoni atuma ubarikika na amani kwa ulimwengu wote. 22 Mtu muovu atuma mawazo ambayo ni yenye kukwaza kukua na kudhoofisha tumaini na furaha ya moyoni na kuujaza ulimwengu na maharibiko na vilio. 23 Watu wafikiri na kutenda na kuzungumza ya ujazi wa moyo. 24 Na saa ya hukumu ijapo jeshi la watu wote litasema makosa kwa makosa yao wenyewe na kufikiria kununua fadhila za mwamuzi kwa maneno. 25 Na hao watasema, lo, tumefanya kazi yakuwakusanya makundi ya watu katika jina la ki-kila-mahala-pote, 26 Je, hatukutabiri? Hatukuponesha kila namna ya magonjwa? Je, hatukotoa mapepo wa wale walioshikwa nayo? 27 Na halafu mwamuzi atasema, mimi siwajui ninyi. Mliitoa huduma yenu kwa Mungu katika maneno wakati mioyoni mwenu mlimuabudu Beelzebuli. 28 Mtu mwovu aweza kutumia nguvu za uzima, na kufanya idadi ya mambo makubwa. Ondokeni kwangu, ninyi wafanyakazi wa wakukosa maadili. 29 Mtu mwenye kusikia maneno ya uzima na kutoyafanya ni kama mtu ajengaye nyumba yake juu ya mchanga, ambapo mafuriko yajapo, yasombelezewa mbali na kupotea. 30 Bali yeye mwenye kusikia maneno ya uzima na katika moyo wa dhati, moyo mtiifu apokea na kufanya hazina yake na kuishi maisha yaliyotakata, 31 Ni kama mtu ajengaye nyumba yake juu ya mwamba; mafuriko yaweza kuja, pepo zaweza kuvuma, tufani zaweza kuipiga nyumba yake; nayo isitikisike. 32 Enendeni mbele na kuyajenga maisha yenu juu ya mwamba mgumu wa kweli, na nguvu zote za uweza wa muovu hazitoweza kuwatikisa. 33 Na Yesu alimaliza yote ya kusema kwake juu ya mlima na halafu yeye, pamoja na wale kumi na wawili, wakarejea Kapernauni.

CHAPTER 102

The Christines at the home of Jesus. Jesus unfolds to them the secret doctrine. They go through all Galilee and teach and heal. Jesus brings to life the son of a widow at Nain. They return to Capernaum.

THE twelve apostles went with Jesus to his home, and there abode for certain days. 2 And Jesus told them many things about the inner life that may not now be written in a book. 3 Now, in Capernaum, there lived a man of wealth, a Roman captain of a hundred men, who loved the Jews and who had built for them a synagogue. 4 A servant of this man was paralysed, and he was sick nigh unto death. 5 The captain knew of Jesus and had heard that by the Sacred Word he healed the sick, and he had faith in him. 6 He sent a message by the elders of the Jews to Jesus, and he pled for help. 7 and Jesus recognised the captain's faith and went at once to heal the sick; the captain met him on the way and said to him, 8 Lo, Lord, it is not well that you should come unto my house; I am not worthy of the presence of a man of God. 9 I am a man of war, my life is spent with those who ofttimes take the lives of fellow men. 10 And surely he who comes to save would be dishonoured if he came beneath my roof. 11 If you will speak the Word I know my servant will be well. 12 And Jesus turned and said to those who followed him, 13 Behold the captain's faith; I have not seen such faith, no, not in Israel. 14 Behold, the feast is spread for you; but while you doubt and wait, the alien comes in faith and takes the bread of life. 15 Then turning to the man he said, Go on your way; according to your faith so shall it be; your servant lives. 16 It came to pass that at the time that Jesus spoke the Word the palsied man arose, and he was well. 17 And then the Christines went abroad to teach. And as they came to Nain, a city on the Hermon way, they saw a multitude about the gates. 18 It was a funeral train; a widow's son was dead, and friends were bearing out the body to the tomb. 19 It was the widow's only son, and she was wild with grief. And Jesus said to her, Weep not, I am the life; your son shall live. 20 And Jesus raised his hand; the bearers of the dead stood still. 21 And Jesus touched the bier and said, Young man, return. 22 The soul returned; the body of the dead was filled with life; the man sat up and spoke. 23 The people were astonished at the scene, and every one exclaimed, Praise God. 24 A Jewish priest stood forth and said, Behold a mighty prophet has appeared; and all the people said, Amen. 25 The Christines journeyed on; they taught, and healed the sick in many towns of Galilee, and then they came again unto Capernaum.

Sura 102

Wauanakristu nyumbani kwa Yesu. yesu awafunulia fundisho la siri. Waenda kote katika Galilaya na kufundisha na kuponya. Yesu arejeshea uhai wa mwili mtoto wa mjane wa Naini. Wanarudi Kapernauni.


MITUME kumi na wawili wakaenda na Yesu hadi nyumbani kwake, na kule wakakaa kwa siku kadhaa. 2 Na Yesu akawaambia mambo mengi kuhusu maisha ya ndani ambayo yaweza kuwa hayajaandikwa katika kitabu. 3 Sasa, katika Kapernauni, aliishi mtu wenye mali, jemedari wa jeshi wa Kirumi wa watu mia, ambao waliwapenda Wayahudi na ambao waliwajengea wao sinagogu. 4 Mtumishi wa mtu huyu alikuwa amepooza, na yeye alikuwa ni mgonjwa karibu na mauti. 5 jemedari wa jeshi alijua ya Yesu na alipata kusikia ya kwamba wa Neno Takatifu yeye aliponya wagonjwa, na yeye alikuwa na imani katika Yeye. 6 Akamtumia ujumbe kupitia kwa wazee wa Kiyahudi kwa Yesu, na kusihi msaada. 7 na Yesu aliitambua imani ya jemedari wa jeshi na kwenda mara moja kumponya mgonjwa; jemedari wa jeshi akakutana naye njiani na kusema kwake, 8 Lo, Bwana, si vema kwamba ungalikuja nyumbani kwangu; mimi sisitahili uwepo wa mtu wa Mungu. 9 Mimi ni mtu wa kupigana vitani, maisha yangu yanatumika na wale ambao mara nyingi huchukua maisha ya wenzao. 10 Na hakika yule ajaye kuokoa angalikuwa ni mwenye kukosewa heshima ikiwa ikiwa aja chini ya dari langu. 11 Ikiwa utazungumza Neno najua mtumishi wangu atakuwa ni mzima. 12 Na Yesu akageuka na kusema kwa wale waliokuwa wakimfuata, 13 Tazameni imani ya jemedari wa jeshi; sijapata kuona imani kama hii, la, si Israeli. 14 Tazameni, kalamu imeandaliwa; lakini wakati mkiwa na mashaka na kungoja, mgeni wa mbali aja katika imani na kuuchukua mkate wa uzima. 15 Na halafu kugeukia kwa mtu akasema, enenda njia yako; kwa kiasi cha imani yako na iwe hivyo; mtumishi wako aishi. 16 Ikaja kupita kuwa wakati Yesu akizungumza Neno mtu aliyepooza akainuka, na yeye alikuwa ni mzima. 17 Na halafu wauanakristu wakaenda ng'ambo kufundisha. Na kadri walivyokuwa wakija Naini, mji mkuu njiani pa Hamoni, waliyona makundi ya watu katibu na malango. 18 Ilikuwa ni msururu wa mazishi; mwana wa mjane alikuwa amefariki, na yeye alikuwa na kichaa cha majonzi. Na Yesu akamwambia yeye,usilie machozi, mimi ni uzima; mwanao ataishi. 20 Na Yesu akainua mkono wake; wabeba mfu wakasimama tuli. 21 Na Yesu akalishika machela la maziko na kusema, kijana, rudi. 22 Nafsi-roho ikarejea; mwili wa mfu ukajawa na uzima; mtu akakaa na kuzungumza. 23 Watu wakastaajabu kwa tukio lile machoni pao, na kila mmoja wao akatamka, Asifiwe Mungu. 24 Na kuhani wa kiyahudi akasimama mbele na kusema, Tazameni nabii mkubwa ametokea; na watu wote wakasema, Amina. 25 Wauanakristu waendelea na safari; wakafundisha, na kuponya wagonjwa katika miji mingi ya Galilaya, na halafu warudi tena Kapernauni.

CHAPTER 103

The Christines in Jesus' home. Jesus teaches the twelve and the foreign masters every morning. Jesus receives messengers from John, the harbinger, and sends him words of encouragement. He eulogies the character of John.

THE home of Jesus was a school where in the early morning hours the twelve apostles and the foreign priests were taught the secret things of God. 2 And there were present priests from China, India, and from Babylon; from Persia, Egypt and from Greece, 3 Who came to sit at Jesus' feet to learn the wisdom that he brought to men, that they might teach their people how to live the holy life. 4 And Jesus taught them how to teach; he told them of the trials of the way, and how to make these trials serve the race. 5 He taught them how to live the holy life that they might conquer death; 6 He taught them what the end of mortal life will be, when man has reached the consciousness that he and God are one. 7 The after midday hours were given to the multitudes who came to learn the way of life and to be healed; and many did believe and were baptised. 8 Now, in his prison by the Bitter Sea the harbinger had heard of all the mighty works that Jesus did. 9 His prison life was hard, and he was sore distressed, and he began to doubt. 10 And to himself he said, I wonder if this Jesus is the Christ of whom the prophets wrote! 11 Was I mistaken in my work? Was I, indeed, one sent from God to pave the way for him who shall redeem our people, Israel? 12 And then he sent some of his friends, who came to see him in his prison cell, up to Capernaum that they might learn about this man, and bring him word. 13 The men found Jesus in his home, and said, Behold the harbinger sent us to ask, Are you the Christ? or is he yet to come? 14 But Jesus answered not; he simply bade the men to tarry certain days that they might see and hear. 15 They saw him heal the sick, and cause the lame to walk, the deaf to hear, the blind to see; 16 They saw him cast the evil spirits out of those obsessed; they saw him raise the dead. 17 They heard him preach the gospel to the poor. 18 Then Jesus said to them, Go on your way; return to John and tell him all that you have seen and heard; then he will know. They went their way. 19 The multitudes were there, and Jesus said to them, Once you were crowding Jordan's fords; you filled the wilderness. 20 What did you go to see? The trees of Juda, and the flowers of Heth? Or did you go to see a man in kingly garb? Or did you go to see a prophet and a seer? 21 I tell you, men, you know not whom you saw. A prophet? Yea, and more; a messenger whom God had sent to pave the way for what you see and hear this day. 22 Among the men of earth a greater man has never lived than John. 23 Behold I say, This man whom Herod bound in chains and cast into a prison cell is God's Elijah come again to earth. 24 Elijah, who did not pass the gate of death, whose body of this flesh was changed, and he awoke in Paradise. 25 When John came forth and preached the gospel of repentance for the cleansing of the soul, the common folks believed and were baptised. 26 The lawyers and the Pharisees accepted not the teachings of this man; were not baptised. 27 Behold, neglected opportunities will never come again. 28 Behold, the people are unstable as the waters of the sea; they seek to be excused from righteousness. 29 John came and ate no bread, and drank no wine. He lived the simplest life apart from men, and people said, He is obsessed. 30 Another comes who eats and drinks and lives in homes like other men, and people say, He is a glutton, an inegriate, a friend of publicans and those who sin. 31 Woe unto you, you cities of the vale of Galilee, where all the mighty works of God are done! Woe to Chorazan and Bethsaida! 32 If half the mighty works that have been done in you were done in Tyre and in Sidon they would have long ago repented of their sins, and sought the way of right. 33 And when the judgement day shall come, lo, Tyre and Sidon will be called more worthy than will you. 34 Because they slighted not their gifts, while you have thrown away the pearl of greatest price. 35 Woe unto you Capernaum! Behold, you are exalted now, but you shall be abased; 36 For if the mighty works that have been done in you had but been done within the cities of the plain--of Sodom and Zeboim--they would have heard and turned to God; would not have been destroyed. 37 They perished in their ignorance; they had no light; but you have heard; you have the evidence. 38 The light of life has shown above your hills and all the shores of Galilee have been ablaze with light; 39 The glory of the Lord has shown in evry street and syna gogue and home; but you have spurned the light. 40 And, lo, I say, The judgment day will come and God will deal in greater mercy with the cities of the plains than he will deal with you.

Sura 103

Wauanakristu nyumbani kwa Yesu. Yesu awafundisha kumi na wawili na wakuu wageni kila asubuhi. Yesu awapokea wajumbe kutoka kwa Yohana, mtayarisha njia, na kumtumia maneno ya kutia moyo nguvu. Aisifia sifa ya tabia ya Yohana.


Nyumbani kwa Yesu kulikuwa ni shule ambako kila mapema asubuhi mitume kumi na wawili na wakuu wageni walifundishwa mambo ya siri ya Mungu. 2 Na kulikuwepo na makuhani kutoka Uchina, India, na kutoka Babiloni; kutoka Uajemi, Misri na kutoka Ugiriki, 3 Ambao walikuja kuketi miguuni pa Yesu kujifunza hekima ambayo imeileta kwa watu, ili kwamba waweze kupata kuwafundisha watu wao jinsi ya kuishi maisha matakatifu. 4 Na Yesu akawafundisha namna ya kufundisha; aliwaambia wao majaribu ya njiani, na jinsi ya kuyapita na kutumikia namna za watu. 5 Aliwafundisha wao jinsi ya kuishi maisha matakatifu ili kuweza kushinda mauti; 6 Aliwafundisha wao mwisho wa maisha ya uzima wa mwili utakavyokuwa, ambapo mtu amefikia ufahamu wa kuwa yeye na Mungu ni moja. 7 Baada ya wasaa wa mchana ulipewa kwa makundi ya watu waliokuja kujifunza njia ya uzima na kuponywa; wengi waliamini na walibatizwa. 8 Sasa, katika kifungo chake karibu ya Bahari nyeusi mtayarisha njia aliyasikia yote ya kazi kuuu ambazo Yesu alifanya. 9 Maisha yake ya kifungoni yalikuwa ni magumu, na yeye alikuwa ni mwenyekujichokea sana, na yeye akaanza kuwa na mashaka. 10 Na kwake mwenyewe akasema, najiuliza hivi kweli Yesu huyu ni Kristu ambaye manabii waliandika! 11 Je, mimi nilikosewa kwa kazi yangu? Hivi kweli, mimi, mtu niliyetumwa toka kwa Mungu kuiandaa njia kwa yeye ambaye atawakomboa watu wetu, Israeli? 12 Na halafu akawatuma baadhi ya rafiki zake, ambao walikuja kumuona gerezani, kwenda juu kapernauni ili kwamba wapate kujifunza kuhusu mtu huyu, na mniletee neno lake. 13 Watu wale wakamkuta Yesu nyumbani kwake, na kusema, Tazama mtayarisha njia ametutuma kukuuliza, je, wewe ni kristu? au yeye yu ajaye? 14 Lakini Yesu hakujibu; yeye aliwataka tu kukaa kwa siku kadhaa ili kwamba wapate kuona na kusikia. 15 Walimuona akiponya wagonjwa, kuwafanya viwete kutembea, viziwi kusikia, vipofu kuona; 16 Walimuona akiwatoa mapepo waovu toka kwa wale walioshikwa; walimuona yeye akiwaleta katika uzima waliokufa. 17 Walimsikia akiihubiri injili kwa maskini. 18 Halafu Yesu akawaambia wao, nendeni njia yenu; mrudi kwa Yohana na mmwambie yote mliyoyaona na kusikia; basi atajua. Na wao wakaenda zao. 19 Makundi ya watu walikuwepo pale, na Yesu akasema kwao, Kuna wakati ninyi mlikuwa mkijazana katika kingo za Yordani; mlizijaza nyika. 20 Mlikwenda kutizama nini? miti ya Yuda, maua ya hethi? Au mlikwenda kumuona mtu katika vazi la kifalme? Au mlikwenda kumuona nabii na maona? 21 Nawambieni, enyi watu, hamumjui ni nani mliyemuona. Nabii? Naam, na zaidi; mjumbe ambaye Mungu amemtuma kuiandaa njia kwa kile mkionacho na kusikia leo hii. 22 Miongoni mwa watu wa dunia kamwe hakuna mtu mkuu zaidi aliyepata kuishi kuliko Yohana. 23 Tazameni nawaambieni, huyu mtu ambaye herode kamfungia minyororo na kumtupa kifungoni ni Eliya wa Mungu kuja tena duniani. 24 Eliya, ambaye hakupita katika lango la mauti, ambaye mwili wake wa nyama ulibadilishwa, na yeye aliamkia peponi. 25 Yohana alipokuja aliihubiri injili ya Uutubio kwa ajili ya utakaso wa nafsi-roho, watu wa kawaida waliamini nao walibatizwa. 26 Wanasheria na Mafarisayo hawakuyakubali mafundisho ya mtu huyu; hawakubatizwa. 27 Tazameni, nafasi zilizopuuziwa kamwe haziji tena. 28 Tazameni, watu ni wenye kuyumba yumba kama maji ya bahari; watafuta kupewa udhuru toka kwenye utendahaki. 29 Yohana alikuja na hakula mkate, hakunywa mvinyo. Yeye aliishi maisha rahisi mbali na watu, na watu wakasema, yeye ni mwenyekushikwa na pepo. 30 Mwingine aja mwenye kula na kunywa na kuishi katika makazi kama watu wengine, na watu wasema, Yeye ni mlafi, [inegriate], rafiki wa watoza kodi*[Pia kusema Watumishi wa serikali yenye kuwatawala watu chini ya kanuni zake] na wale wenye kutenda dhambi. 31 Ole wenu ninyi, ninyi wa miji ya chini ya Galilaya, ambako kazi zote kuu za Mungu zimefanyika! Ole kwa Chorazani na Bethsaida! 32 Ikiwa nusu ya kazi zilizokuu ambazo zimefanywa kwenu zingefanywa katika Taire na Sidoni wao wangalikuwa muda mrefu wametubu dhambi zao, na kuhitafuta njia iliyo ni sahihi. 33 Na siku ya hukumu itakuja, lo, Taire na Sidoni zitaitwa ni zenye thamani kupita mtayokuwa nayo ninyi. 34 Kwa kuwa wao hawajaheshimu zawadi zao, wakati ninyi mmezitupa lulu za thamani kuu. 35 Ole wenu Kapernauni! Tazameni, mmeinuliwa juu hadhi sasa, lakini utashushwa sifa; 36 Kwani ikiwa kazi kuu ambazo zimefanywa kwenu zingekuwa zimefanywa ndani ya miji tambarare--ya Sodomu na Zeboimu--wao wangalisikia na kumgeukia Mungu; mngalikosa kuwa mmeharibiwa. 37 Wao wapotea katika ujinga wao; hawakuwa na nuru; lakini ninyi mmesikia; mnacho kithibitisho. 38 Taa ya uzima imeoneshwa juu ya vilima vyenu na pwani zote za Galilaya zimemulikwa na nuru; 39 Utukufu wa Bwana umeonekana katika kila mtaa na sinagogu na makazi; lakini ninyi mmeitupia mbali nuru. 40 Na, lo, nasema, siku ya hukumu itakuja na Mungu atawashughulikia kwa rehama iliyokubwa miji na tambarare kuliko atakavyowashughulikia ninyi.


CHAPTER 104

Jesus teaches the multitudes. Attends a feast in Simon's house. A wealthy courtesan anoints him with precious balm. Simon rebukes him and he preaches a sermon on false respectability.

AND Jesus looked upon the multitudes who pressed about for selfish gain. 2 The men of learning and of wealth, of reputation and of power, were there; but they knew not the Christ. 3 Their eyes were blinded by the tinselled glitter of their selfish selves; they could not see the king. 4 And though they walked within the light, they groped about in dark--a darkness like the night of death. 5 And Jesus cast his eyes to heaven and said, 6 I thank thee, Holy One of heaven and earth, that while the light is hidden from the wise and great, it is revealed to babes. 7 Then turning to the multitudes he said, I come to you not in the name of man, nor in a strength my own; 8 The wisdom and the virtue that I bring to you are from above; they are the wisdom and the virtue of the God whom we adore. 9 The words I speak are not my words; I give to you what I receive. 10 Come unto me all you who labour and pull heavy loads and I will give you aid. 11 Put on the yoke of Christ with me; it does not chafe; it is an easy yoke. 12 Together we will pull the load of life with ease; and so rejoice. 13 A Pharisee, whose name was Simon, made a feast, and Jesus was the honoured guest. 14 And as they sat about the board, a coutesan who had been cured of her desire to sin by what she had received and seen in Jesus' ministry, came uninvited to the feast. 15 She brought an alabaster box of costly balm and as the guests reclined she came to Jesus in her joy, because she been freed from sin. 16 Her tears fell fast, she kissed his feet, and dried them with her hair, and she anointed them with balm. 17 And Simon thought, he did not speak alous, This man is not a prophet or he would know the kind of woman that approaches him, and would drive her away. 18 But Jesus knew his thoughts, and said to him, My host, I have a word to say to you. 19 And Simon said, Say on. 20 And Jesus said, Sin is a monster of iniquity; it may be small; it may be large; it may be something left undone. 21 Behold, one person leads a life of sin and is at last redeemed; another, in a careless mood, forgets to do the things hs ought to do but he reforms and is forgiven. Now, which of these has merited the higher praise? 22 And Simon said, The one who overcame the error of alife. 23 And Jesus said, You speak the truth. 24 Behold this woman who has bathed my feet with tears and dried them with her hair and covered them with balm! 25 For years she led a life of sin, but when she heard the words of life she sought forgiveness and she found. 26 But when I came into your house as guest you gave me not a bowl of water that I might wash my hands and feet, which every loyal Jew must do before he feasts. 27 Now, tell me, Simon, which of these, this woman or yourself, is worthy of most praise? 28 But Simon answered not. 29 Then to the woman Jesus said, Your sins are all forgiven; your faith has saved you; go in peace. 30 And then the guests who sat around the board, began to say within themselves, What manner of a man is this who says, Thy sins are all forgiven?

Sura 104


Yesu afundisha mkusanyiko wa watu. Ahudhuria kalamu nyumbani kwa Simoni. Kahaba mwenye mali ampaka yeye mafuta kwa mafuta ya thamani. Simoni amkemea na yeye ahubiri hubiri la uheshimifu wa uongo.

NA Yesu akayatazama makundi ya watu waliobanana kuzunguka karibu kwa ajili ya faida zao binafsi. 2 Watu wa kisomo na wa utajiri wa mali, wa heshima ya kazi na nguvu za kitawala, walikuwepo pale; lakini hawakumjua Kristu. 3 Macho yao yalipofushwa na mameremeto yavutiayo ya nafsi binafsi; hawakuwa wakiweza kumuona Mfalme. 4 Na ingawaje walitembea palipokuwa na nuru; wao walikuwa wakipepesa macho kwenye giza--kiza kama mauti. 5 Na Yesu atazama macho yake juu mbinguni na kusema, 6 Ninakushukuru wewe, Mtakatifu Moja wa mbingu na nchi, ya kwamba wakati nuru imefichika kwa wenyehekima na wakuu, imefunuliwa kwa watoto wachanga. 7 Halafu kuwageukia makutano akasema, ninakuja kwenu si kama katika jina la mtu, na wala katika nguvu zangu mwenyewe za uimara; 8 Hekima na vipawa vya uweza niwaleteavyo ni kutoka juu; vyenyewe ni hekima na vipawa vya uweza vya Mungu tunayemuhusudu. 9 Maneno niyazungumzayo si ni maneno yangu; nawapeni kwenu kile ninachopokea. 10 Njooni kwangu enyi wote wenye kutumikishwa kazi na kuikokota mizigo mizito na mimi ninawapeni msaada wa nafuu. 11 Vaeni nira ya Kristu aliyenami; haisugui ngozi; nayo ni nira nyepesi. 12 Pamoja tutauvuta mzigo wa maisha wa uwepesi; na hivyo kufurahia. 13 Mfarisayo, ambaye jina lake lilikuwa ni Simoni, alifanya kalamu, na Yesu alikuwa ni mgeni wa kuheshimiwa. 14 Na walivyokuwa wameketi kuzunguka meza, kahaba ambaye aliponeshwa na matamanio yake ya kutenda dhambi kwa kile alichokipokea kama na kuona katika huduma ya Yesu, alikuja bila kukaribishwa kalamuni. 15 Alikuja na kisanduku chake kidogo cha mafuta ya gharama kubwa na wakati wageni wakinua vichwa vyao nyuma alikuja kwa Yesu na furaha yake, kwa kuwa amewekwa huru na dhambi. 16 Machozi yake yalibubujika, na yeye akaibusu miguu yake, na kuifuta kwa nywele zake, na akaipaka mafuta. 17 Na Simoni akafikiria, hakuzungumza kwa sauti, Mtu huyu si nabii ama angalijua namna ya aina ya mwanamke huyu anayemkaribia, angemfukuzia mbali. 18 Lakini Yesu aliyajua mawazo yake, na kusema kwake, Mwenyeji wangu, nina neno la kukwambia. 19 Na Simoni akasema, liseme. 20 Na Yesu akasema, Dhambi ni dubwana la ukosaji maadili; yaweza kuwa ndogo, yaweza kuwa ni kubwa; inaweza kuwa ni kitu ambacho kimeachwa kutendwa. 21 Tazama, mtu mmoja aanongoza katika maisha ya dhambi na mwishowe akombolewa; mwingine, katika hali ya kutokujali, asahau kutenda vitu apasavyo kufanya lakini ajitengeneza upya na kusamehewa. Sasa, ni nani kati ya hawa anastahili sifa ya juu kuliko? 22 Na Simoni akasema, Yule mtu ambaye ameyashinda makosa yake ya kimaisha. 23 Na Yesu akasema, wewe wazungumza kweli. 24 Tazama mwanamke huyu ambaye ameiosha miguu yangu kwa machozi na kuifuta kwa nywele na kuipaka mafuta! 25 Kwa miaka ameishi maisha ya dhambi, lakini aliposikia maneno ya uzima alitafuta msamaha na kuupata. 26 Lakini nilipokuja nyumbani kwako kama mgeni hukunipa bakuli la maji ili kwamba nipate kuosha mikono na miguu yangu, ambavyo kila myahudi mttifu lazima afanye kabla ya kukalamika. 27 Sasa, niambie, Simoni, yupi kati ya hawa, mwanamke huyu ama wewe, mwenye kustahili sifa zaidi? 28 Lakini Simoni hakujibu. 29 Halafu kwa mwanamke Yesu akasema, Dhambi zako zimesamehewa; imani yako imekuokoa; enenda kwa amani. 30 Na halafu wageni ambao walikuwa wameketi kuzunga meza, wakaanza kusema ndani yao, ni mtu wa namna gani huyu asemaye, Dhambi zako zote zimesamehewa?


CHAPTER 105

Under the patronage of a number of wealthy woman, the Christines make a grand missionary tour. In his teaching Jesus lauds sincerity and rebukes hypocrisy. He speaks concerning the sin against the Holy Breath.

NOW, many women who possessed much wealth, and abode in other towns of Galilee, implored that Jesus and the twelve, together with the masters from the foreign lands, would thither go and preach and heal. 2 Among these anxious ones were Mary Magdalene, who was obsessed by seven homeless spirits of the air, which had been driven out by the Omnific Word which Jesus spoke; 3 Susanna, who owned vast estates at Caesarea-Philippi; 4 Johanna, wife of Chuza, one of Herod's court; 5 And Rachel from the coast of Tyre; 6 And other from beyond the Jordan and the sea of Galilee. 7 And they provided ample means and three times seven men went forth. 8 They preached the gospel of the Christ and they baptised the multitudes who made confession of their faith; they healed the sick and raised the dead. 9 And Jesus wrought and taught from early morn until the day had gone, and then into the night, he did not stop to eat. 10 His friends became alarmed lest he should fail from loss of strength, and they laid hold of him and would, by force, have taken him away to a place of rest. 11 But he rebuked them not; he said, Have you not read that God will give his angels charge concerning me? 12 That they would hold me fast and suffer not that I should come to want? 13 I tell you, men, while I am giving out my strength unto these anxious, waiting throngs I find myself at rest within the arms of God, 14 Whose blessed messengers bring down to me the bread of life. 15 There is a tide just once in human life. 16 These people now are willing to receive the truth; their opportunity is now; our opportunity is now, 17 And if we do not teach them while we may, the tide will ebb; 18 They may not care again to hear the truth; then tell me, Who will bear the guilt? 19 And so he taught and healed. 20 Among the multitudes were men of every shade of thought. They were divided in their views concernong everything that Jesus said. 21 Some saw in him a God, and would have worshipped him; and others saw in him a devil of the nether world and would have cast him in a pit. 22 And some were trying hard to lead a double life; like little lions of the ground that take upon themselves the colour of the thing they rest upon. 23 These people without anchorage of any sort, are friends or foes as seemed to serve them best. 24 And Jesus said, No man can serve two masters at a time. No man can be a friend and foe at once. 25 All men are rising up, or sinking down; are building up, or tearing down. 26 If you are gathering not the precious grain, then you are throwing it away. 27 He is a coward who would feign to be a friend, or foe, to please another man. 28 You men, do not deceice yourselves inthought; your hearts are known; 29 Hypocrisy will blight a soul as surely as the breath of Beelzebul. An honest evil man is more esteemed by guardians of the soul than a dishonest pious man. 30 If you would curse the son of man, just curse him out aloud. 31 A curse is poison to the inner man, and if you hold and swallow down a curse it never will digest; lo, it will poison every atom of your soul. 32 And if you sin against a son of man, you may be pardoned and your guilt be cleansed by acts of kindness and of love; 33 But if you sin against the Holy Breath by disregarding her when she would open up the doors of life for you; 34 By closing up the windows of the soul when she would pour the light of love into your hearts, and cleanse them with the fires of God; 35 Your guilt shall not be blotted out in this, nor in the life to come. 36 An opportunity has gone to come no more, and you must wait until the ages roll again. 37 Then will the Holy Breath again breathe on your fires of life, and fan them to a living flame. 38 Then she will open up the doors again, and you may let her in to sup with you for evermore, or you may slight her once again, and then again. 39 You men of Israel, your opportunity is now. 40 Your tree of life is an illusive tree; it has a generous crop of leaves; its boughs hang low with fruit. 41 Behold, your words are leaves; your deeds the fruit. 42 Behold, for men have plucked the apples of your tree of life, and found them full of bitterness; and worms have eaten to the core. 43 Behold that fig tree by the way so full of leaves and worthless fruit! 44 Then Jesus spoke a word that nature spirits know, and lo, the fig tree stood a mass of withered leaves. 45 And then he spoke again, Behold, for God will speak the Word, and you will stand a withered fig tree in the setting sun. 46 You men of Galilee, send forth and call the pruner in before it is too late, and let him prune away your worthless branches and illusive leaves, and let the sunshine in. 47 The sun is life, and it can change your worthlessness to worth. 48 Your tree of life is good; but you have nurtured it solong with dews of self, and mists of carnal things that you have shut the sunshine out. 49 I tell you, men, that you must give account to God for every idle word you speak and every evil deed you do.

Sura 105


Chini ya shughuli ya pamoja ya idadi kadhaa ya wanawake wenye mali, Wauanakristu wafanya safari kubwa za kiutumishi za kutembelea maeneo. Katika mafundisho yake Yesu aupa sana sifa unyoofu mweupe na kukemea unafiki. Azungumzia kuhusu dhambi dhidi ya Pumzi Mtakatifu.

SASA, wanawake wengi walikuwa na mali nyingi, na kukaa katika miji mingine ya Galilaya, waliwasihi kwamba Yesu na wale kumi na wawili, pamoja na wakuu kutoka nchi za nje, wangalikwenda mbele na kuhubiri na kuponya. 2 Miongoni mwa hawa wenye shauku alikuwepo Maria Magdaleni, ambaye alikuwa kashikwa na mapepo saba yasiyo na makazi ya hewani, ambayo yatolewa na kufukuzuliwa nje kwa Neno la ki-kila-mahala-pote ambalo Yesu alizungumza; 3 Susana, ambaye alikuwa akimiliki mashamba makubwa Kaisaria-Filipi; 4 Yohana, mke wa Chuza, mtu wa baraza la Herode; 5 na Racheli kutoka katika ukanda wa bahari wa Taire; 6 Na mwingine kutoka mbali kuzidi Yordani na bahari ya Galilaya. 7 Na hao walitoa namna za msaada wa kutosha na mara tatu watu saba walikwenda mbele. 8 Waliihubiri injili ya Kristu na wakawabatiza makundi ya watu waliokiri imani yao; wakawaponya wagonjwa na kuwainua wafu katika uhai. 9 Na Yesu akafanya bidiii na kufundisha kutokea asubuhi mapema mpaka siku ilipokwisha, na halafu usiku, hakusimama ili kula. 10 Marafiki zake wakawa na wasiwasi asije akashindwa kazi kutokana na kukosa nguvu za uimara, na wao wakamshikilia na kwa nguvu, wangalimshikilia, na kumchukua yeye hadi mahala pa kupumzika. 11 Lakini yeye hakuwakatalia; yeye akasema Hamjasoma ya kwamba Mungu atawaamuru malaika wake kutumikia kuhusiana na mimi? 12 Ya kwamba watanishikilia kwa nguvu na kutoniacha kuteseka na uhitaji? 13 Nawaambieni, enyi watu, wakati nikitokotoa nguvu zangu kwa hawa wenye haja, utitiri wenye kusubiria najikuta kutulia mikononi mwa Mungu, 14 Ambaye wajumbe wake walobarikiwa wanishushia mkate wa uzima. 15 Kuna maji kujaa mara moja tu katika maisha ya binadamu. 16 Watu hawa sasa wanayo nia ya kupokea kweli; nafasi yao ni sasa; nafasi yetu ni sasa, 17 Na ikiwa hatutawafundisha wao wakati tukiweza; maji yatakupwa; 18 Wao hawatajali tena kusikia kweli; basi niambieni, ni nani atakyeibeba hatia hii? 19 Na hivyo akafundisha na kuponya. 20 Miongoni mwa makutano kulikuwepo na watu kutoka katika namna ya fikara. Walikuwa ni wenye kugawanyika mitazamo yao kuhusu kila kitu ambacho Yesu alisema. 21 Baadhi waliona Mungu ndani yake, na wangalitaka kumuabudu yeye; na wengine waliona pepo ndani yake kutoka alimwengu za chini na wangetaka kumtupia shimoni. 22 Na kuna baadhi waliokuwa wakijaribu kuishi kuongoza katika namna mbili za maisha; kama vile vinyonga wa ardhini ambao hujitwalia rangi ya kitu chochote wachotulia juu yake. 23 Watu hawa bila ya namna ya kusimamia popote, ni marafiki ama maadui kama vile waonavyo kuwafaa sana. 24 Na Yesu akasema, Hakuna mtu awezaye kuwatumikia mabwana wawili kwa wakati. Hakuna mtu aweza kuwa ni rafiki na adui mara moja. 25 Watu wote wainuka juu, ama kuzama chini; kujenga ama kubomoa. 26 Ikiwa husanyi nafaka ya thamani, basi wewe waitupia mbali. 27 Ni mtu mnyonge yeye mwenye kuigizia kuwa rafiki, au adui, kumfurahisha mtu mwingine. 28 Ninyi watu, msijidanganye wenyewe katika mawazo; mioyo yenu yajulikana; 29 Unafiki waweza kuidhoofisha nafsi-roho kwa hakika kama vile Beelzebuli. Mtu muovu kwa ukweli wa kuonekana ni mwenye kuchukuliwa kwa heshima na walinzi wa nafsi-roho kuliko mtu mchaji asiye kuwa na ukweli katika sura. 30 Ikiwa utamlaani mwana wa mtu, basi mlaani tu kwa sauti. 31 Laana ni sumu kwa mtu wa ndani, na ikiwa walishikilia ndani na kulimeza laani lako ndani halitashughulikiwa tumboni; lo, litatia sumu kila tonadari*[pia kusema atumu] ya nafsi-roho yako. 32 Na ikiwa wamtendea dhambi mwana wa mtu, unaweza kusamehewa na hatia yako kusafishwa kwa vitendo vya huruma na vya upendo; Lakini ikiwa utatenda dhambi dhidi ya Pumzi Takatifu kwa kutomheshimu yeye anapokufungulia milango ya uzima kwako; 34 Kwa kufunga madirisha ya nafsi-roho wakati yeye akimimina nuru ya upendo katika mioyo yenu, na kuitakasa hiyo kwa mioto ya Mungu; 35 Hatia zenu haziwezi kufutwa kuwa nyeupe katika hili, na wala katika maisha yanayokuja. 36 Nafasi imekwenda kutokuja tena, na itakubidi kungojea mpaka zama irudi tena. 37 Ambapo Pumzi Takatifu atapuliza tena pumzi juu ya mioto yenu ya uzima, na kuipepea tena hadi kuwa moto wa uhai. 38 Halafu tena ataifungua milango tena, na ninyi mpate tena kuweza kumwacha kuwalisha kidogo kidogo kama kichanga daima zaidi, au mwaweza tena kutomjali, na halafu tena. 39 Ninyi watu wa Israeli, nafasi yenu ni sasa. 40 Mti wenu wa uhai ni ulionanamna ya sura isiyo ya kweli; inayomazao ya majani mengi katika msimu; matawi yake manene yayaning'inizia chini chini matunda. 41 Tazama, maneno yenu ni majani; matendo yenu ni matunda. 42 Tazameni, kwa kuwa watu wameyachuma matunda ya mti wenu wa uzima, na kuyakuta ni machungu; na minyoo wamekula hadi katikati. 43 Tazameni mti mfigi kwa namna ambayo ya kujaa majani na matunda matunda yasiyo na thamani! 44 Na halafu Yesu akazungumza neno ambalo roho wa kwenye mazingira ya asili walijua, na lo, mfigi ukasimama ni gome lililo na majani yaliyokauka na kupeperuka. 45 Na halafu akazungumza tena, Tazama, kwani Mungu atazungumza Neno, na ninyi mtasimama mfigi uliokaukia katika kuzama kwa jua. 46 Enyi watu wa Galilaya, watumeni mbele na kuwaita wakata majani kabla hamjachelewa, na mwacheni ayakatilie mbali majani yenu yasiyo na thamnani yoyoyte na majani ya udanganyifu wa sura, na kuleta mwangaza wa jua kupenya na kuingia. 47 Jua ni Uzima, na laweza kubadili hali yenu ya kutokuwa na thamani kuwa ni thamani. 48 Mti wenu wa uzima ni mwema; bali ninyi mmelea sana umande wa nafsi, na ukungu wa vitu vya mwili ya kwamba mmeziba nuru ya jua nje. 49 Nawambieni, enyi watu, ya kwamba yawapasa kuhesabiwa tendo kwa Mungu kwa kila neno la bure mzungumzalo na kwa kila tendo mlifanyalo.


CHAPTER 106

The Christines are in Magdala. Jesus heals a man who was blind, dumb and obsessed. He teaches the people. While he speaks his mother, brothers and Miriam come to him. He teaches a lesson on family relationship. He introduces Miriam to the people and she sings her songs of victory.

MAGDALA is beside the sea, and here the teachers taught. 2 A man obsessed, and who was blind and dumb was brought, and Jesus spoke the Word, and lo, the evil spirits went away; the man spoke out, his eyes were opened and he saw. 3 This was the greatest work that men had seen the master do, and they were all amazed. 4 The Pharisees were there, and they were full of jealous rage; they sought a cause whereby they might condemn. 5 They said, Yes, it is true that Jesus does a multitude of mighty works; but men should know that he is leagued with Beelzebul. 6 He is a sorcerer, a black magician of the Simon Cerus type; he works as Jannes and as Jambres did in Moses' day. 7 For Satan, prince of evil spirits, is his stay by night and day and in the name of Satan he casts the demons out, and in his name he heals the sick and raises up the dead. 8 But Jesus knew their thoughts; he said to them, You men are masters, and you know the law; whatever is arrayed against itself must fall; a house divided cannot stand; 9 A kingdom warring with itself is brought to naught. 10 If Satan casts the devil out, how can his kingdom stand? 11 If I, by Beelzebul, cast devils out, by whom do you cast devils out? 12 But if I, in the holy name of God, cast devils out, and make the lame to walk, the deaf to hear, the blind to see, the dumb to speak, has not God's kingdom come to you? 13 The Pharisees were dumb; they answered not. 14 As Jesus spoke a messenger approached and said to him, Your mother and your brothers wish to speak with you. 15 And Jesus said, Who is my mother? and my brothers, who are they? 16 And then he spoke a word aside unto the foreign masters and the twelve; he said, 17 Behold, men recognise their mothers, fathers, sisters, brothers here in flesh; but when the veil is rent and men walk in the realms of soul, 18 The tender lines of love that bind the groups of fleshly kin in families will fade away. 19 Not that the love for anyone will be the less; but men will see in all the motherhood, the fatherhood, the sisterhood, the brotherhood of man. 20 The family groups of earth will all be lost in universal love and fellowship divine. 21 Then to the multitudes he said, Whoever lives the life and does the will of God is child of God and is my mother, father, sister, friend. 22 And then he went aside to speak to mother and his other kindred in the flesh. 23 But he saw more than these. The maiden who once thrilled his very soul with love. a love beyond the love of any fleshly kin; 24 Who was the sorest tempter in the temple Heliopolis beside the Nile, who sung for him the sacred songs, was there. 25 The recognition was of kindred souls, and Jesus said, 26 Behold, for God has brought to us a power men cannot comprehend, a power of purity and love; 27 To make more light the burdens of the hour, to be a balm for wounded souls; 28 To win the multitude to better ways by sacred song and holy life. 29 Behold, for Miriam who stood beside the sea and sung the song of victory when Moses led the way, will sing again. 30 And all the choirs of heaven will join and sing the glad refrain: 31 Peace, peace on earth; good will to men! 32 And Miriam stood before the waiting throngs and sung again the songs of victory, and all the people said, Amen.

Sura 106

Wauanakristu wapo Magdala. Yesu amponya mtu ambaye ni kipofu, bubu na mwenyekushikwa na pepo. Awafundisha watu. Wakati akizungumza mama yake, kaka, na Miriamu waja kwake. Afundisha somo kuhusu mahusiano ya kifamilia. Amtambulisha Miriamu kwa watu na yeye aimba wimbo wa ushindi.

MAGDALA ilikuwa kando ya bahari, na hapa walimu walifundisha. 2 Mtu alishikwa na pepo, na ambaye alikuwa ni kipofu na bubu aliletwa, na Yesu akazungumza Neno, na lo, pepo waovu wakaenda zao; mtu akazungumza, macho yake yalifunguliwa na yeye aliona. 3 Hii ilikuwa ni kazi iliyokuwa ni kuu zaidi ambayo watu walipata kuona mkuu akifanya, na wao wakastaajabu. 4 Mafarisayo walikuwepo pale, na hao walikuwa wamejawa na hasira; walitafuta sababu ambayo wangeweza kupata kumtia kumshutumu. 5 Wao wakasema, Ndiyo, ni kweli kwamba Yesu afanya kazi kuu za idadi kubwa; lakini watu wanapaswa jua ya kwamba yeye imeingiwa na Beelzebuli. 6 Yeye ni mganga wa mazingaobwe, mwanamazingaobwe ya uchawi ya namna ya Simoni Kerusi; afanya kazi kama vile Yanesi na kama Yambre walivyofanya katika siku ya Musa. 7 Kwani Shetani, mwamfalme wa roho wote waovu, ni nguvu yake ya kuamuru usiku na mchana na katika jina la Shetani yeye afukuza kuyatoa mapepo, na katika jina lake yeye aponya wagonjwa na kuinua wafu katika uzima wa mwili. 8 Lakini Yesu aliyajua mawazo yao; yeye akawaambia wao, ninyi watu ni wakuu, na mwaijua sheria; chochote kusimama mstari kinyume na chenyewe lazima kianguke; nyumba iliyogawanyika haiwezi kusimama; 9 Ufalme wenye kupigana wenyewe utaishia kuwa si chochote. 10 Ikiwa Shetani atoa nje mapepo, ufalme wake utasimamaje? 11 Ikiwa mimi, kwa Beelzebul, nawatoa nje mapepo, na kuwafanya viwete kutembea, viziwi kusikia, vipofu kuona, bubu kuongea, si kuwa ufalme wa Mungu umekuja kwenu? 13 Na Mafarisayo wakawa ni mabubu; hawakujibu. 14 Yesu alivyokuwa akiongea mjumbe alimkaribia na kusema kwake, Mama Yako na kaka zako wanataka kuzungumza na wewe. 15 Na yesu akasema, ni nani mama yangu? na kaka zangu, ni nani hao? 16 Na halafu akazungumza neno kando na wakuu wa kutoka nchi za nje na wale kumi na wawili; yeye akasema, 17 Tazameni, watu wawatambua mama zao, mababa, madada, makaka; hapa katika mwili wa nyama; lakini macho yao yakifunguliwa pazia na watu kutembea katika alamu za nafsi-roho, 18 Mistari mwororo ya upendo ambayo huyafunga kwa pamoja makundi ya undugu wa kimwili yatafifilia mbali. 19 Si kuwa ule upendo kwa mtu yeyote utakuwa ni kidogo; Bali watu wataona katika vyote umama, ubaba, udada, ukaka wa mtu. 20 Makundi ya kifamilia ya dunia yatapotelea katika upendo wa kiulimwengu wote mzima na ushirika wa imani moja ya manani. 21 Halafu kwa makundi akasema, yeyote mwenye kuishi maisha na kutenda mapenzi ya Mungu ni mtoto wa Mungu na ni mama, baba, dada, rafiki yangu. 22 Na halafu akaenda kando kuzungumza na mama na ndugu zake wengine katika mwili wa nyama. 23 Lakinu aliona zaidi ya haya. Mwanamwali ambaye mwanzoni alimsisimua hasa nafsi-roho yake kwa upendo, upendo wa mbali kuzidi upendo wa undugu wowote wa kimwili wa nyama; 24 Ambaye alikuwa mshawishi mkali sana katika hekalu la Heliopolisi kando ya mto wa Naili, ambaye alimwimbia nyimbo takatifu, alikuwepo pale. 25 Utambuaji ulikuwa ni wa kinafsi-roho zenye kufanana sifa za kitabia, na Yesu akasema, 26 Tazama, kwa kuwa Mungu ametuletea kwetu nguvu ya uweza wanadamu wasiyoweza kuimaizi, nguvu ya uweza ya usafi na upendo; 27 Kuifanya mizigo kuwa ni mepesi kwa wakati, kuwa mpako kwa nafsi-roho zilizojeruhiwa; 28 Kuyashinda makundi ya watu katika namna zilizo bora zaidi kwa nyimbo takatifu na maisha matakatifu. 29 Tazameni, kwani Miriamu ambaye asimama kando ya bahari na kuimba wimbo wa ushindi Musa alipoongoza njia, ataimba tena. 30 Na kwaya zote za mbingu zitaungana na kuimba kibwagizo cha furaha: 31 Amani, amani duniani; mapenzi mema kwa watu! 32 Na Miriam akasimama mbele ya utitiri wa watu wenye kungoja na kuimba tena nyimbo za ushindi, na watu wote wakasema, Amina.



CHAPTER 107

A Pharisee demands of Jesus signs of his messiahship. Jesus rebukes him, because he does not recognise the signs that are being continually given. Jesus exhorts the people to receive the light that they may become the light.

A PHARISEE elated with himself stood forth among the multitudes and said to Jesus, 2 Sir, we would have you demonstrate. If you are truly Christ who was to come, then you can surely do what black magicians cannot do. 3 Lo, they can talk, and hold the multitudes with words of power; and they can heal the sick and drive the demons out of those obsessed; 4 They can control the storms; and fire and earth and air will hear and answer when they speak. 5 Now, if you will ascend and from that tower fly across the sea, we will believe that you are sent from God. 6 And Jesus said, No black magician ever lived a holy life; you have a demonstration of the Christ-life every day. 7 But lo, you evil and adulterous scribes and Pharisees, you cannot see a spirit sign, because your spirit eyes are full of carnal self. 8 You seek a sign to please your curoisity. You walk the very lowest planes of carnal life and cry, Phenomena! show us a sign and then we will believe. 9 I was not sent to earth to buy up faith as men buy fish and fruit and rubbish in the streets. 10 Men seem to think it quite a favour done to me when they confess their faith in me and in the holy Christ. 11 What does it matter unto me as man if you believe or disbelieve? 12 Faith is not something you can buy with coin; it is not something you can sell for gold. 13 Once Mart, abeggar, followed me and cried, Give me a silver piece; then I will believe in you. 14 And you are like this beggar man; you offer to exchange your faith for signs. 15 But I will give to all the world one sign as surety that the Christ abides with me. 16 You all have read the parable of Jonah and the fish, wherein it is recorded that the prophet spent three days and nights within the stomach of the mighty fish, and then came forth. 17 The son of man will spend three days and nights within the heart of earth and then come forth again, and men will see and know. 18 Behold, the light may be so bright that men cannot see anything. 19 The Spirit light has shown so brightly over Galilee that you who hear me now are blind. 20 You may have read the words of prophet Azrael; he said, The light shall shine out brightly in the darkness of the night, and men shall comprehend it not. 21 That time has come; the light shines forth; you see it not. 22 The Queen of Sheba sat in darkest night and still she yearned for light. 23 She came to hear the words of wisdom from the lips of Solomon, and she believed; 24 And she became a living torch, and when she reached her home, lo, all Arabia was filled with light. 25 A greater far than Solomon is here; the Christ is here; the Day Star had risen, and you reject the light. 26 And you remember Nineveh, the wicked city of Assyria, which God had marked to be destroyed by shock and flame unless the people turned and walked in ways of right. 27 And Jonah raised his voice and said, In forty days shall Nineveh be razed, and her wealth shall be destroyed. 28 The people heard and they believed; and they reformed and turned to ways of right, and lo, their city was not razed; was not destroyed. 29 You men of Galilee, I tell you that Arabia and Nineveh will testify against you in the judgment day. 30 Behold, for every one to whom I speak has in him all the fires of God; but they are lying dead. 31 The will is bridled by the flesh desires, and it brings not the ethers of the fires to vibrate into light. 32 Look, therefore, to your soul and note, Is not the light within you dark as night? 33 There is no breath but Holy Breath that e'er can fan your fires of life into a living flame and make them light. 34 And Holy Breath can raise the ethers of the fires to light in none but hearts of purity and love. 35 Hear, then, you men of Galilee, Make pure the heart, admit the Holy Breath, and then your bodies will be full of light. 36 And like a city on a hill, your light will shine afar, and thus your light may light the way for other men.

Sura 107

Mfarisayo amtaka Yesu ishara ya umasiya wake. Yesu amkemea huyo, kwa kuwa yeye hazitambui ishara ambazo zinendelewa kutolewa. Yesu akaza kusema kwa nguvu watu kupokea nuru na ili kwamba wao waje kuwa Nuru.

MFARISAYO mwenye kujisikia sana akasimima mbele miongoni mwa kundi la watu na kusema kwa Yesu, 2 Bwana, tungekutaka wewe uoneshe. Ikiwa wewe kweli ni Kristu ambaye alikuwa aje, basi kwa hakika wewe waweza kufanya kile ambacho wanamazingaobwe wachawi waweza kufanya. 3 Lo, waweza kuongea, na kuwashikilia makundi kwa maneno ya nguvu, waweza kuponya wagonjwa na kufukuzia mbali mapepo toka kwa wale walioshikwa;4 Waweza kudhibitisha tabia za mwenendo wa matufani; na moto na udongo na hewa vitasikia na kujibu pale wazungumzapo. 5 Sasa, ikiwa utapanda katika mnara na kutoka katika huo mnara ukapaa juu ya bahari, sisi tutasadiki ya kwamba wewe umetumwa kutoka kwa Mungu. 6 Na Yesu akasema, hakuna mwanamazingaombwe mchawi aliyepata kuishi maisha matakatifu; ninyi muna maonesho ya matendo ya Maisha-kristu kila siku. 7 Lakini lo, ninyi waandishi na mafarisayo waovu na wazinzi, hamwezi kuona ishara ya roho, kwa kuwa macho yanu ya roho ni ya nafsi ya mwili. 8 Mwataka ishara kufurahisha udadisi wenu. Ninyi mwatembea katika wanda iliyochini kabisa ya maisha ya mwili na kupaza sauti, Ajabu! tuoneshe ishara na halafu sisi tuamini. 9 Sikutumwa duniani kununua imani kama vile wanadamu wanunuavyo samaki na matunda na takataka mitaani. 10 Watu wafanya kufikiri ni kama vile kunitendea fadhila wanapokiri imani yao kwangu na kwa Kristu mtakatifu. 11 Ni kitu chenye faida gani kwangu kama mwanadamu ikiwa mwasadiki na kutosadiki? 12 Imani si kitu ambacho mwaweza kununua kwa shilingi; si kitu uwezacho kukiuza kama dhahabu. 13 Wakati mmoja Gengeni, omba omba, alinifuata na kulia, Nigee kipande cha fedha; halafu na mimi nitasadiki kwako. 14 Na wewe ni kama mtu huyu omba omba; watangaza dau kubadilishana na imani yako kwa ishara. 15 Lakini nitaupa ulimwengu wote mzima ishara moja kama uhakika ya kwamba Kristu akakaa ndani yangu. 16 Wote mmesoma kisa cha Yona na samaki, ambamo ndani yake kumeandikwa ya kwamba nabii alitumia siku na mchana tatu ndani ya tumbo la samaki mkubwa, na halafu akatoka kuja mbele. 17 Mwana wa mtu atatumia siku na mchana tatu ndani ya moyo wa dunia na kuja mbele tena, na watu wataona na kujua. 18 Tazameni, nuru yaweza kuwa ni kali sana kiasi cha kuwa watu hawaoni kingine chochote. 19 Nuru ya roho imeoneshwa kwa ukali kiasi kwamba ninyi wenye kunisikia mimi sasa ni vipofu. 20 Mnaweza kuwa mmesoma maneno ya Azraeli; yeye alisema, nuru itawaka kwa ukali katika kiza cha usiku, na watu hawataweza kumaizi hiyo. 21 Muda huo umekuja; nuru yawaka mbele; ninyi hamuioni. 22 Malkia wa Sheba aliketi katika usiku wa kiza kikuu na wakati bado alililia nuru. 23 Alikuja kusikia maneno ya hekima kutoka katika midomo ya Sulemani, na yeye aliamini; 24 Na yeye alikuwa ni taa ya moto iliyohai, na alipofika nyumbani kwake, lo, Arabia ilijazwa na nuru. 25 Iliyo kuu zaidi mbali kuzidi ya Sulemani iko hapa; Kristu yupo hapa; Nyota ya mchana imeinuka, na ninyi kwaikataa nuru. 26 Na ninyi mwakumbuka Nineve, mji mwovu wa Asyria, ambao Mungu aliutia alama kuja kuharibiwa kwa moto na umeme wa radi mpaka watu wageuke na kutembea katika usahihi. 27 Na Yona aliipaza sauti yake na kusema, katika siku arobaini Nineve itaangamizwa, na utajiri wake wa mali utaharibiwa. 28 Watu walisikia na kuamini; na wakajitengeneza upya na kugeukia katika usahihi, na lo, mji haukuangamizwa; haukuharibiwa. 29 Ninyi watu wa Galilaya, nawaambieni ya kwamba Arabia na Nineve zitashuhudia dhidi yenu katika siku ya hukumu. 30 Tazameni, kwani kila mtu ambaye kwake nazungumza ndani yake ana mioto yote ya Mungu; Lakini wao wanalala na mfu. 31 Nia yafuatisha kusikia matamanio ya kimwili wa nyama, na haizileti etha za mioto kutetemesha nguvu kuwa nuru. 32 Angalieni, kwa hiyo, katika nafsi-roho na noti, je, nuru ndani yenu si ni ya kiza kama usiku? 33 Hakuna pumzi ila Pumzi Takatifu ambayo kwa wakati wote na hali zote kupepea mioto yenu ya uzima kuwa moto hai na kuzifanya kutoa nuru. 34 Na Pumzi Takatifu haiweza kuziinua etha za mioto za yeyote kutoa nuru ila mioyo ya usafi na upendo. 35 Sikieni, basi ninyi watu wa Galilaya, Fanyeni moyo kuwa safi, mruhusuni Pumzi Takatifu, na halafu miili yenu itajawa na nuru. 36 Na kama vile mji juu ya kilima, nuru yenu itang'ara hata mbali, na hivyo nuru yenu kuweza kumulikia njia kwa watu wengine.

 
CHAPTER 108

Jesus rebukes the people for selfishness. The Christines attend a feast and Jesus is censured by the Pharisee because he washed not before he ate. Jesus exposes the hypocrisy of the ruling classes and pronounces upon them many woes.

THE multitudes were wild with selfish thought; none recognised the rights and needs of any other one. 2 The stronger pushed the weak aside, and trampled on them in their haste to be the first to get a blassing for himself. 3 And Jesus said, Behold the cage of beasts untamed; a den of stinging vipers, maddened by their fiendish greed of selfish gain! 4 I tell you, men, the benefits that come to men who see no further than themselves are baubles in the morning light; 5 They are unreal; they pass away. The selfish soul is fed today; the food does not assimilate; the soul grows not, and then it must be fed again, and then again. 6 Behold, a selfish man obsessed by just one spirit of the air; by the Omnific Word the spirit is cast out; 7 It wanders through dry places, seeking rest and finding none. 8 And then it comes again; the selfish man has failed to close and lock the door; 9 The unclean spirit finds the house all swept and cleaned; it enters in and takes with it full seven other spirits more unclean than is itself; and there they dwell. 10 The last state of the man is more than sevenfold more wretched than the first. 11 And so it is with you who snatch the blessings that belong to other men. 12 While Jesus spoke a certain woman who stood near exclaimed, Most blessed is the mother of this man of God! 13 And Jesus said, Yes, blest is she; but doubly blest are they who hear, receive and live the word of God. 14 A Pharisee of wealth prepared a feast, and Jesus and the twelve, together with the masters from afar, were guests. 15 And Jesus did not wash his hands according to the strictest Pharisaic rules, before he ate; when this the Pharisee observed he marvelled much. 16 And Jesus said, My host, why do you marvel that I did not wash my hands? 17 The Pharisees wash well their hands and feet; they cleanse the body every day when, lo, within is every form of filth. 18 Their hearts are full of wickedness, extortions and deceit. 19 Did not the God who made the outside of the body make the inside, too? 20 And then he said, Woe unto you, you Pharisees! for you tithe mint and rue, and every herb, and pass by judgment and the love of God. 21 Woe unto you, you Pharisees! you love the highest seats in synagogues and courts, and bid for salutations in the market place. 22 Woe unto you, you tinselled gentry of the land! no man would ever think you servants of the Lord of hosts by what you do. 23 A lawyer sitting near remarked, Rabboni, your words are harsh, and then in what you say you censure us; and why? 24 And Jesus said, Woe unto you, you masters of the law! you heap great burdens on the sons of men, yea, loads by far too great for them to bear, and you will never help to bear a feather's weight yourselves. 25 Woe unto you! you build the tombs of prophets and of seers; they whom your fathers killed; and you are parties to the crimes. 26 And now behold, for God has sent again to you his holy men-apostles, prophets, seers; and you are persecuting them. 27 The time is near when you will plead against them in the courts; will spurn them into prison cells, and kill them with a fiend's delight. 28 I tell you, men, the blood of all the holy men of God that has been shed from righteous Abel down to that of Zacharias, father of holy John, 29 Who was struck down beside the altar in the Holy Place-- 30 The blood of all these holy men has made more red the hands of this ungodly generation. 31 Woe unto you, you masters of the law! you snatch the keys of knowledge from the hands of men; 32 You close the doors; you enter not yourselves, and suffer not the willing ones to enter in. 33 His words provoked the Pharisees, the lawyers and the scribes, and they, resenting, poured upon him torrents of abuse. 34 The truths he spoke came like a thunderbolt from heaven; the rulers counselled how they might ensnare him by his words; they sought a legal way to shed his blood.

Sura 108

Yesu awakemea watu kwa ubinafsi. Wauanakristu wahudhuria kalamu na Yesu atazamwa vibaya na Mfarisayo kwa sababu hanawi kabla ya kula. Yesu aweka wazi unafiki wa tabaka la watawala na kuwatamkia Ole nyingi juu yao.

Makundi ya watu yalikuwa yamechachamaa kwa fikara la kibinafsi; hakuna mtu aliyetambua haki na hitaji la mtu mwingine yeyote. 2 Aliye na nguvu alimsukumia pembeni mdhaifu, na kuwakanyagia chini katika haraka yao kuwa wa kwanza kupata baraka kwa ajili yake yeye mwenyewe. 3 Na Yesu akasema, Tazama zizi la mnyama wasiofugwa; tundu la nyoka wenye kuchoma mwiba, waliotiwa kichaa na tamaa yao mbaya ya faida binafsi! 4 Nawaambieni, enyi watu, faida za manufaa zenye kuja kwa watu wasioona mbali kuliko wao wenyewe ni marembo ya kudanganyia uzuri katika nuru ya asubuhi; 5 Hayo si halisi; nayo hupita. Nafsi-roho ya kiubinafsi yalishwa leo; chakula hakisagiki; nafsi-roho haikui, na halafu yabidi kulishwa tena, na halafu tena. 6 Tazama, mtu mbinafsi aliyeshikwa na pepo mmoja wa hewani, kwa Neno la ki-mahala-pote roho atolewa kumtoka; 7 Itatanga tanga katika mahala pakavu, kutafuta pakutulia na kutopata hata moja. 8 Na halafu yaja tena; mtu mbinafsi ameshindwa kuurudishia na kufunga funguo mlango; 9 Pepo mchafu akuta nyumba imefagiliwa na kusafishwa; inaingia ndani na kuchukua pamoja na yenyewe roho saba wengine wasiosafi zaidi yake; na hapo hukaa. 10 Hali ya mwisho ya mtu niiliyo mbaya mara saba zaidi kuliko kwanza. 11 Na hivyo ipo na ninyi wenye kupokonya baraka zenye kuwa za wengine. 12 Wakati Yesu akizungumza mwanamke mmoja aliyesimama karibu akapaza sautikusema, Amebarikiwa kuliko wote ni mama wa mtu huyu wa Mungu! 13 Na Yesu akasema, Ndiyo, amebarikiwa yeye; lakini wamebarikiwa mara mbili ni wale wenye kusikia, kupokea na kuliishi neno la Mungu. 14 Mfarisayo wa utajiri wa mali akaandaa kalamu, na Yesu na wale kumi na wawili, pamoja na wakuu kutoka mbali, walikuwa ni wageni. 15 Na Yesu hakunawa mikono yale kwa mujibu wa sheria kali za kifarisayo, kabla ya yeye kula; Mfarisayo huyu alipoona hivyo akashangaa sana. 16 Na Yesu akasema, Mwenyeji wangu, mbona unashangaa ya kwamba sikuinawisha mikono yangu? 17 Mafarisayo waisafisha vema mikono na miguu; wausafisha mwili kila siku ambapo, lo, ndani kuna kila namna ya uchafu. 18 Mioyo yao imejaa uovu, tamaa ya kujipatia pesa na ulaghai. 19 Je, Mungu aliyeufanya mwili wa nje, hakuufanya wa ndani pia? 20 Na halafu akasema, Ole wenu, ninyi Mafarisayo! kwani mwatoza zaka za kama vile kuchanganya majani mazuri na yale ya sumu, na kila mzizi, na kupita kando ya hukumu na upendo wa Mungu. 21 Ole wenu, ninyi Mafarisayo! mwapenda siti za juu katika masinagogu na mabaraza, na kutaka kuamkiwa salamu za heshima kwenu masokoni. 22 Ole wenu, watu wa tabaka kuu kuu katika nchi mliopambwa sura za nakshi nakshi! Hakuna mtu atayefikiria ninyi watumishi wa Bwana wa majeshi kwa kile mkifanyacho. 23 Mwanasheria aliyekuwepo karibu akasema neno lake, Raboni, maneno yako ni yenye ukali usiopendeza, na halafu katika ukisemacho unatushutumu makosa sisi; na kwa nini? 24 Na Yesu akasema, Ole wenu, ninyi wakuu wa sheria! mwalundika mizigo mikubwa kwa wana za watu, naam, mizigo iliyo mizito sana kwa wao kumudu kuibeba, na ninyi kamwe hamtosaidia kubeba wenyewe hata uzito wa unyoya. 25 Ole wenu! mwajengea maziara ya manabii na maona; wale ambao mababa zenu waliwaua; na ninyi ni wenye ushirika na uhalifu. 26 Na sasa Tazameni, kwani Mungu ametuma tena kwenu mitume wake watakatifu, manabii, maona; na ninyi mwawashitaki makosa. 27 Muda upo karibu ambapo mtawatamkia makosa dhidi yao katika mabaraza ya sheria; mtawatupia kwenye vyumba vya vifungo, na kuwauwa wao kwa furaha ya kimachukizo. 28 Nawaambieni, watu, damu ya watu watakatifu wote wa Mungu ambayo imemwagwa kutoka kwa Abeli mtendahaki hadi ile ya Zakaria, baba wa mtakatifu Yohana, 29 Ambaye aligongwa hadi kwenda chini kando ya altare katika mahala patakatifu--30 Damu za hawa wote watu watakatifu imevya mikono iliyo ni miekundu zaidi za kizazi kisicho cha kimungu. 31 Ole wenu, ninyi wakuu wa sheria! Mwapokonya funguo za maarifa kutoka mikononi mwa watu; 32 Mwaifunga milango; hata wenyewe humuingii, na kutoona tabu wenye nia kukosa kuingia. 33 Maneno yake yaliamsha hisia za maudhi Mafarisayo, wanasheria na waandishi, na wao, wakamuwekea kinyongo, na kumiminia juu yake mvua ya mambo ya kudhalilisha. 34 Kweli alizozisema zilikuja kama radi toka kwenye mbingu; watawala wakashauriana ni jinsi gani wataweza kumtia mtegoni kwa maneno yake; walitafuta namna ya kisheria kuimwaga damu yake.



CHAPTER 109

The Christines go to a place apart to pray. Jesus warns them against the leaven of the Pharisees and reveals the fact that all thoughts and deeds are recorded in God's Book of Remembrance. Man's responsibility and God's care.

NOW, when the feast was finished Jesus with the foreign masters and the twelve, with Mary, Miriam and a band of loyal women who believed in Christ, went to a place apart to pray. 2 And when their silence ended Jesus said, Be on your guard; the leaven of the Pharisees is being thrown in every measure of the meal of life. 3 It is a poison that will taint whatever it may touch; and it will blight the soul as sure as fumes of the Diabolos; it is hypocrisy. 4 The Pharisees seem fair in speech, but they are diabolical in heart. 5 And then they seem to think that thought is something they can lock within themselves. 6 They do not seem to know that every thought and wish is photographed and then preserved within the Book of Life to be revealed at any time the masters will. 7 That which is thought, or wished, or done in darkest night shall be proclaimed in brightest day; 8 That which is whispered in the ear within the secret place shall be made known upon the streets. 9 And in the judgment day when all the books are opened up, these men, and every other man, shall be a-judged, not by what they've said or done, 10 But by the ways in which they used the thoughts of God, and how the ethers of eternal love were made to serve; 11 For men may make these ethers serve the carnal self, or serve the holy self within. 12 Behold, these men may kill the body of this flesh; but what of that? the flesh is but a transitory thing, and soon, by natural law, will pass; 13 Their slaughter only hastens nature's work a little time. 14 And when they kill the flesh they reach their bounds of power; they cannot kill the soul. 15 But nature is the keeper of the soul as of the flesh, and in the harvest time of soul, the trees of life are all inspected by the judge; 16 And every tree that bears no fruit of good is plucked up by the roots and cast into the flames. 17 Who then shall you regard? Not him who has the power to kill the flesh, and nothing more. 18 Regard the mighty one who has the power to dissolve both soul and body in the flames of nature's fire. 19 But man is king; he may direct his thoughts, his loves, his life, and gain the prize of everlasting life. 20 And you are not abandoned in your struggle for the crown of life. Your Father lives, and you shall live. 21 God has a care for every living thing. He numbers stars, and suns, and moons; 22 He numbers angels, men and every thing below; the birds, the flowers, the trees; 23 The very petals of the rose he knows by name, and every one is numbered in his Book of Life; 24 And every hair upon your head, and every drop of blood within your veins, he knows by number and by rhythm. 25 He hears the birdling's call, the cricket's chirp, the glow worm's song; and not a sparrow falls to earth without his knowledge and consent. 26 A sparrow seems a thing of little worth; yea, five of them are worth two farthings in the market place, and yet God cares for every one of them. 27 Will he not care much more for you who bear his image in your soul? 28 Fear not to make confession of the Christ before the sons of men, and God will own you as his sons and daughters in the presence of the host of heaven. 29 If you deny the Christ before the sons of men, then God will not receive you as his own before the hosts of heaven. 30 And more I say, Fear not when men shall bring you up before the rulers of the land to answer for your faith. 31 Behold, the Holy Breath shall teach you in your hour of need what you should say, and what is best leave unsaid. 32 And then the Christines went again to teach the multitudes.

Sura 109

Wauanakristu waenda sehemu ya pembeni kusali. Yesu awaonya wao dhidi ya chachu ya Mafarisayo na kufunua ukweli kwamba mawazo yote na matendo yanakiliwa namna zake katika kitabu cha kumbukumbu cha Mungu. Wajibu wa Mtu na Ujali wa Mungu.

SASA, kalamu ilipokwisha Yesu pamoja na wakuu wageni na wale kumi na wawili, pamoja na Mariamu, Miriam na kundi la wanawake watiifu walioamini katika Kristu, wakaenda mahala kusali. 2 Na ukimya wao ulipo katizwa mwisho Yesu akasema, muwe katika kujilinda; chachu ya Mafarisayo yatupiwa katika kila kiasi cha chakula cha maisha. 3 Ni sumu ambayo itaambukiza chochote ikigusacho; nayo itatia dosari nafsi-roho kama vile moshi wa mdiabolosi*; ni unafiki. 4 Mafarisayo waonekana kuwa ni wa haki katika kauli, lakini wao ni waovu moyoni. 5 Na wafanya kuona kufikiri vile ya kwamba wazo ni kitu ni kitu wawezacho kukifungua ndani yao. 6 Wao hawaonekani kujua ya kwamba kila wazo na tamanio lahifadhiwa picha yake katika Kitabu cha Uzima*[Pia kusema maisha yote yakufanyika sura] kufunuliwa wakati wowote na nia ya mtu mkuu kiroho. 7 Kile ambacho ni wazo, au tamaniko kuja kupatwa, au kufanywa katika usiku wa giza kuu kabisa litakuwa bayana katika siku ya mwangaza mkubwa kabisa; 8 Kile ambacho chanong'onezwa sikioni ndani ya mahala pa siri kitafanywa kujulikana mitaani. 9 Na katika siku ya hukumu vitabu vyote vifunguliapo, watu hawa, na kila mtu mwingine, atahukumiwa, si kwa vile walivyosema ama kutenda, 10 Bali kwa namna ambayo walitumia mafikara ya Mungu, na jinsi ambavyo etha za upendo wa milele zilifanywa kutumikia; 11 Kwani watu waweza kuzifanya etha hizi kutumikia nafsi ya mwili, ama kutumikia nafsi takatifu ya ndani. 12 Tazama, watu hawa waweza kuua mwili huu wa nyama; ila kwa nini chake? Mwili wa nyama ni tu kitu cha mpito wa sura, na muda si mrefu, kwa kanuni za asili, kitapita; 13 Kuchinja kwao kwa harakisha tu kazi ya mazingira ya asili kwa muda kidogo. 14 Na wanapoua mwili wa nyama wanafikia kikomo cha nguvu zao; hawawezi kuiua nafsi-roho. 15 Lakini asili yote ni mtunzaji wa nafsi-roho kama vile za kimwili wa nyama, na katika muda wa mavuno wa nafsi-roho, miti ya maisha yote hukaguliwa na mwamuzi; 16 Na kila mti ambao hauzai tunda jema hukatwa katwa hadi mizizini na kutupiwa motoni. 17 Nani basi mtamtilia umaanani? Si yule mwenye nguvu za kuua mwili wa nyama, na si kitu zaidi. 18 Mtilieni maanani yule mkuu mwenyenguvu ya kuyeyusha vyote viwili nafsi-roho na mwili katika mioto ya moto wa asili yote ya hali za madhahirisho. 19 Lakini mwanadamu ni mfalme; yeye aweza kuelekeza upande mawazo yake, mapendo yake, maisha yake, na kupata zawadi ya uzima wa milele. 20 Na ninyi hamjatelekezwa katika jitihada zenu kwa ajiri ya taji la uzima. Baba yenu haishi, na ninyi mtaishi. 21 Mungu anako kujali kwa kila kitu. Yeye ahesabu nyota, na majua, na miezi; 22 Yeye ahesabu malaika, watu na kila kitu chini; ndege, maua, miti; 23 Hata petali ya waridi alijua kwa jina, na kila kimoja kimepewa hesabu katika kitabu cha uzima; 24 Na kila unywele kichwani mwako, na kila tone la damu ndani ya mishipa yako; aijua kwa hesabu na midundo. 25 Yeye asikia kilio cha kifaranga cha ndege, kulia kwa nzige, wimbo wa mnyoo; na si hata shomoro aanguka chini bila ya kujua kwake na udhuru yake. 26 Shomoro aonekana ni kitu chenye thamani ndogo; naam, tano wao wanathamani ya senti mbili za shaba sokoni, na wakati Mungu awajali kila mmoja wao. 27 Je, yeye hatowajali sana ninyi ambao waibeba taswira yake katika nafsi-roho? 28 Msihofu kufanya ukirifu wa Kristu mbele za wana za watu, na Mungu atawafanya ni kuwa wake kama vile wana na binti zake katika uwepo wa jeshi la katika mbingu. 29 Ikiwa mwamkana Kristu mbele za wana za watu, basi Mungu hatawapokea ninyi kama ni wake mwenyewe mbele za jeshi la katika mbingu. 30 Na zaidi nasema, msiogope watu watakapo waleta mbele za watawala wa nchi kujibu kwa ajili ya imani yenu. 31 Tazameni, Pumzi Takatifu atawafundisha katika muda wa kuhitaji kile mtakachopaswa kusema, na kile kilicho ni bora kabisa kukiacha kutosemwa. 32 Na halafu Wauanakristu wakaenda tena kufundisha makutano ya watu.



CHAPTER 110

Miriam sings a song of victory. The song. Jesus reveals the symbolic character of the journey of Israel from Egypt to Canaam.

AND Miriam stood before the surging crowd, and casting up her eyes to heaven she sung anew the song of victory: 2 Bring forth the harp, the vina and the lyre; bring forth the highest sounding cymbal, all ye choirs of heaven. Join in the song, the new, new song. 3 The Lord of hosts has stooped to hear the cries of men, and lo, the citadel of Beelzebul is shaking as a leaf before the wind. 4 The sword of Gideon is again unsheathed. 5 The Lord, with his own hand has pulled far back the curtains of the night; the sun of truth is flooding heaven and earth; 6 The demons of the dark, of ignorance and death, are fleeing fast; are disappearing as the dew beneath the morning sun. 7 God is our strength and song; is our salvation and our hope, and we will build anew ahouse for him; 8 Will cleanse our hearts, and purify their chambers, every one. We are the temple of the Holy Breath. 9 We need no more a tent within the wilderness; no more a temple built with hands. 10 We do not seek the Holy Land, nor yet Jerusalem. 11 We are the tent of God; we are his temple built without the sound of edged tools. 12 We are the Holy Land; we are the New Jerusalem; Allelujah, praise the Lord! 13 And when the song was done the multitudes exclaimed, Praise God. 14 And Jesus said, Behold the way! 15 The sons of men have groped for ages in the darkness of Egyptian night. 16 The Pharaohs of sense have bound them with their chains. 17 But God has whispered through the mists of time and told them of a land of liberty and love. 18 And he has sent his Logos forth to light the way. 19 The Red Sea rolls between the promised land and Egypt's sands. 20 The Red Sea is the carnal mind. 21 Behold, the Logos reaches out his hand; the sea divides; the carnal mind is reft in twain; the sons of men walk through dry shod. 22 The Pharaohs of sense would stay them in their flight; the waters of the sea return; the Pharaohs of sense are lost and men are free. 23 For just a little while men tread the wilderness of Sin; the Logos leads the way; 24 And when at last men stand upon the Jordan's brink, these waters stay, and men step forth into their own.

Sura 110

Miriam aimba wimbo wa ushindi. Wimbo, Yesu afunua sifa za kialama za watu wa safari ya Israeli kutoka Misri hadi Kanaani.

NA Miriam akasimama mbele za umati ulikuwa ukifurika, na kutupia macho yake juu akaimba wimbo mpya wa ushindi. 2 Leteni kinubi, vina na lire*; Leteni Simbo*, enyi kwaya zote za mbingu. Jiungeni pamoja katika wimbo, na mpya, wimbo mpya. 3 Bwana wa majeshi ameinua kichwa kusikia vilio vya watu, na lo, ngome ya ulinzi ya Beelzebul yatetemeka kama vile jani mbele za upepo. 4 Upanga wa Gideoni umechomolewa tena. 5 Bwana, kwa mkono wake mwenyewe amezivuta mbali nyuma pazia za usiku; Jua la kweli lafurika mbingu na nchi; 6 Pepo wa giza, wa ujinga na mauti, wakimbia kasi; watokomea kama vile umande chini ya jua la asubuhi. 7 Mungu ni nguvu ya uimara wetu na wimbo; ni wokovu wetu na tumaini letu, na sisi tutamjengea yeye nyumba mpya; 8 Tutaitakasa mioyo yetu, na kusafisha machimbo yake, kila mmoja. Sisi ni hekalu la Pumzi Takatifu. 9 Hatuhitaji tena hema porini; na hata tena hekalu lililojengwa kwa mikono. 10 Hatutafuti Nchi takatifu, na wala Yerusalemu. 11 Sisi ni hema la Mungu; sisi ni hekalu lake lililojengwa pasipo na sauti ya vifaa vya ncha. 12 Sisi ni Nchi Takatifu; sisi ni Yerusalemu mpya; Haleluya! asifiwe Bwana! 13 Na wimbo ulipokwisha makundi ya watu wakahamaki, Asifiwe Mungu! 14 Na Yesu akasema, Tazameni njia! 15 Wana za watu wahangaika gizani kwa zama kadhaa katika kiza cha usiku wa Misri. 16 Mafarao wa fahamu za mwili amewafunga wao kwa minyororo. 17 Lakini Mungu amenong'oneza kupitia kwa ukungu wa wakati na kuwaambia wao ya nchi ya uhuru na upendo. 18 Na yeye amemtuma Logosi wake mbele kumulikia njia. 19 Bahari ya shamu yatenganishika katikati kufanya njia kuelekea nchi ya ahadi na toka mchanga wa Misri. 20 Bahari ya Shamu ni uakili wa mwili wa nyama. 21 Tazameni, Logosi atoa mkono na kuunyoosha; bahari yagawanyika; uakili wa kimwili yashikwa kugawanywa jozi; wana za watu watembea kupita katika ukavu wa viatu. 22 Mafarao wa fahamu za mwili wangaliwasimamisha katika kukimbia na kuondoka; maji ya bahari yarudi; mafarao wa fahamu za mwili wapotea na watu wawahuru. 23 Kwa kipindi kifupi tu watu wapita katika pori la dhambi; Logosi aongoza njia; 24 Na mwishoni wataposimama juu ya ukingo wa Yordani, maji haya yasimama kubakia yalivyo, na watu wapita mbele wao wenyewe.



CHAPTER 111

Jesus teaches. A man requests him to compel his brother to deal justly. Jesus reveals the divine law, the power of truth and the universality of possessions. Relates the parable of the rich man and his abundant harvest.

AND Jesus taught the multitudes; and while he spoke a man stood forth and said, 2 Rabboni, hear my plea: My father died and left a large estate; my brother seized it all, and now refuses me my share. 3 I pray that you will bid him do the right, and give what is mine. 4 And Jesus said, I am not come to be a judge in such affairs; I am no henchman of the court. 5 God sent me not to force a man to do the right. 6 In every man there is a sense of right; but many men regard it not. 7 The fumes that rise from selfishness have formed a crust about their sense of right that veils their inner light, so that they cannot comprehend nor recognise the rights of other men. 8 This veil you cannot tear away by force of arms, and there is naught that can dissolve this crust but knowledge and love of God. 9 While men are in the mire, the skies seem far away; when men are on the mountain top, the skies are near, and they can almost touch the stars. 10 Then Jesus turned and to the twelve he said, Behold the many in the mire of carnal life! 11 The leaven of truth will change the miry clay to solid rock, and men can walk and find the path that leads up to the mountain top. 12 You cannot haste; but you can scatter forth this leaven with a generous hand. 13 When men have learned the truth that bears upon its face the law of right, then they will haste to every man his dues. 14 Then to the people Jesus said, Take heed, and covet not. The wealth of men does not consist in what they seem to have--in lands, in silver and in gold. 15 These things are only borrowed wealth. No man can corner up the gifts of God. 16 The things of nature are the things of God, and what is God's belongs to every man alike. 17 The wealth of soul lies in the purity of life, and in the wisdom that descends from heaven. 18 Behold, a rich man's ground brought forth abundantly; his barns were far too small to hold his grain, and to himself he said, 19 What shall I do? I must not give my grain away; I must not let it go to waste; and then he said, 20 This will I do; I will tear down these little barns and built up larger ones; there I will store away my grain and I will say, 21 My soul take now your ease; you have enough for many years; eat, drink and fill yourself and be content. 22 But God looked down and saw the man; he saw his selfish heart and said, 23 You foolish man, this night your soul will quit its house of flesh; then who will have your garnered wealth? 24 You men of Galilee, lay not up treasures in the vaults of earth; accumulated wealth will blight your soul. 25 God does not give men wealth to hoard away in secret vaults. Men are but stewards of God's wealth, and they must use it for the common good. 26 To every steward who is true to self, to other men, to every thing that is, the Lord will say, Well done.

Sura 111

Yesu afundisha. Mtu amuomba yeye kumshurutisha kaka yake kushughulikia mambo kwa haki. Yesu afunua kanuni ya manani. Nguvu ya ukweli na hali ya unamna zote za umilikaji. Asimulia kielezi cha mtu tajiri na mavuno yake tele.

NA Yesu akayafundisha makundi; na wakati akizungumza mtu akasimama mbele na kusema, 2 Raboni, nisikie ombi langu: Baba yangu alifariki na kuacha shamba kubwa; kaka yangu akalichukua lote, na sasa anikatalia mgao wangu. 31 Ninaomba umtake yeye kufanya cha haki, na kutoa kilicho changu. 4 Na Yesu akasema, siji kuhukumu mambo kama hayo; mimi si mfanya mashauri wa baraza. 5 Mungu hajanituma kumlazimisha mtu kufanya kilicho ni cha usahihi. 6 Katika kila mtu kuna fahamu ya usahihi; lakini watu wengi hawaitilii umaanani. 7 Moshi wa harufu uinukio kutoka katika ubinafsi umefanya tabaka la juu kuzunguka fahamu zao za usahihi ambao huziba macho nuru yao ya ndani, na hivyo wao hawawezi kumaizi na wala kutambua haki za watu wengine. 8 Kufungwa pazia macho huku hauwezi kukurarua kwa nguvu za mikono, na hakuna chochote ambacho chaweza kuyeyusha tabaka hili la juu ila maarifa ya upendo wa Mungu. 9 Wakati watu wapo katika tope la kushika miguu, anga zaonekana kuwa mbali, watu wanapokuwepo juu ya kilele cha mlima, anga ni zilizo karibu na waweza hata karibu kabisa kuzigusa nyota. 10 Halafu Yesu akageuka na kwa wale kumi na wawili, yeye akasema, Tazameni wengi katika tope la kushika miguu la maisha ya kimwili! 11 Chachu ya ukweli itabadilisha udongo wa tope kuwa mwamba mgumu, na watu waweza kutembea na kupata njia ambayo yaongoza hadi kwenye kilele cha mlima. 12 Hamuwezi kuharakisha; lakini mwaweza kutawanya mbele chachu hii kwa mikono ya moyo wenye kutoa. 13 Watu watakapokuwa wamejifunza ukweli ambao wabeba usoni mwake kanuni ya haki, basi wataharakishia kwa kila mtu chenye kustahili kulipwa. 14 Halafu kwa watu Yesu akasema, sikieni, na msitamanie cha mtu. Utajiri wa watu haufanywi kufanyika ulivyo kwa kile waonekacho kuwa nacho--katika nchi, katika vipande vya fedha, na katika dhahabu. 16 Vitu vya asili ya maumbile yote ya sura ni vitu vya Mungu, na kile kilicho kuwa ni cha Mungu ni cha kila mtu kwa namna sawa. 17 Utajiri wa nafsi-roho walalia katika usafi, na katika hekima ishukayo kutoka katika mbingu. 18 Tazameni, ardhi ya mtu tajiri ilileta kwa ujazi; ghala zake zilikuwa ni ndogo sana kubeba nafaka yake, na kwake yeye mwenyewe yeye akasema, 19 Nitafanyaje? Nisigawe nafaka yangu kwa watu; nisiiache ije kuwa ni imegaiwa mbali bila faida; na halafu akasema, 20 Hivi nitafanya; nitayabomoa maghala haya na kuyajenga yaliyo ni makubwa zaidi; humo nitahifadhi nafaka yangu na mimi nitasema, 21 Nafsi-roho yangu tulia sasa; unavyovyakutosha kwa miaka mingi; kula, kunywa na kujijaza na uwe umeridhika. 22 Lakini Mungu akaangalia chini na kumuona mtu; aliuona moyo wake wa kichoyo na kusema, 23 Ewe mpumbavu, leo hii usiku nafsi-roho yako itaondoka nyumba yake ya mwili wa nyama; basi ni nani atauchukua utajiri wako wa ulio uweka ghalani? 24 Ninyi watu wa Galilaya, msiweke hazina zenu katika mahandaki ya duniani; utajiri wa kujikusanyia zaidi na zaidi utatia dosari nafsi-roho zenu. 25 Mungu hawapi watu utajiri kuuficha katika mahandaki ya siri. Watu ni watumishi katika Utajiri wa Mungu, na wao yawapasa kuutumia kwa wema wa pamoja. 26 Kwa kila mtumishi ambaye ni mkweli kwa nafsi, kwa watu wengine, kwa kila kitu kilicho, Bwana atasema, Umefanya vema sana.


CHAPTER 112

The Christines in the home of Mary of Magdala. Jesus calls his disciples, "Little Flock," and charges them to place their affections on divine things. He teaches them regarding the inner life.

AND Jesus left the multitudes and went with his disciples up to Mary's home; and as they sat about the board to dine he said, 2 My little flock, fear not; it is your Father's will that you shall rule the kingdom of the soul. 3 A ruler in the house of God is servant of the Lord of Hosts, and man cannot serve God except by serving men. 4 A servant in the house of God cannot be servant in the house of wealth; nor in the synagogue of sense. 5 If you are tied to lands, or bonds, or wealth of earth, your hearts are knit to things of earth; for where your treasures are there are your hearts. 6 Dispose of all your wealth, distribute it among the poor, and put your trust in God, and you nor yours will ever come to want. 7 This is a test of faith, and God will not accept the service of faithless one. 8 The time is ripe; your Master comes upon the clouds; the eastern sky is glowing with his presence now. 9 Put on reception robes; gird up your loins; trim up your lamps and fill them well with oil, and be prepared to meet your Lord; when you are ready, he will come. 10 Thrice blessed are the servants who are ready to receive their Lord. 11 Behold, for he will gird himself, and will prepare a sumptuous feast for every one, and he himself will serve. 12 It matters not when he shall come; it may be at the second watch; it may be at the third; but blessed are the servants who are ready to receive. 13 You cannot leave your door ajar and go to sleep, and wait in blissful ignorance of the fleeting time; 14 For thieves will surely come and take away your goods and bind and carry you away to robbers' dens. 15 And if you are not carried forth, the Master when he comes will not regard a sleeping guard as friend, but as a foe. 16 Beloved, these are times when every man must be awake and at his post, for none can tell the hour nor the day when man shall be revealed. 17 And Peter said, Lord is this parable for us, or for the multitudes? 18 And Jesus, Why need you ask? God is not a man that he should show respect for one and cast another off. 19 Whoever will may come and gird himself, and trim his lamp, and find a turret in the tower of life where he may watch, and be prepared to meet the Lord. 20 But you, as children of the light, have come, and you have learned the language of the court, and may stand forth and lead the way. 21 But you may wait, and think that you are ready to receive the Lord, and still he does not come. 22 And you may grow impatient and begin to long for carnal ways again, and may begin to exercise your rule; 23 To beat, and otherwise maltreat the servants of the house, and fill yourselves with wine and meat. 24 And what will say the Lord when he shall come? 25 Behold, for he will cast the faithless servant from his house; and many years will come and go before he can be cleansed, and be thought worthy to receive his Lord. 26 The servant who has come into the light, who knows the Master's will and does it not; the trusted guard who goes to sleep within the turret of the tower of life, 27 Shall feel the lash of justice many times, while he who does not know his Master's will and does it not, will not receive the graver punishment. 28 The man who comes and stands before the open door of opportunity and does not enter in, but goes his way, 29 Will come again and find the door made fast, and when he calls, the door will open not, 30 The guard will say, you had the pass-word once, but you threw it away and now the Master knows you not; depart. 31 And verily I say to you, To whom much has been given, much is required; to whom a little has been given, a little only is required.

Sura 112

Wauanakristu nyumbani kwa Maria Magdala. Yesu awaita wafuasi wake, "Kundi Dogo," na kuwaagiza jukumu la kuweka mapenzi yao kwa vitu vya kimanani. Awafundisha wao kuhusiana na maisha ya ndani.


Na Yesu akayaacha makundi na kwenda na wafuasi wake juu nyumbani kwa Mariamu; na wakati wakiketi kukaa kuzunguka meza kula chakula cha jiono yeye akasema, 2 Kundi langu dogo, msiogope, ni mapenzi yake Baba ya kwamba mtawala ufalme wa roho-nafsi. 3 Mtawala katika nyumba ya Mungu ni mtumishi kwa Bwana wa Majeshi, na mtu hawezi kumtumikia Mungu ila kwa kuwatumikia watu. 4 Mtumishi katika nyumba ya Mungu hawezi kuwa katika nyumba ya utajiri wa mali; na wala katika masinagogu ya fahamu za mwili. 5 Ikiwa nyie mmefungiwa na ardhi, na wajakazi, wa utajiri wa mali wa dunia, moyo yenu imeshonwa kwa vitu vya dunia; kwani kuliko hazina yako iliko ndiko huko moyo wako uliko. 6 Tawanyeni mbali utajiri wenu wa mali, mgawe kwa maskini, na kuweka kuaminia kwenu katika Mungu, na si ninyi na wala wenu watalikuja kuwa fukara. 7 Hili ni jaribio la imani, na Mungu hatokubali huduma ya wasio na imani. 8 Muda umeiva; mkuu wenu aja mawinguni; anga la mashariki laongozeka mwanga kwa uwepo wake sasa. 9 Vaeni mavazi yenu ya mapokezi; fungeni mkanda viuno vyenu; rekebisheni taa zenu na kuzijaza vema mafuta na muwe mmejiandaa kukutana na Bwana wenu; mkiwa mu tayari, yeye aja. 10 Wamebarikiwa mara tatu ni wale watumishi walio tayari kumpokea Bwana wao. 11 Tazameni, yeye mwenyewe atajifunga kiunoni, na ataandaa kalamu kuu kwa kila moja, na yeye mwenyewe atatumikia. 12 Haijalishi wakati ni wakati gani atakuja; inaweza kuwa katika zamu ya pili; inaweza kuwa ya tatu; lakini wamebarikiwa ni wale watumishi walio ni tayari kumpokea. 13 Hamuzi kuiacha milango yenu wazi kabisa na kwenda kulala, na kungojea katika mustarehe wakijinga ya kuyoyoma kwa muda; 14 Kwani wevi kwa hakika watakuja na kuchukua vitu vyenu na kuwabeba kwenye matundu ya wanyang'anyi. 15 Na ikiwa hujabebwa, Mkuu ajapo hataonelea mlinzi aliyelala kama ni rafiki, bali ni adui. 16 Wapendwa, hizi ni nyakati ambapo kila mtu yampasa kuwa macho katika nafasi yake, kwani hakuna awezaye kusema muda na wala siku ambapo mtu atafunuliwa. 17 Na Petro akasema, Bwana kielezi hichi ni kwa sisi, ama kwa makundi ya watu? 18 Na Yesu akasema, kwa nini mhitaji kuuliza? Mungu si mtu ambaye impase kuonesha heshima kwa mtu mmoja na kumtupia mbali mwingine. 19 Yeyote mwenye nia aweza kuja na kujikaza kiuno, na kurekebisha mwangaza wa taa yake, na kutafuta ngome ya kujihami katika mnara wa uzima ambako yeye aweza kulinda kutazama, na kuwa amejiandaa kukutana na Bwana. 20 Lakini ninyi, kama watoto wa nuru, mmekuja, na mmejifunza lugha ya mabaraza, na mwaweza kusimama mbele na kuongoza njia. 21 Lakini mwaweza kungoja, na kufikiri ya kwamba mpo tayari kumpokea Bwana, na bado haji. 22 Na mwaweza kupoteza uvumilivu na kuanza kutamania mambo ya kimwili tena, na tena kuanza kutenda kanuni zenu; 23 Kuwapiga, na hata vinginevyo kuwatendea vibaya watumishi wa nyumba, na kujijaza mwenyewe kwa mvinyo na nyama. 24 Na kipi atakacho kisema Bwana ajapo? 25 Tazameni, kwani yeye atamtupilia mbali mtumishi asiye na imani kutoka katika nyumba yake; na miaka mingi itakuja na kuondoka kabla ya yeye kuwa ametakaswa, na kuwa akifikirika ana thamani kumpokea Bwana wake. 26 Mtumishi ajaye katika nuru, ambaye ayajua mapenzi ya Mkuu na kutoyatenda; walinzi walioaminika ambao warudi usingizini ndani ya mnara wa ngome ya ulinzi wa Uzima, 27 Watausikia uchungu wa kichapo cha sheria mara nyingi, na wakati yeye ambaye hayajui mapenzi ya Mkuu na kutoyatenda hatapokea adhabu kuu zaidi. 28 Mtu ajaye na kusimama mbele za milango ya wazi nafasi na yeye haingi, bali kwenda zake, 29 Atakuja tena na kukuta milango imefungwa kabisa, na aitapo, mlango hautofunguka, 30 Mlinzi atasema, wewe ulikuwa na neno la kuingilia mwanzoni, lakini ulilitupa mbali na sasa Mkuu hakujui; ondoka. 31 Na wazi wazi nasema kwenu, Kwa yule vingi amepewa, vingi vya hitajika toka kwake; kwa yule kidogo amepewa, ni kidogo tu chenye kuhitajika toka kwake.


CHAPTER 113

In answer to a question of Lamaas Jesus teaches a lesson on the reign of peace and the way to it through antagonisms. The signs of the times. Guidance of the Holy Breath. The Christines go to Bethsaida.

NOW, after they had dined, the guests and Jesus all were in a spacious hall in Mary's home. 2 And then Lamaas said, Pray, tell us Lord, is this the dawn of peace? 3 Have we come forth unto the time when men will war no more? 4 Are you, indeed, the Prince of Peace that holy men said would come? 5 And Jesus said, Peace reigns to-day; it is the peace of death. 6 A stagnant pool abides in peace. When waters cease to move they soon are ladened with the seeds of death; corruption dwells in every drop. 7 The living waters always leap and skip about like lambs in spring. 8 The nations are corrupt; they sleep within the arms of death and they must be aroused before it is too late. 9 In life we find antagonists at work. God sent me here to stir unto its depths the waters of the sea of life. 10 Peace follows strife; I come to slay this peace of death. The prince of peace must first be prince of strife. 11 This leaven of truth which I have brought to men will stir the demons up, and nations, cities, families will be at war within themselves. 12 The five that have been dwelling in a home of peace will be divided now, and two shall war with three; 13 The son will stand against his sire; the mother and the daughter will contend; yea, strife will reign in every home. 14 The self and greed and doubt will rage into a fever heat, and then, because of me, the earth will be baptised in human blood. 15 But right is king; and when the smoke is cleared away the nations will learn war no more; the Prince of Peace will come to reign. 16 Behold, the signs of what I say are in the sky; but men can see them not. 17 When men behold a cloud rise in the west they say, A shower of rain will come, and so it does; and when the wind blows from the south they say, The weather will be hot; and it is so. 18 Lo, men can read the signs of earth and sky, but they cannot discern the signs of Holy Breath; but you shall know. 19 The storm of wrath comes on; the carnal man will seek a cause to hale you into court, and cast you into prison cells. 20 And when these times shall come let wisdom guide; do not resent. Resentment makes more strong the wrath of evil men. 21 There is a little sense of justice and of mercy in the vilest men of earth. 22 By taking heed to what you do and say and trusting in the guidance of the Holy Breath, you may inspire this sense to grow. 23 You thus may make the wrath of men to praise the Lord. 24 The Christines went their way, and came unto Bethsaida and taught.

Sura 113

Katika kujibu swali la Lamaasi Yesu afundisha somo juu ya utawala wa amani na njia ya kuelekea kukatishia katika mitafaruku. Ishara za nyakati. Uongozeaji wa Pumzi Takatifu. Wauanakristu waenda Bethsaida.

SASA, baada ya kupata chakula cha usiku, wageni na Yesu wote wakaenda kwenye jukwaa la wazi katika nyumba ya Mariamu. 2 Na halafu Lamaasi akasema, Ombi, tuambie Bwana, je, hili ni pambazuko la zama ya amani? 3 Je, tumeshakuja katika wakati ambao vita havitakuwepo tena? 4 Na wew, kweli kabisa, mwanamfalme wa Amani ambaye watu watakatifu walisema angalikuja? 5 Na Yesu akasema, Amani yatawala leo; ni amani ya mauti. 6 Dimbwi lenye kudorora hubakia katika amani. Maji yanapokoma kujongea muda si mrefu hujaa mbengu za mauti; uharibika wa namna hukaa katika kila tone. 7 Maji mazima daima huruka ruka juu kama vile wanakondoo katika msimu wa mvua. 8 Mataifa yote yameharibika namna zake za ndani; yamelala mikononi mwa mauti na hayanabudi kuamshwa kuwa hai kabla ya kuchelewa kabisa. 9 Katika maisha, tunakuta mpinganishaji katika kazi. Mungu amenituma hapa kukoroga hadi katika vina vyake, maji ya bahari ya uzima. 10 Amani yafuatia mapigano; nimekuja kumchinja amani huyu wa mauti. Mwanamfalme wa amani yambidi kwanza kuwa mwanamfalme wa mapigano makali. 11 Chachu hii ya ukweli ambayo nimeileta kwa watu itakoroga mapepo, mataifa, miji, familia nazo zitakuwa katika vita ndani yake vyenyewe. 12 Watano ambao wamekuwa wakikaa katika nyumba ya amani watagawanyika sasa, na wawili watapigana vita na watatu; 13 Mwana atasimama dhidi ya mgosi wake; mama na binti watalumbana; naam, magomvi yatatawala kila nyumba. 14 Nafsi na tamaa ya mali na mashak vitasuguana vikali, na halafu, kwa sababu ya mimi, ulimwengu utabatizwa kwa damu ya mwanadamu. 15 Lakini haki ni mfalme; na kutanda kwa moshi kukishaondoka mataifa hayatajifunza vita tena; Mfalme wa amani atakuja kutawala. 16 Tazameni, dalili za ninavyovisema iko angani; lakini watu hawawezi kuona. 17 Watu waonapo mawingu yakiinukia magharibi wasema, matone ya mvua yatakuja, na hivyo kuja kuwa. 18 Lo, watu waweza kuzisoma ishara za ardhini na angani, lakini hawawezi kung'amua vitu vya Pumzi Takatifu; ila ninyi mtajua. 19 Tufani la ghadhabu laja; mtu wa kimwili atatafuta kisa cha kuwalazimishia nyie mbele za baraza, na kuwatupieni vifungoni. 20 Na halafu nyakati hizi zijapo achaeni hekima iongozee; msinung'unike. Manung'uniko hufanya imara hasira za watu waovu. 21 Kuna fahamu kidogo ya haki na ya rehema katika watu wa matendo ya kukosa nidhamu ya maadili wa duniani. 22 Kwa kujali kuona kile mkitendecho na kusema na kuaminia katika uongozeaji wa Pumzi Takatifu, mwaweza kuvuvia fahamu hii kukua kuongozeka. 23 Ni hivi ninyi kufanya ghadhabu za watu kumsifu Bwana. 24 Wauanakristu wakaenda njia yao, na kuja Bethsaida na kufundisha.


CHAPTER 114

A great storm on the sea destroys many lives. Jesus makes an appeal for aid, and the people give with a generous hand. In answer to a lawyer's question, Jesus gives the philosophy of disasters.

AS Jesus taught, a man stood forth and said, Rabboni, may I speak? 2 And Jesus said, Say on. And then the man spoke out and said, 3 A storm upon the sea last night wrecked many fishing boats, and scores of men went down to death, and lo, their wives and children are in need; 4 What can be done to help them in their sore distress? 5 And Jesus said, A worthy plea. You men of Galilee, take heed. We may not bring again to live these men, but we can succour those who looked to them for daily bread. 6 You stewards of the wealth of God, an opportunity has come; unlock your vaults; bring forth your hoarded gold; bestow it with a lavish hand. 7 This wealth was laid aside for just times as these; when it was needed not, lo, it was yours to guard; 8 But now it is not yours, for it belongs to those who are in want, and if you give it not you simply bring upon your heads the wrath of God. 9 It is not charity to give to those who need; it is but honesty; it is but giving men their own. 10 Then Jesus turned to Judas, one of the twelve, who was the treasurer of the band, and said, 11 Bring forth our treasure box; the money is not ours now; turn every farthing to the help of those in such distress. 12 Now, Judas did not wish to give the money all to those in want, and so he talked with Peter, James and John. 13 He said, Lo, I will save a certain part and give the rest; that surely is enough for us, for we are strangers to the ones in want; we do not even know their names. 14 But Peter said, Why, Judas, man, how do you dare to think to trifle with the strength of right? 15 The Lord has spoken true; this wealth does not belong to us in face of this distress, and to refuse to give it is to steal. 16 You need not fear; we will not come to want. 17 Then Judas opened up the treasure box and gave the money all. 18 And there was gold and silver, food, and raiment in abundance for the needs of the bereaved. 19 A lawyer said, Rabboni, if God rules the worlds and all that in them is, did he not bring about this storm? did he not slay these men? 20 Has he not brought this sore distress upon these people here? and was it done to punish them for crimes? 21 And we remember well when once a band of earnest Jews from Galilee were in Jerusalem, and ata feast and were, for fancied crimes against the Roman law, 22 Cut down within the very temple court by Pontius Pilate; and their blood became their sacrifice. 23 Did God bring on this slaughter all because these men were doubly vile? 24 And then we bring to mind that once a tower called Siloam, graced the defences of Jerusalem, and, seemingly, without a cause it tottered and it fell to earth and eighteen men were killed. 25 Were these men vile? and were they slain as punishment for some great crime? 26 And Jesus said, We cannot look upon a single span of life and judge of anything. 27 There is a law that men must recognise: Result depends on cause. 28 Men are not motes to float about within the air of one short life, and then be lost in nothingness. 29 They are undying parts of the eternal whole that come and go, lo, many times into the air of earth and of the great beyond, just to unfold the God-like self. 30 A cause may be a part of one brief life; results may not be noted till another life. 31 The cause of your results cannot be found within my life, nor can the cause of my results be found in yours. 32 I cannot reap except I sow and I must reap whate'er I sow, 33 The law of all eternities is known to master minds: 34 Whatever men do unto other men the judge and executioner will do to them. 35 We do not note the execution of this law among the sons of men. 36 We note the weak dishonoured, trampled on and slain by those men call the strong. 37 We note that men with woodlike heads are seated in the chairs of state; 38 Are kings and judges, senators and priests, while men with giant intellects are scavengers about the streets. 39 We note that women with a moiety of common sense, and not a whit of any other kind, are painted up and dressed as queens, 40 Becoming ladies of the courts of puppet kings, because they have the form of something beautiful; while God'd own daughters are their slaves, or serve as common labourers in the field. 41 The sense of justice cries aloud: This is a travesty on right. 42 So when men see no further than one little span of life it is no wonder that they say, There is no God, or if there is a God he is a tyrant and should die. 43 If you would judge aright of human life, you must arise and stand upon the crest of time and note the thoughts and deeds of men as they have come up through the ages past; 44 For we must know that man is not a creature made of clay to turn again to clay and disappear. 45 He is a part of the eternal whole. There never was a time when he was not; a time will never come when he will not exist. 46 And now we look; the men who now are slaves were tyrants once; the men who now are tyrants have been slaves. 47 The men who suffer now once stood aloft and shouted with a fiend's delight while others suffered at their hands. 48 And men are sick, and halt, and lame, and blind because they once transgressed the laws of perfect life, and every law of God must be fulfilled. 49 Man may escape the punishment that seems but due for his mis-doings in this life; but every deed and word and thought has its own metes and bounds, 50 Is cause, and has its own results, and if a wrong be done, the doer of the wrong must make it right. 51 And when the wrongs have all been righted then will man arise and be at one with God.

Sura 114

Tufani kubwa baharini laharibu maisha ya wengi. Yesu asihi kwa msaada wa huduma, na watu watoa kwa mikono mieupe. Katika kujibu swali la mwanasheria, Yesu atoa filosofia ya majanga.


YESU alivyokuwa akifundisha, mtu akasimama mbele na kusema, Raboni, naweza kuzungumza? 2 Na Yesu akasema, Sema. Na halafu mtu akazungumza akisema, 3 Tufani juu ya bahari jana usiku ilisambaratisha mitumbwi ya wavuvi, na idadi ya watu walifariki, na lo, wake wao na watoto wapi katika uhitaji; 4 Kitu gani kifanyike kuwasaidia wao katika hali yao ngumu? 5 Na Yesu akasema, Usihi wenye thamani yake. Enyi watu wa Galilaya, sikieni. Hatuwezi kuwaleta tena kuwa hai watu hawa, lakini tunaweza kuwasaidia wale walikuwa wakiwatazamia kwa mkate wao wa kila siku. 6 Ninyi watumishi wa utajiri wa mali wa Mungu, nafasi imekuja; fungueni mahifadhio yenu; leteni mbele marundo ya dhahabu; mvitoe kwa mikono wa wema. 7 Utajiri huu wa mali alihifadhiwa kando kwa ajili tu ya nyakati kama hizi; wakati ulikuwa hauhitajiki, lo, ulikuwa ni wenu kuulinda; 8 Lakini sasa si wenu, kwani ni wa wale wenye kuhitaji, na ikiwa hamtatoa huo mwajiletea tu vichwani mwenu ghadhabu ya Mungu. 9 Si utenda wema kutoa kwa wale wenye kuhitaji; lakini ni hali ya kuwa mkweli na jambo; ni tu kuwapa watu kilicho chao. 10 Halafu Yesu akamgeukia Yuda, mmoja wa wale kumi na wawili, ambaye alikuwa ni mwekahazina wa kundi, na akasema, 11 Leta hazina yetu; pesa sio za kwetu sasa; badilisha kila senti ya fedha kuwasaidia wale walio katika wakati mgumu. 12 Sasa, Yuda hakutaka kutoa hela yote kwa watu wenye kuhitaji, na hivyo akazungumza na Petro, James na Yohan. 13 Yeye akasema, Lo, nitahifadhi sehemu fulani na kutoa kinachobakia; amabacho kwa hakika chatutosha sisi, kwani sisi ni wageni kwa wale wenye uhitaji; hatuwajui hata majina yao. 14 Lakini Petro akasema, Kwanini, Yuda, bwana, ni jinsi gani unathubutu kufikiri kufanya ujanja na nguvu ya uimara na ya haki? 15 Bwana asema ukweli; utajiri huu wa mali si ni kwetu mbele za uso huu wa hali ngumu, na kukataa kutoa ni kuiba. 16 Hauhitaji kuogopa; hatakuja kuwa wenye kuhitaji. 17 Basi Yuda akalifungua sanduku la hazina na kutoa pesa zote. 18 Na kulikuwa na dhahabu na vipande vya fedha, chakula na mavazi katika ujazi kwa mahitaji ya wenye vilio. 19 Mwanasheria akasema, Raboni, ikiwa Mungu atawala alimwengu na vyote vilivyomo ndani yake, je, yeye hakuleta hapa tufani? si yeye aliyewaua watu hawa? 20 Si yeye aliyeleta hali hii ngumu kwa watu hawa? na je, ilifanywa hivi ili kuwaadhibu wao kwa uhalifu wao? 21 Na tunakumbuka vizuri wakati mmoja kundi la Wayahudi wenye msimamo mkali kutoka Galilaya walikuwepo Yerusalemu, na kalamuni na kwa makosa ya kupambwa kwao dhidi ya sheria za Kirumi, 22 walikatwa chini ndani ya barazani pa hekalu na Pilato Pontiusi; na damu yao ikaja kuwa kafara yao. 23 Je, Mungu alileta machinjo haya yote kwa sababu watu haya walikuwa ni wachafu moyoni mara mbili kuzidi? 24 Na tunapokumbuka ya kwamba wakati mmoja mnara uitwao siloamu, ulipendezesha ulinzi wa Yerusalemu, na, kwauonekana kwa macho, bila ya sababu pindia pembeni na kuanguka chini na watu kumi na wanane waliuwa. 25 Je, watu hawa walikuwa na machukizo ndani yao? na je, wao walichinjwa kama adhabu kwa makosa mengine yaliyo ni makubwa? 26 Na Yesu akasema, hatuwezi kuangalia kipindi kimoja cha maisha na kuamua chochote. 27 Kuna kanuni ambayo watu hawaitambui: Matokeo hutegemeana na sababu. 28 Watu si vichembe chembe vielevyeavyo katika hewa ya maisha mamoja mafupi, na halafu kupotea kwenye utokuwa kitu. 29 Wao ni sehemu zisizokufa za uzima kamili wa milele ambao huja na kwenda, lo, mara nyingi katika hewa ya duniani na ya kukubwa kuliko mbali zaidi, ili tu kufunua kuonekana nafsi ya kufanania Mungu. 30 Sababu yaweza kuwa ni sehemu ya maisha mamoja mafupi; matokeo yanaweza yasitiwe machoni hadi kwenye maisha mengine. 31 Sababu za Matokeo yako hayawezi kupatwa ndani ya maisha yangu, na wala sababu ya matokeo yangu kupatikana katika yenu. 32 Siwezi kuvuna isipokuwa nipande na nalazimika kuvna kile nilichokipanda, 33 Kanuni za milele yote yajulikana kwenye uakili mkuu: 34 Chochote kile watu watendacho kwa watu wengine mahakimu na watekeleza hukumu kuu watawatendea kwao. 35 Hatutiii machoni utekelezaji wa kanuni hii miongoni mwa wana za wanadamu. 36 Tunatia machoni wadhaifu wakikosewa heshima, kukanyagiwa chini na kuchinjwa na wale ambao watu wanawaita ni wenyenguvu. 37 Tunatia machoni ya kwamba watu wenye vichwa kama vya mbao wameketi katika viti vya ikulu; 38 ni wafalme, na majaji, maseneta na makuhani, na wakati watu wenye upeo mkubwa kiakili ni wenye kuranda randa kuokota vitu mitaani. 39 Tunatia machoni kuwa wanawake wenye ufahamu wa kawaida ulio nusu nusu, na bila hata chembe ya namna yoyote, wamepakwa rangi na kuvikwa kama mamalkia, 40 Kuja kuwa wamama wa kuheshimika katika mabaraza ya wafalme wa mfano wa kuigizia, kwa sababu wananamna ya sura kitu cha uzuri; wakati binti zake Mungu ni watumwa wao, au watumikia kama wafanyakazi wa ujira mashambani. 41 fahamu ya Uhaki yalia sauti kubwa: hichi ni kituko juu ya usahihi wa hali. 42 Hivyo watu wanapokuwa hawaoni tena zaidi kuliko kipindi kimoja kifupi cha maisha si ajabu ya kwamba wao kusema, Hakuna Mungu, au ikiwa kuna Mungu yeye ni mdhalimu na yampasa kufa. 43 Ikiwa utayahukumu kiusawa maisha ya mwanadamu, yakubidi kuinuka na kusimama katika kigongo cha juu wakati na kutia machoni mafikara na matendo ya watu kadri wajavyo na kwenda kupitia katika zama zilizopita; 44 Kwani yatubidi kujua ya kwamba mwanadamu si kiumbe aliyeumbika kwa udongo kurudi kuwa udongo na kupotea. 45 Yeye yu ni sehemu ya uzima kamili wa milele. Kamwe hakuna wakati wakati ambapo hakuwepo; kamwe hakutakuwa na wakati ambapo yeye hatokuwepo. 46 Na sasa tunaangalia; watu ambao sasa ni watumwa walikuwa ni wadhalimu wakati mmoja; watu ambao sasa ni wadhalimu wamepata kuwa ni watumwa. 47 Watu ambao wateseka sasa wakati mmoja walisimama mahala pa juu kimaisha na kupaza sauti za kufurahia maovu wakati wengine wakiteseka mikononi mwao. 48 Na watu ni wagonjwa, na wenye kuchechemea, na viwete, na vipofu kwa kuwa wakati mmoja walipindisha kanuni za maisha kamilifu, na kila kanuni ya Mungu lazima itimilizike. 49 Mtu anaweza kukimbia adhabu ambayo yaonekana kuwa ila kuweka deni kwa kutenda makosa kwake katika maisha haya; lakini kila tendo na neno na wazo linavipimo vyake vya mstari na mipaka, 50 Ni sababu, na lina matokeo yake, na ikiwa ni kosa limefanywa, mtendaji na kosa yawabidi kulifanya kuwa sahihi. 51 Na makosa yote yanapokuwa yamesahihishwa basi mwanadamu atainukana kuwa moja na Mungu.



CHAPTER 115

Jesus teaches by the sea. He relates the parable of the sower. Tells why he teaches in parables. Explains the parable of the sower. Relates the parable of the wheat and tares.

AND Jesus stood beside the sea and taught; the multitudes pressed close upon him and he went into a boat that was near by and put a little ways from shore, and then he spoke in parables; he said, 2 Behold, a sower took his seed and went into his field to sow. 3 With lavish hand he scattered forth the seed and some fell in the hardened paths that men had made, 4 And soon were crushed beneath the feet of other men; and birds came down and carried all the seeds away. 5 Some seed fell on rocky ground where there was little soil; they grew and soon the blades appeared and promised much; 6 But then there was no depth of soil, no chance for nourishment, and in the heat of noonday sun they withered up and died. 7 Some seed fell where thistles grew, and found no earth in which to grow and they were lost; 8 But other seed found lodgement in the rich and tender soil and grew apace, and in the harvest it was found that some brought forth a hundred fold, some sixty fold, some thirty fold. 9 They who have ears to hear may hear; they who hearts to understand may know. 10 Now, his disciples were beside him in the boat, and Thomas asked, Why do you speak in parables? 11 And Jesus said, My words, like every master's words, are dual in their sense. 12 To you who know the language of the soul, my words have meanings far too deep for other men to comprehend. 13 The other sense of what I say is all the multitude can understand; these words are food for them; the inner thoughts are food for you. 14 Let every one reach forth and take the food that he is ready to receive. 15 And then he spoke that all might hear; he said, Hear you the meaning of the parable: 16 Men hear my words and understand them not, and then the carnal self purloins the seed, and not a sign of spirit life appears. 17 This is the seed that fell within the beaten paths of men. 18 And others hear the words of life, and with a fiery zeal receive them all; they seem to comprehend the truth and promise well; 19 But troubles come; discouragements arise; there is no depth of thought; their good intentions wither up and die. 20 These are the seeds that fell in stony ground. 21 And others hear the words of truth and seem to know their worth; but love of pleasure, reputation, wealth and fame fill all the soil; the seeds are nourished not and they are lost. 22 These are the seeds that fell among the thistles and the thorns. 23 But others hear the words of truth and comprehend them well; they sink down deep into their souls; they live the holy life and all the world is blest. 24 These are the seeds that fell in fertile soil, that brought forth fruit abundantly. 25 You men of Galilee, take heed to how you hear and how you cultivate your fields; for if you slight the offers of this day, the sower may not come to you again in this or in the age to come. 26 Then Jesus spoke another parable; he said: 27 Then kingdom I may liken to a field in which a man sowed precious seed; 28 But while he slept an evil one went forth and sowed a measure full of darnel seed; then went his way. 29 The soil was good, and so the wheat and darnel grew; and when the servants saw the tares among the wheat, they found the owner of the field and said, 30 You surely sowed good seed; from whence these tares? 31 The owner said, Some evil one out has sown the seed of tares. 32 The servants said, Shall we go out and pull up by the roots the tares and burn them in the fire? 33 The owner said, No, that would not be well. The wheat and tares grow close together in the soil, and while you pull the tares you would destroy the wheat. 34 So we will let them grow together till the harvest time. Then to the reapers I will say, 35 Go forth and gather up the tares and bind them up and burn them in the fire, and gather all the wheat into my barns. 36 When he had spoken thus, he left the boat and went up to the house, and his disciples followed him.

Sura 115

Yesu afundisha kando ya Bahari. Asimulia kielezi cha mpanzi. Asema ni kwanini yeye afundisha kwa vielezi. Aelezea kwa mapana kielezi cha mpanzi. Asimulia kielelezi cha ngano na magugu nyasi.

NA Yesu akasimama kando ya bahari na kufundisha; makundi ya watu wakabanana naye na yeye akaenda katika mtumbwi ulio karibu na kusogea mbali kidogo na ukingo wa maji, na halafu akazungumza katika lugha ya vielezi; yeye akasema, 2 Tazameni, mpanzi alichukua mbengu na kwenda shambani kupanda. 3 Kwa mikono yenye kutoa kwa moyo alizitapanya mbengu na nyingine zikaangukia kwenye udongo mgumu ambao watu wamefanya, 4 Na muda si mrefu zilikanyagwa chini na miguu ya watu wengine; na ndege wakaja chini na kuzibeba na kuruka nazo mbali. 5 Mbengu nyingine zikaangukia katia ardhi yenye mwamba ambako kulikuwa na udongo kidogo; zikakuwa na muda si mrefu majani yakajitokeza na kuonesha dalili njema; 6 lakini basi hakukuwa na kina katika udongo, na hakuna nafasi ya kulishwa toka mizizini, na katika joto la mchana yakanyauka na kufa. 7 Nyingine zilianguka kwenye vichaka vya majani, na kukosa udongo wa kukulia nazo zikawa zimepotea; 8 Lakini mbengu nyingine zilipata makazi katika udongo mzuri na wenye rutuba na kukua haraka, na katika kipindi cha mavuno ikakutwa kwamba mingine ilizaa na kuleta mara mia, mingine sitini, mingine thelathini. 9 Wale wenye masikio ya kusikia waweza kusikia; na wale wenye mioyo ya kuelewa waweza kuelewa. 10 Sasa, wafuasi wake walikuwa kando yake ndani ya mtumbwi, na Tomaso akauliza, ni kwanini wazungumza katika lugha ya vielezi? 11 Na Yesu akasema, maneno yangu, kama maneno ya kila mkuu, ni yenye maana mbili kwa wakati mmoja. 12 Kwa nyie wenye kujua lugha ya nafsi-roho, maneno yangu yana maana iliyo ya kuzama ndani sana kwa watu wengine kumaizi. 13 Maana ingine ya kile nikisemacho ni kile makundi yote ya watu waweza kuelewa; maneno haya ni chakula kwao; mafikara ya ndani ni chakula kwa ajili yenu. 14 Acheni kila mmoja wenu kuunyosha mkono na kuchukua chakula ambacho yu tayari kukipokea. 15 Na halafu alizungumza ili kwamba wote waweze kusikia; yeye akasema, sikieni maana ya kielezi: 16 Watu wasikia maneno yangu na kutoyaelewa, na halafu nafsi yao ya kimwili yakwapua mbali mbengu, na wala dalili ya roho ya uzima kutokea. 17 Hii ni mbengu ambayo yaanguka ndani ya mapito ya watu. 18 Na wengine wayasikia maneno ya uzima, na kwa uchangamfu wa jazba kuyapokea yote; waonekana kumaizi kweli na dalili njema; 19 Lakini matatizo yaja; kuvunjika moyo kuinuka; hakuna kina katika mafikara; dhamira zao njema zakauka na kufa. 20 Hizi ni mbegu ambazo zilianguka kwenye ardhi ngumu. 21 Na wengine wasikia maneno ya ukweli na kuonekana kujua thamani ya kustahili kwake; lakini kupenda starehe, heshima, utajiri wa mali na umaarufu wa jina kuijaza ardhi yote; mbegu hazipaji mahitaji yake nazo zapotea. 22 Hizi ni mbegu ambazo zilianguka katikati ya vichaka vya majani na miiba. 23 Lakini wengine wasikia maneno ya ukweli na kumaizi vema; wao wazama vizuri katika nafsi-roho zao; waishi maisha matakatifu na ulimwengu wote wabarikiwa. 24 Hizi ni mbengu ambazo ziliangukia kwenye udongo wenye rutuba, ambayo ilileta matunda kwa ujazi. 25 Enyi watu wa Galilaya, mpate kuangalia jinsi msikiavyo na jinsi mpandavyo mashamba yenu; kwani ikiwa mwapuuzia matoleo ya siku hii, mpanzi aweza asije tena kwenu katika zama hii ama katika zama ingine ijayo. 26 Halafu Yesu asema kielezi; yeye akasema: 27 Basi ufalme naweza kuufananisha na shamba ambalo mtu alipanda mbegu bora; 28 Lakini wakati amelala muovu akaenda na kupanda kujaza kote mbegu za magugu; halafu akaenda zake. 29 Udongo ulikuwa ni mzuri, na hivyo ngano na magugu nyasi vikakua; na watumishi alipoona magugu miongoni mwa ngano, walimpata mmiliki wa shamba na kusema, Mtu mwovu mmoja amepanda mbegu za magugu nyasi. 32 Watumishi wakasema, Je, tuende na ng'oa hadi mizizi manyasi ya magugu na kuyachoma motoni? 33 Mmiliki akasema, Hapana, hivyo haitakuwa vyema. Ngano na magugu nyasi vyakuwa karibu karibu pamoja udongoni, na wakati mkitoa manyasi mtaiharibu ngano. 34 Hivyo tutaziacha zote kukua pamoja mpaka wakati wa mavuno. Halafu kwa wavunaji nitasema, 35 Enendeni na kukusanya magugu na kuyafungia pamoja na kuyachoma motoni, na mkusanye ngano yote katika maghala yangu. 36 Aliposema haya, akaondoka kwenye mtubwi na kwenda juu kwenye nyumba, na wafuasi wake wakamfuata.
 
CHAPTER 12

Salome's lessons. Prayer. Elihu's concluding lessons. Sums up the three years' course of study. The pupils return to their homes.

NOW, when the morning sun arose the masters and their pupils all were in the sacred grove. 2 Salome was the first to speak; she said, Behold the sun! It manifests the power of God who speaks to us through sun and moon and stars; 3 Through mountain, hill and vale; through flower, and plant and tree. 4 God sings for us through bird, and harpsichord, and human voice; he speaks to us through wind and rain and thunder roll; why should we not bow down and worship at his feet? 5 God speaks to hearts apart; and hearts apart must speak to him; and this is prayer. 6 It is not prayer to shout at God, to stand, or sit, or kneel and tell him all about the sins of men. 7 It is not prayer to tell the Holy One how great he is, how good he is, how strong and how compassionate. 8 God is not man to be bought up by praise of man. 9 Prayer is the ardent wish that every way of life be light; that every act be crowned with good; that every living thing be prospered by our ministry. 10 A noble deed, a helpful word is prayer; a fervent, an effectual prayer. 11 The fount of prayer is in the heart; by thought, not words, the heart is carried up to God, where it is blest, Then let us pray. 12 They prayed, but not a word was said; but in that holy Silence every heart was blest. 13 And then Elihu spoke. He said to Mary and Elizabeth, Our words are said; you need not tarry longer here; the call has come; the way is clear, you may return unto your native land. 14 A mighty work is given you to do; you shall direct the minds that will direct the world. 15 Your sons are set apart to lead men up to righteous thoughts, and words, and deeds; 16 To make men know the sinfulness of sin; to lead them from the adoration of the lower self, and all illusive things, and make them conscious of the self that lives with Christ in God. 17 In preparation for their work your sons must walk in many thorny paths. 18 Fierce trials and temptations they will meet, like other men; their loads will not be light, and they will weary be, and faint. 19 And they will know the pangs of hunger and of thirst; and without cause they will be mocked, imprisoned, scourged. 20 To many countries they will go, and at the feet of many masters they will sit, for they must learn like other men. 21 But we have said enough. The blessings of the Three and of the Seven, who stand before the throne, will surely rest upon you evermore. 22 Thus closed the lessons of Elihu and Salome. Three years they taught their pupils in the sacred grove, and if their lessons all were written in a book, lo, it would be a mighty book; of what they said we have the sum. 23 Now, Mary, Joseph and Elizabeth with Jesus and his harbinger, set forth upon their homeward way. They went not by Jerusalem, for Archelaus reigned. 24 They journeyed by the Bitter Sea, and when they reached Engedi hills they rested in the home of Joshua, a near of kin; and here Elizabeth and John abode. 25 But Joseph, Mary and their son went by the Jordan way, and after certain days they reached their home in Nazareth.


Sura ya 12

Masomo ya Salome. Sala. Somo la kuhitimishia la Elihu. Kujumlishia yote ya mafunzo ya miaka mitatu ya kujifunza. Wanafunzi warejea makwao.

SASA, Jua la asubuhi lilipochomoza wakuu na wanafunzi wao wote walikuwa katika ua la bustani iliyofanywa takatifu. 2 Salome alikuwa wakwanza kuzungumza, yeye akasema, Tazama Jua! Ladhihirisha sura ya nguvu ya Mungu azungumzaye kwetu kupitia Jua na Mwezi na Nyota; 3 Kupitia mlima, kilima na korongo; kupitia maua, na mmea na mti. 4 Mungu atuimbia kwa sisi kupitia ndege, kinubi, na sauti ya mwanadamu; azungumza kwetu kupitia pepo za kuvuma na mvua na mngurumo wa radi; kwa nini tusili inamie mbele na kuabudu miguuni pake? 5 Mungu azungumza na mioyo iliyo wazi; na mioyo iliyowazi na ilazimu kuzungumza naye; na hili ni sala. 6 Si sala kupaza sauti kubwa kwake Mungu, kusimama, ama kukaa, ama kupiga magoti na kumwambia yeye yote juu ya dhambi za wanadamu. 7 Si sala kumweleza Mtukufu Mmoja ni jinsi gani alivyo mkubwa, jinsi gani alivyo ni mwema, jinsi gani alivyo na nguvu na jinsi gani alivyona huruma. 8 Mungu si mtu kununulika kwa kusifu kwa mwanadamu. 9 Sala ni tamanio la mfano wa moto wenye kuwaka sana yakwamba kila njia ya maisha kuwa nuru; yakwamba kila tendo livikwe taji kwa chema; yakwamba kila kiumbe hai kineemeke kwa huduma yetu. 10 Tendo lenye sifa kuu, neno lenye kuleta msaada ni sala; yenye kuwa na hisia kali, sala yenye kuathiri matokeo. 11 Bubujikio la Sala lipo katika moyo; kwa fikara akilini, si maneno, moyo hubebwa juu kwa Mungu, inakorehemiwa, basi wacha tusali. 12 Wakasali, lakini hakuna neno lililosemwa; ila katika ule Ukimya Mtakatifu kila moyo ulirehemiwa. 13 Na halafu tena Elihu akazungumza. Alisema kwa Mariamu na Elizabeti, maneno yetu yamesemwa; hamuhitaji tena kubakia kukaa hapa zaid; wito umekuja; njia i wazi, mnaweza kurudi katika nchi mtokazo. 14 Kazi kubwa mmepewa kufanya; mtaonesha mwelekeo akili ambazo zitaonesha mwelekeo kwa ulimwengu. 15 Wana wenu wametengwa kuwaongoza wanadamu juu katika mawazo yenye haki, na maneno, na matendo; 16 Kuwafanya wanadamu kujua udhambi wa dhambi; kuwaongoza wao kutoka kwenye mahusudisho ya nafsi ya chini, na vitu vyote vidanganyifu kwa sura, na kuwafanya kuwa macho na nafsi yenye kuishi na Kristu katika Mungu. 17 Katika maandalizi ya kazi yao wana wenu yawabidi kupita katika njia nyingi za miiba. 18 Hukumu kali na majaribu na majaribu watakutana navyo, kama wanadamu wengine; mizigo yao haitakuwa ni miepesi, na watachoshwa, na kudhoofu. 19 Nao watajua madhaa [pangs] ya njaa na kiu; na bila sababu watadhihakiwa, kufungwa, kuadhibiwa kwa mijeledi. 20 Kwa nchi nyingi watakwenda, na miguuni pa watu wakuu kiroho wengi wataketi, kwa kuwa yawalazimu kujifunza kama wanadamu wengine. 21 Lakini tumesema yakutosha. Baraka za watatu na za Saba, hao wenye kusimama mbele za mahala pa enzi, kwa hakika watatulia juu yenu hata wakati wote zaidi. 22 Na hivyo ndivyo lilivyofungwa somo la Elihu na Salome. Miaka mitatu waliwafundisha wanafunzi wao katika ua la bustani iliyofanywa takatifu, na ikiwa masomo yao yote yangeandikwa kitabuni, lo, ingalikuwa ni kitabu kikubwa; ya yale waliyosema tunajumla yake. 23 Sasa, Mariamu, Yosefu na Elizabeti na Yesu na mtayarisha njia wake, wakaianza safari kuelekea njia ya nyumbani. Hawakwenda kwa karibu na Yerusalemu, kwa kuwa Arkelausi alikuwa akitawala. 24 Walisafiri kupita Bahari ya Chungu, na walipofika vilima vya Engedi walipumzika katika nyumba ya Yoshua, ndugu wa karibu; na hapa Elizabeti na Yohana waliishi kukaa. 25 Lakini Yosefu, Mariamu na wana wao wakwenda kwa njia ya Yordani, na baada ya siku kadhaa walifika nyumbani kwao katika Nazareti.


Childhood and Early Education of John the Harbinger

CHAPTER 13

Elizabeth in Engedi. Teaches her son. John becomes the pupil of Matheno, who reveals to him the meaning of sin and the law of forgiveness.

ELIZABETH was blest; she spent her time with John, and gave to him the lessons that Elihu and Salome had given her. 2 And John delighted in the wilderness of his home and in the lessons that he learned. 3 Now in the hills were many caves. The cave of David was a-near in which the Hermit of Engedi lived. 4 This hermit was Matheno, priest of Egypt, master from the temple of Sakara. 5 When John was seven years of age Matheno took him to the wilderness and in the cave of David they abode. 6 Matheno taught, and John was thrilled with what the master said, and day by day Matheno opened up to him the mysteries of life. 7 John loved the wilderness; he loved his master and his simple fare. Their food was fruits, and nuts, wild honey and the carob bread. 8 Matheno was an Isrealite, and he attended all the Jewish feasts. 9 When John was nine years old Matheno took him to a great feast in Jerusalem. 10 The wicked Archelaus had been deposed and exiled to a distant land because of selfishness and cruelty, and John was not afraid. 11 John was delighted with his visit to Jerusalem. Matheno told him all about the service of the Jews; the meaning of their rites. 12 John could not understand how sin could be forgiven by killing animals and birds and burning them before the Lord. 13 Matheno said, The God of heaven and earth does not require sacrifice. This custom with its cruel rites was borrowed from the idol worshippers of other lands. 14 No sin was ever blotted out by sacrifice of animal, of bird, or man. 15 Sin is the rushing forth of man into fens of wickedness. If one would get away from sin he must retrace his steps, and find his way out of the fens of wickedness. 16 Return and purify your hearts by love and righteousness and you shall be forgiven. 17 This is the burden of the message that the harbinger shall bring to men. 18 What is forgiveness? John inquired. 19 Matheno said, It is the paying up of debts. A man who wrongs another man can never be forgiven until he rights the wrong. 20 The Vedas says that none can right the wrong but him who does the wrong. 21 John said, If this be true where is the power to forgive except the power that rests in man himself? Can man forgive himself? 22 Matheno said, The door is wide ajar; you see the way of man's return to right, and the forgiveness of his sins.


Utoto na Elimu ya Awali ya Yohana mtayarisha njia

Sura ya 13

Elizabeti katika Engedi. Amfundisha mwana wake. Yohana awa mwanafunzi wa Matheno, anayemfunulia maana ya dhambi na kanuni ya sheria ya msamaha.

ELIZABETI alirehemiwa; atumia muda wake na Yohana, na kumpa Yohana masomo yale Elihu na Salome walimpa yeye. 2 Na Yohana anafurahia katika nyika na mapori ya nyumbani pake na katika masomo ambayo amejifunza. 3 Sasa katika vilima kulikuwa na mapango mengi. Pango la Daudi lilikuwa ni karibu ambamo hamiti* wa Engedi aliishi. 4 Hamiti huyu aliitwa Matheno, kuhani wa misri, mkuu kutoka hekalu la Sakara. 5 Yohana alipokuwa wa umri upatao miaka saba Matheno alimchukua nyikani na katika pango la Daudi na wakaa. 6 Matheno alifundisha na Yohana alisisimuliwa na vile alivyosema mkuu, na siku hata siku Matheno alimfungulia kwake mafumbo staajabu ya maisha. 7 Yohana aliipenda nyika; alimpenda mkuu wake na milo yake rahisi. Chakula chao kilikuwa ni matunda, na karanga, asali ya mwituni na mkate wa karobu. 8 Matheno alikuwa ni muisraeli, na alihudhuria kalamu zote za kiyahudi. 9 Yohana alipokuwa na umri wa miaka tisa Matheno alimchukua kwenda kwenye kalamu kubwa ya kiyahudi ndani ya Yerusalemu. 10 Mdhalimu Akilausi alitupwa nje ya madaraka na kutumwa uhamishoni huko nchi ya mbali kwa sababu ya ubinafsi wake na ukatili. Na Yohana hakuwa na woga. 11 Yohana alifurahishwa na safari yake kutembelea Yerusalemu. Matheno alimwambia yote kuhusu huduma za wayahudi; na maana ya matendo yao ya kiimani. 12 Yohana hakuweza kuelewa ni jinsi gani dhambi yaweza kusamehewa kwa kuua wanyama na ndege na kuwachoma mbele za bwana. 13 Matheno akasema, Mungu wa mbingu na nchi hahitaji dhabihu ya kafara. Desturi hii na matendo yake katili ya kiimani vilitolewa kutoka kwa waabudu sanamu wa nchi zingine. 14 Hakuna dhambi ilifutwayo doa kwa kafara ya mnyama, au ndege, au mtu. 15 Dhambi ni kutitirikia kasi maji kwa mwanadamu kuelekea kwenye majani madogo ya dogo ya pembezoni mwa mkondo; ya ukosefu wa maadili ya thamani kiroho. Ikiwa mmoja ingalimpasa kutoka katika dhambi yampasa kurudia kupitia juu ya hatua zake, na kutafuta njia kutoka katika magugu ya uovu 16 Rudini na kusafisha mioyo yenu kwa upendo na unyoofu wa haki na mtalisamehewa. 17 Na huu ni mzigo wa ujumbe ambao mtayarisha njia ataleta kwa watu. 18 Msamaha ni nini? Yohana alihoji. 19 Matheno akasema, ni kulipa madeni. Mtu mwenye kumtendea makosa mtu mwingine hawezi kamwe kusamehewa mpaka asahihishie katikati kosa. 21 Yohana akasema, ikiwa hivi ni kweli nguvu ya kusamehe i wapi isipokuwa kulala ndani ya mwanadamu mwenyewe? Mtu aweza kujisamehe yeye mwenyewe? 22 Matheno akasema, milango ipo wazi kabisa; waona njia ya mwanadamu ya kurudi kusimama katikati, na msamaha wa dhambi zake.



CHAPTER 14

Matheno's lessons. The doctrine of universal law. The power of man to choose and to attain. The benefits of antagonisms. Ancient sacred books. The place of John and Jesus in the world's history.

MATHENO and his pupil, John, were talking of the sacred books of olden times, and of the golden precepts they contained, and John exclaimed, 2 These golden precepts are sublime; what need have we of other sacred books? 3 Matheno said, The Spirit of the Holy One cause every thing to come and go in proper time. 4 The sun has his own time to set, the moon to rise, to wax and wane, the stars to come and go, the rain to fall, the winds to blow; 5 The seed times and the harvest times to come; man to be born and man to die. 6 These mighty Spirits cause the nations to be born; they rock them in their cradles, nurtures them to greatest power, and when their tasks are done they wrap them in their winding sheets and lay them in their tombs. 7 Events are many in a nation's life, and in the life of man, that are not pleasant for the time; but in the end the truth appears: whatever comes is for the best. 8 Man was created for a noble part; but he could not be made a free man filled with wisdom, truth and might. 9 If he were hedged about, confined in straits from which he could not pass, then he would be a toy, a mere machine. 10 Creative spirits gave to man a will; and so he has the power to choose. 11 He may attain the greatest heights, or sink to deepest depths; for what he wills to gain he has the power to gain. 12 If he desires strength he has the power to gain that strength; but he must overcome resistances to reach the goal; no strength is ever gained in idleness. 13 So, in the whirl of many-sided conflicts man is placed where he must strive to extricate himself. 14 In every conflict man gains strength; with every conquest he attains to greater heights. With every day he finds new duties and new cares. 15 Man is not carried over dangerous pits, nor helped to overcome his foes. He is himself his army, and his sword and shield; and he is captain of his hosts. 16 The Holy Ones just light his way. Man never has been left without a beacon light to guide. 17 And he has ever had a lighted lamp in hand that he may see the dangerous rocks, the turbid streams amd treacherous pits. 18 And so the Holy Ones have judged; when men have needed added light a master soul has come to earth to give the light. 19 Before the Vedic days the world had many sacred books to light the way; and when man needed greater light the Vedas, the Avesta and the books of Tao Great appeared to show the way to greater heights. 20 And in the proper place the Hebrew Bible, with its Law, its Prophets and its Psalms, appeared for man's enlightenment. 21 But years have passed and men have need of greater light. 22 And now the Day Star from on high begins to shine; and Jesus is the flesh-made messenger to show that light to men. 23 And you, my pupil, you have been ordained to harbinger the coming day. 24 But you must keep that purity of heart you now possess; and you must light your lamp directly from the coals that burn upon the altar of the Holy Ones. 25 And then your lamp will be transmuted to a boundless flame, and you will be a living torch whose light will shine wherever man abides. 26 But in the ages yet to come, man will attain to greater heights, and lights still more intense will come. 27 And then, at last, a mighty master soul will come to earth to light the way up to the throne of perfect man.

Sura ya 14

Masomo ya Matheno. Mafundisho ya kanuni ya sheria ya ulimwengu wote. Nguvu ya mwanadamu kuchagua na kufikia kupata. Manufaa ya hali ya kukanganya. Vitabu vya zamani vilivyofanywa vitakatifu. Nafasi ya Yohana na Yesu katika historia ya ulimwengu.

Matheno na mwanafunzi wake, Yohana, walikuwa wakiongea ya vitabu vilivyofanywa vitakatifu vya zama nzee, na ya mafunzo ya dhahabu yalivyobeba, na Yohana atamka kwa kushikwa na hamasa, 2 mafunzo haya ya dhahabu ni yenye kuinukia juu sana; tuna uhitaji gani wa vitabu vingine vitakatifu? 3 Matheno akasema, Roho wa Mtakatifu Mmoja husababisha kila kitu kuja na kwenda katika wakati ulikaa vizuri. 4 Jua lina wakati wake mwenyewe kuzama, mwezi kuinuka, mwezi kupita kuwa mkubwa na kuwa mdogo, nyota kuja na kwenda, mvua kuanguka, pepo kuvuma; 5 Nyakati za Mbegu na nyakati za mavuno kuja; mtu kuzaliwa na mtu kufa. 6 Roho hizi kubwa husababisha mataifa kuzaliwa; huyapembeleza katika kijitanda, kuyapa matunzo hadi kufikia nguvu imara na majukumu yake yanapoisha huyafungasha hayo katika mashuka yake ya kuvingirishia na kuyalaza ziarani. 7 Matukio nimengi katika maisha ya taifa, na katika maisha ya mwanadamu, ambayo si yenye kufurahisha kwa wakati; lakini katika mwisho kweli hutokea: chochote chenye kuja ni kwa lililo bora kabisa. 8 Mwanadamu aliumbwa kwa sehemu yenye sifa ya hadhi; lakini hakuweza kufanywa mtu huru aliyejaa hekima, kweli na nguvu. 9 Ikiwa angefungiwa uzio, kufungiwa nafasi katika mafinyangizo kutoka kwa hayo hawezi kufaulu, basi angalikuwa ni mfano wa mwanasesere, mashine. 10 Roho za Uumbaji zilimpa mwanadamu utashi; na hivyo ana nguvu ya kuchagua. 11 Yeye aweza kufikia kupata vimo vya juu kabisa, ama kuzama chini kabisa ya vina; kwa kuwa kile akifanyiacho nia kupata anayo nguvu ya kukipata. 12 Ikiwa atamania uimara wa ndani yeye anayo nguvu ya kupata uimara huo; 13 Hivyo, katika mzunguruko wa mkorogano wa migongano yenye pande nyingi mwanadamu kawekwa pale ambapo yampasa kujifanyia jitihada kujinasua mwenyewe. 14 Katika kila migongano mwanadamu hupata nguvu ya kusimama imara; na kwa kila kuyashinda mapigano yeye afikia vima vya juu zaidi. Na kwa kila siku hukuta majukumu mapya na matunzo mapya ya kujali. 15 Mwanadamu habebwi juu ya mashimo ya hatari, na wala kusaidiwa kuwashinda maadui wake. Yeye mwenyewe ni jeshi lake, upanga wake na ngao; na yeye ni kapteni wa umma wake. 16 Mtakatifu Mmoja hutia tu nuru njia yake. Mwanadamu hajapata kamwe kuachwa bila taa ya mwanga kuongoza. 17 Na siku zote amelikuwa na mwenge wa taa uliowashwa mikononi mwake ili aweze ona miamba ya mawe hatari, maji yenye tope na mashimo yasiyotabirika. 18 Na hivyo Wenyekuwa Watakatifu wameshafanya hukumu; wanadamu walipohitaji mwangaza ulioongezeka nafsi roho kuu imekuja duniani kutoa mwangaza. 19 Kabla ya siku za kiveda ulimwengu ulikuwa na vitabu vingi vitakatifu kutia mwangaza njia; na mwanadamu alipohitaji mwangaza mkubwa zaidi Veda, Avesta na vitabu vya Tao Kubwa vilitokea kuonesha njia kielekea vima vya juu. 20 Na katika penye kufaa Biblia ya Kiebrania, pamoja na kanuni za sheria zake, manabii wake na Zaburi zake, vilitokea kwa ajili ya utaamuliko wa mwanadamu. 21 Lakini miaka imepita na wanadamu wanalo hitaji la mwangaza mkubwa zaidi. 22 Na sasa Nyota ya Mchana kutoka kuliko ni juu yaanza kung'ara; na Yesu ni mjumbe aliyefanyika kwa nyama kuonesha ile nuru kwa wanadamu. 23 Na wewe, mwanafunzi wangu, umeteuliwa kuiandaa siku ijayo. 24 Lakini yakupasa kutunza usafi wa moyo ulio nao sasa; na yakupasa kuwasha taa yako moja kwa moja kutoka kwenye makaa yenye kuwaka kutoka kwenye altare ya Wenyekuwa Watakatifu. 25 Nayo taa yako itabadilishwa namna ya umbo na sura kuwa moto usiyokingwa na mipaka, na utakuwa ni mwenge ambao nuru yake itang'ara kokote aliko mtu. 26 Lakini katika zama bado kuja, mwanadamu atafikia vimo vya juu zaidi, na nuru iliyo ni kali zaidi itakuja. 27 Na basi, mwishowe, nafsi roho mkuu mkubwa atakuja duniani kumulika njia kuelekea mahala pa enzi pa mtu kamilifu.


Asee ngoja nitaisoma vizuri.
 
Back
Top Bottom